ntpc-sail power company private limited (nspcl), rourkela ... · pdf filesignature of the...

Signature of the Tenderer Under the seal of the firm Page ‐ 0 -

NTPC-SAIL POWER COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED (NSPCL),

ROURKELA (ODISHA). NAME OF WORK: UPGRADATION OF RAILWAY TRACK HAVING SUPPLY OF P.WAY MATERIALS & TRACK LINKING FOR NTPC-SAIL POWER COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED (NSPCL), (BALANCE WORK), ROURKELA (ODISHA)

NIT No.OT/04/RITES-BBSR/NSPCL-RKL/Balance Work/2013 Dt.22.11.2013

TENDER DOCUMENTS

CONTENTS PART-I (TECHNICAL BID) 1. NOTICE INVITING TENDER & INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS 2. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT WITH AMMENDMENT/ERRATA 3. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 4. ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 6. TENDER DRAWING. PART-II

1. PRICE BID

CONSULTANT

RITES LTD.

(A GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ENTERPRISE) PROJECT OFFICE,

BHAGWAN TOWER, CUTTACK ROAD BHUBANESWAR-751 006


PART- I

General Index Sl No. Page

1 NOTICE INVITING TENDER & INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS 2-37 2 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT WITH

AMMENDMENT/ERRATA38-156

3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 157-158 4 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 159-175 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 176-278 6 TENDER DRAWING. 279-280


NOTICE INVITING TENDER

& INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS



NIT No. OT/04/RITES-BBSR/NSPCL-RKL/Balance Work/2013 Dt.22.11.2013

CPM, RITES Ltd., Bhubaneswar for and on behalf of NSPCL, Rourkela (ODISHA) invites sealed

tenders in single packet system from contractors who fulfills the qualifying criteria stipulated in tender

documents for the work of “Upgradation of Railway Tracks in NSPCL, (Balance Work),Rourkela

(ODISHA)”. Estimated cost: Rs.66,50,151/- Lakhs, EMD: Rs.66,501/-, Completion period : 03 (Three)

months, Sale of tender papers: From 22.11.2013 to 02.12.2013, Last date of submission of tender:

15.30 Hrs (IST) on date 02.12.2013. Tender documents including qualifying criteria can be

purchased from Office of CPM on the above address, Ph:0674-2572527 Fax: 0674-2575284 at a cost

of Rs.7,500/- in the form of Pay Order / banker’s Cheque / Demand Draft in favour of RITES Ltd /

Bhubaneswar payable at Bhubaneswar on any Nationalized / Scheduled bank or can be downloaded

from web site www.rites.com. Amendments / Corrigendum if any would be listed on the website only.

CPM / RITES Ltd., Bhubaneswar For & on behalf of NTPC-SAIL Power Company Private Limited

(NSPCL), Rourkela


RITES LTD (A Govt of India Enterprise)

REGIONAL PROJECT OFFICE Bhagwan tower, 1st floor, Cuttack Road, Bhubaneswar.

NIT No. OT/04/RITES-BBSR/NSPCL-RKL/Balance Work/2013 Dt.22.11.2013 Sealed Tenders in prescribed proforma in Single packet System are invited by RITES Ltd as a consultant on behalf of M/s NTPC-SAIL Power Company Private Limited (NSPCL), (Balance Work), Rourkela (ODISHA) from the reputed firms with Credential Certificate issued by Govt. Organizations/Semi Govt. Organizations/ Public Sector Undertakings / Autonomous bodies/ Municipal bodies /Public Ltd. Co. listed on BSE/NSE shall only be accepted for assessing the eligibility of a tenderer. Certificate issued by such public Ltd. Co. must be supported by TDS certificate evidencing the value of work for the work of “Up gradation of Railway Track having Supply of P. way materials & track linking works for NTPC-SAIL Power Company Private Limited (NSPCL), (Balance Work), Rourkela (ODISHA). Approximate Value of Work: Rs 66,50,151/--, Earnest Money Deposit: Rs. 66,501./- Completion Period: 03(Three) months including monsoon period from the date of issue of LOA/Work Order, whichever is earlier. Defect liability period: 12 (Twelve) months from date of issue of completion certificate by the Engineer-in-charge. Eligibility Criteria: The bidder in its own name should have the followings: 1. Annual Turnover: STANDS DELETED

The bidder should have achieved a minimum annual financial turnover of Rs.66,50,151/- in any one of the last five financial years.

Notes: I) Weightage of 5% (compounded annually) shall be given for equating the financial

turnover of the previous years to the current year.

II) For considering the financial year, for example, for a work for which the tender is being opened in financial year 2007-2008, the last five financial years shall be 2006-2007, 2005-2006, 2004-2005, 2003-2004 and 2002-03. For a tender opened on say, 06.09.07 (FY 2007-08) with weightage of 5% compounded annually, the weightages to be applied on the turnover of the previous Five Financial Years will be: FY 2006-07 = 1.050; FY 2005-06 = 1.103; FY 2004-05 = 1.158; FY 2003-04 = 1.216; FY 2002-03 = 1.276.

The Tenderer should submit the attested copies of Auditor’s Report along with

Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Statement for the relevant financial year in which the minimum criteria are met. Provisional audit report or certified statements may not be accepted.

If the Audited Balance Sheet for the immediately preceding year is not available in case of tenders opened before 30th Sept, Audited Balance Sheet and other financials of the five financials years immediately preceding the previous year may be adopted for evaluating the credentials of the bidder. Closing stocks in whatsoever form should not form part of turnover.


2. Work Experience:

a) Civil Engineering Works Experience

The bidder should have satisfactorily completed in his own name at least one similar work of minimum value of Rs. 53,20,121/- or two similar works of minimum value of Rs. 33,25,076/- or three similar works of minimum value of Rs. 26,60,060/- during the last 5 (five) years prior to the date of submission the bid. Works completed prior to the cut off date shall not be considered.

Notes: I) Weightage of 5% (compounded actually) from the date of completion of

the work to the submission of the bid) shall be given for equating the works of the previous years to the current year.

II) Only such works shall be considered where physical completion of entire work is over or commissioning of work has been done, whichever is earlier.

III) The bidder should submit the details of such completed works as per the format given in Appendix-IA enclosed. In support of having completed these works, the bidder should submit attested copies of the completion certificates from the owner/client indicating the name of the work, the description of work done by the bidder, value of contract executed by the bidder, date of start, date of completion (contractual & actual) and value of the material supplied by the client. The value of work executed should be inclusive of the value of free supply items.

IV) The cut off date shall be calculated from the date of submission/opening of tender. For example, for a tender which is being opened on 06.11.13, the cutoff date shall be 07.11.13.

b) Similar work means railway track linking with or without Supply of P. way materials. NOTE: The tenderer should furnish his bid documentary proof in support of meeting the

above requirement.

3. Solvency Certificate: DELETED

4. Profitability DELETED


5. Purchase Preference: (STANDS DELETED)

6. Joint Venture: (STANDS DELETED)

Joint venture shall not be allowed. Bid submitted by Joint Venture of two or more firms as Partners/Members shall be accompanied by the following documents: a) A copy of Joint Venture MOU/Agreement duly notarized so as to be legally valid and

binding on the Partners/Members and incorporating the following provisions:

The bid and in case of a successful bid, the Agreement shall be signed so as to be legally binding on all Partners/Members.

One of the Partners/Members shall be nominated as being in charge and this

authorization shall be evidenced by submitting Power of Attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of all the Partners/Members.

The Partner-in-charge/Lead Member shall be authorised to incur liabilities and

receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners/members of the Joint Venture and the entire execution of the contract, including payment shall be done exclusively with the partner- in- charge.

All the partners of the Joint Venture shall be liable jointly and severally for the

execution of the contract in accordance with the contract terms and a statement to this effect shall be included in the authorization through a Power of Attorney in favour of the Partner-in-charge/Lead Member in the Bid as well as in the Agreement (in case of a successful bid).

Precise indication of the responsibility of all Partners/Members of the Joint

Venture in respect of planning, design, construction equipment, key personnel, work execution and financing of the project duly indicating the percentage in financing of JV by each Partner. The Partner-in-charge/Lead Partner shall be responsible for 100% participation in financing of the J.V.

b) Power of Attorney in favour of the Partner-in-charge/Lead Member on the lines

mentioned in item a) above

Note: The Partner-in-charge/Lead members shall meet singly criteria of annual

turnover, profitability and works experience (civil engineering works experience and general construction experience). All the partners shall meet jointly the criterion of work experience (construction experience in key activities/specific components).

7. Others

Even though the bidders meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be disqualified if they have

a) Made misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and attachments in

proof of the qualification requirements;

b) Records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial failures etc.


c) Their business banned by any Central/State Government Department/ Public Sector

Undertakings or Enterprises of Central / State Government. d) Not submitted all the supporting documents or not furnished the relevant details as

per the prescribed format. e) A declaration to the above effect in the form of affidavit on stamp paper of Rs 10/-

duly attested by Notary/Magistrate should be submitted as per format given in Appendix-XI (Proforma for of submission of past contractual performance) enclosed.

8. Documents to be submitted

a) By Bidders other than Joint Ventures

i) Annual Turnover - STANDS DELETED

Attested copies of Auditor's Report along with the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Statement for the relevant financial year in which the minimum criterion is met (refer Notes under para 1)

ii) Work Experience

Civil Engineering Work Experience: Appendix-1A with details of 1 or 2 or as the case may be, which satisfy requisite qualification criteria (refer para 2(a))

iii) Solvency Certificate - STANDS DELETED

Appendix-X (refer para 3)

iv) Profitability – STANDS DELETED

Attested copies of Auditor's Report along with the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Statement for last 5 or 3 financial years, as the case may be (refer para 4)

v) Others Appendix-XI (refer para 7)

b) By Joint Venture Partners ( STANDS DELETED)

By Partner-in-charge/Lead Member

i) JV MOU/Agreement (refer para 6 (a)) ii) Power of Attorney (refer para 6 (b))

iii) Annual turnover : As in 8 a(i) above - to meet 100% of requirement as per

criterion

iv) Work Experience

Civil Engineering work Experience: As 8 (a) (ii) above - to meet 100% of requirement as per criterion


Construction Experience in Key activities/specification components: As in 8 (a) (ii) above.

General Construction Experience : As 8 (a) (ii) above - to meet 100% of

requirement as per criterion

v) Solvency Certificate: As 8 (a) (iii) above - to the extent of 100% financial participation

vi) Profitability: As in 8 (a) (iv) above vii) Others: As in 8 (a) (v) above

c) By Joint Venture Partners other than Partner-in-charge/Lead Member (STANDS

DELETED) i) Work Experience: Construction experience in Key Activities/ specification

components: as in 8 (a) (ii) above. ii) Others : As in 8 (a)(v) above

9. Sub-contractors

Sub-Contractor's experience and resources will not be taken into account in determining the bidder's compliances with the qualifying criteria.

10. Tender Document can be obtained from RITES Project Office, Bhagawan Towers, Ist Floor,

Cuttack Road, Bhubaneswar. on payment of non-refundable fee of Rs.7, 500/- only towards

the cost of tender documents in the form of Pay Order/Banker’s Cheque/Demand Draft on

any Nationalised/Scheduled Bank situated in Bhubaneswar drawn in favour of ‘RITES Ltd‘on

any working day between 11.00 hrs and 15.00 hrs from 22.11.2013 to 02.12.2013 or can be

down loaded from website and the cost of tender documents in above form shall be submitted

along with tender. For complete tender documents including qualifying Criteria, Sale of tender

documents etc. please visit web site www.rites.com

Last Date of Submission of Tender: The above Tender Document shall be received at this office of the above address on 02.12.2013 upto 15.30 Hrs (IST).

Date of Pre bid Conference:. No pre bid meeting will be conducted however if any tenderer needs any clarification may contact this office and the queries will be entertained upto 29.11.2013.

Date of Opening of Technical Bid: From 16.00 hrs on 02.12.2013 in presence of the intending bidders. Date of Opening of Price Bid: Shall be intimated later to the technically successful bidders only.

The bid documents are not transferable and shall not be sent by post/courier. For other criteria, the tenderers must carefully study the Instructions to Tenderers, Technical Specifications and other Terms & Conditions stipulated in the Tender Document. Tenderers must give their Fax/ Telegraphic addresses while purchasing the Tender Document.


INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS

TENDERER (S) SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE FILLING UP THE TENDER.

1 (a) Rate quoted by the contractor in item rate tender in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the contractor shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the amount of an item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or in words then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as correct. Where the rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise provided be taken as correct and not the amount.

(b) Percentage quoted by the contractor in percentage rate tender shall be accurately

filled in figures and words, so that there is no discrepancy. However, if the contractor has worked out the amount of the tender & if any discrepancy is found in the percentage quoted in words & figures, the percentage which corresponds with the amount worked out by the contractor shall, unless otherwise proved, be taken as correct. If the amount of the tender is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the percentage written either in figures or in words then the percentage quoted by the contractor in words hall be taken as correct. Where the percentage quoted by the contractor in figures & in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the percentage quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise proved, be taken as correct and not the amount.

2. Rates are to be quoted for all the items of the Schedule of Quantities. If rate is not

quoted for any one of the items, the tender is liable to be rejected.

3. Rates shall be quoted only on the prescribed form of the Schedule of Quantities of

the Tender documents issued by this office and each page of all the tender documents including Schedule of Quantities shall be signed under seal of the firm. Any cutting or over-writing in Schedule of Quantities must be initialed. Whitener (i.e. Eraze-Ex) should not be used for any correction. Rates written at places other than those in prescribed form shall not be considered as part of offer.

4. The Tenderer(s) shall not increase his/their rates in case RITES negotiates for

reduction of rates. Such negotiations shall not amount to cancellation or withdrawal of original offer and rates originally quoted will be binding on the tenderer(s).

5. Time is the essence of contract. In order to complete the work within the schedule

time, the tenderer is required to submit a detailed construction Programme for various activities indicating the time required for the same.

6. Tenderers are advised to inspect the sites and their neighbourhoods and acquaint

themselves with actual working and other prevalent conditions. Availability and suitability of local labourers, materials or otherwise should be carefully investigated. Accessibility of sites of work, source of water, soil investigation, campsite, market, banking facilities etc should also be carefully investigated before submitting tender.


All such possible factors having likely bearing on rates and progress should be taken into consideration while submitting the tender. The tenderers will be deemed to have satisfied themselves with these conditions before submission of tender.

7. The documents relating to credentials for fulfillment of eligibility criteria must be

submitted along with the offer. The tenderers must mention in their offer the names of documents e.g. Certificates, Letters, Returns etc. which establish that they are eligible to participate in tender, failing which their offer may be passed over for want of documentation. They must produce the original documents, when asked to do so; failing which their offer shall be passed over.

8. No scribbling is permissible in the tender documents and no special conditions are to

be stipulated by the tenderer in the same. If the tenderer wants to intimate anything of importance, he may do so in a separate covering letter. Such stipulations and conditions shall be deemed to be a part of the contract to such extent only as may be explicitly accepted by RITES and communicated to the successful tenderer. RITES however, reserves the right not to accept any such special stipulations and conditions given by the tenderers and may ask the tenderer to withdraw any or all such stipulations and conditions before awarding the contract. In the event of refusal of the tenderer to do so the tender is liable to be rejected.

9. Canvassing in connection with Tender is strictly prohibited and the Tenders

submitted by the Tenderer who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection. 10. On acceptance of the tender, the name of the authorised representative(s) of the

Contractor who would be responsible for taking instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge shall be communicated to the Engineer-in-Charge.

11. The rates to be quoted in the Schedule of Quantities should be inclusive of Sales Tax

or any other Tax, levies, duties on materials, labour and material on complete works in respect of this contract. RITES will not entertain any claim whatsoever in this respect.

12. The Contractor must submit latest valid Income Tax clearance certificate and Sales

Tax /VAT Clearance Certificate along with the tender. 13. Under Section 194-C of the Income Tax Act, 1961, deduction of necessary Income

Tax will be made from bills for carrying out the work under this Contract. 14. Sales Tax, as per rate stipulated by the Govt., will also be deducted from the

Contractor's bills. 15. The successful tenderer(s) shall be required to execute an agreement in prescribed

proforma with RITES within the stipulated time for carrying out the work as per accepted conditions.

16. If the office of RITES happens to be closed on the date of receipt of Tender, the

Tender will be received and opened on the next working day at the same time and venue without any further notice.

17. The tenderer(s) shall submit analyses of rates quoted by him/them if called upon to

do so.


18. Should the tenderer(s) finds/find discrepancies, or omissions in the drawings or any of the tender forms or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should at once notify the authority inviting tenders who may send a written intimation to all tenderers. It should be understood that every endeavour has been made to avoid any error which can materially affect the basis of the tender and the successful tenderer shall take upon himself and provide for the risk of any error which may subsequently be discovered and shall make no subsequent claim on account thereof

19. Tender documents submitted with missing pages or schedule item will be disqualified and it will be the Tenderers responsibility to point out any short-comings in documents furnished well before the date of submission for needful action required, if any by RITES.

20. If the tenderer(s) deliberately gives/give wrong information in his/their tender, RITES

reserves the right to reject such tender at any stage. 21. RITES are getting the work executed on behalf of (Client) NTPC-SAIL Power

Company Private Limited (NSPCL), Rourkela hereinafter called the Client and on the land belonging to them. If any loss is sustained by the client by any act of omission or commission of the contractor or his agent, he will make good the same at his own cost. He shall also indemnify against any claims resulting from the negligence or any acts of omission or commission of the contractor or his agent.

22. The Tender is being invited on behalf of Client, hence it may be noted that payment

will be made for the work done /supply of materials on receipt of fund from client. 23. RITES is only an agent acting as Consultant on behalf of the Client and Client is the

Principal as well as Employer for work. 24. In case of any dispute between RITES and Contractor, being RITES merely an

agent/consultant, client should be made first respondent and should be liable for all monetary losses

25. RITES is only agent/consultant acting on behalf of the Client/Employer and in case of

arbitration the client shall be first respondent. 26. RITES on behalf of client, reserves the right to reject any or all the Tenders and also

does not bind itself to accept the lowest tender at its own discretion without assigning any reasons whatsoever.

27. RITES on behalf of client, also reserves the right to accept tender either for full

quantity of work or part thereof or divide the works amongst more than one tenderer without assigning any reason for any such action.

28. For the purpose of ascertaining completion period the handing over and taking over

of site to/by contractor will be jointly recorded by RITES & contractor, and copy given to both parties.

29. The quantity mentioned in the "Schedule of Quantities” is approximate. RITES

reserves the right to vary its quantity of any item or not to operate any item during execution of work/supply without reference to the contractor/supplier and for which no claim will be entertained by RITES.


30. All equipments, tools, plants and machineries etc., as may be required for executing the work in a modern and workman-like manner as per specification shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost.

31. If any tenderers want to offer any rebate, he should indicate explicitly at the specified

column provided at the end of Schedule of Quantities. No cognizance will be given to the offer of rebate on any other place in the tender documents or through a separate letter.

32. Tender documents are not transferable.

33. Earnest money is to be furnished in A/c payee Draft or pay order or Banker's

cheque drawn on any Nationalised/ Scheduled Bank at Bhubaneswar in favour of "RITES LTD". Earnest Money in any other forms will not be considered as valid Earnest Money. TENDERS WITHOUT VALID EARNEST MONEY SHALL BE SUMMARILY REJECTED.

b) Submission of Tender:

Packet-1 EMD and authority sign as per proforma Packet-2 Technical Bid and documents in support of qualifying criteria and

Price Bid All the above 2 (two) packets shall be put in a single packet and superscripted as detailed above.

c) The packet No.1 containing PB and authority to sign is not in order, the packet No.2 containing Technical Bid shall not be opened.

34. Tenders in sealed cover containing all the tender documents must be superscribed with name of the work and Tender No. Tender will be received in the TENDER BOX specified for the particular tender and will be opened in presence of those bidders or their representatives who choose to be present at the time opening. Bidder’s representative should submit the authority to represent a particular firm at the time of opening of tender.

35. Tenders for works shall remain open for acceptance for a period of 90 (ninety) days

or extension period if any from the date of opening of tenders. Should the Tenderer fail to keep the tender open for acceptance as stated above or if the Tenderer withdraws his tender before the expiry of the said period/extended period or makes any modifications in the terms and conditions of the tender then RITES without prejudice to any other right or remedy shall be at liberty to forfeit his Earnest Money.

36. All the work shall conform to the standard specification of I.S., I.R.S. as will be

applicable. 37. Delayed tenders/Late tenders/Post tender offers will be rejected. 38. STCC/VAT submitted along with the offer should be attested by the Gazetted

Officers and should be signed under seal of the firm. All the papers submitted by the tenderers should be serially page marked.

39. In case, any request/correspondences, if made by the tenderers regarding increase

in rate, reduction in rate/rebate, addition/alteration/deletion of terms & conditions


against the original quoted rate, rebate and terms & conditions will not be considered after opening of tender as per schedule date & time.

40. In case of negotiation, validity of revised offer will remain valid for 90 (ninety) days from

the date of such negotiation. 41. Contractor (s) are required to obtain insurance policies for the work such as

Contractor’s All Risk Policy, Workmen Compensation Policy, Plant & Equipment Policy etc., failing which payment will not be made for the work done.

42. (i)Tenderer to give consent in a mandate form (enclosed herewith) for receipt of

payment through ECS/EFT. (ii)Tenderer to provide the details of Bank A/c in line with RBI guidelines for the same. These details will include Bank Name, Branch Name & address, Account type, Bank account no. and Bank & Branch code as appearing on MICR cheque issued by bank. (iii) Tenderer to attach certificate from their bank certifying the correctness of all above mentioned information, as mentioned in para (ii) above. (iv) In case where ECS/EFT facility is not available, payment will be released through cheque.

43. Tenderer should submit the attested copy of Auditor’s report along with balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the relevant financial year in which the minimum criteria are met.

44. The bidder should submit the details of such completed works as per the Proforma

enclosed. In support of having completed these works, the firms should submit attested copies of the completion certificates from the owner companies indicating the name of work, the description of work done by the bidder, value of contract executed by the bidder, date of start, date of completion (contractual & actual) and value of the material supplied by the Client. The value of work executed should be inclusive of the value of free supply items if any. The tenderer should also enclose attested copy of documentary evidence in support of eligibility criteria as per NIT.

45. The cutoff date shall be calculated from the date of submission / opening of tender

i.e. for a tender which is being opened on 10.11.2010, the cutoff date shall be on 10.11.2005. The works completed for such tender before 10.11.2005 shall not be considered.

46. The General Conditions of Contract to be read together with Special Conditions of

Contract, if any, attached to the tender documents. Whenever there is a discrepancy or variance between the General Conditions of Contract and Special Conditions of Contract, the provision in the Special Conditions of Contract will prevail.

******* XXX ******


CHECK LIST


CHECK LIST

NIT No. OT/04/RITES-BBSR/NSPCL-RKL/Balance Work/2013 Dt.22.11.2013

PLEASE TICK () THE FOLLOWINGS FOR SUBMISSION OF TENDER:

1. Submitted latest valid STCC/VAT along with the offer.

2. Submitted credentials and relevant certificates/documents only, as required, for

fulfillment of the following criteria along with the offer.

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

3. TENDER NOT FULFILLING THE ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA WILL LIABLE TO BE REJECTED.

4. Submitted Earnest money along with the tender in the form as mentioned in clause

no 33 of “Instruction to Tenderers”. TENDER WITHOUT EARNEST MONEY WILL BE SUMMARILY REJECTED.

5. Submitted all the tender documents issued from RITES Office duly signed/stamped

on each page

6. Credentials & certificates are submitted duly attested by a Gazetted Officer and duly signed under seal of the firm.

7. The credentials & certificates have been serially page marked and the Prime

Contents for fulfilling the eligibility criteria are highlighted.

8. All the pages of Tender documents have been signed under seal of the firm.

9. Submitted Affidavit on non-judicial stamp paper of Rs.10/- duly attested by Notary/Magistrate and duly filled up and signed under seal of the firm along with the offer.

10. All the statutory rules (e.g. Provident Fund, ESI etc.) for deployment of labour are to

be observed by the Contractor besides what have been stated in General Conditions of Contract. For any consequences arising out of non-compliance with the same the Contractor will be held responsible and any recovery, if made by any Govt. body on this account the same have to be borne by the Contractor.


SPECIAL NOTE


"SPECIAL NOTE" (1) The documents relating to credentials for fulfillment of eligibility criteria must be

submitted along with tenders. The tenderers must mention in their tender the names of documents e.g. Certificates, Balance Sheets, P & L accounts, Letters, Returns etc, which shall establish that they are eligible to participate in this tender, failing which their tender may be passed over for want of proper & valid documentation. They must produce the original documents, when asked to do so; failing which their tender shall be passed over without any further clarification.

(2) Tenderers are requested to submit their credentials and certificates to fulfill the

eligibility criteria as stipulated in the Notice Inviting Tender along with EMD and Technical Bid (Part –I) in a sealed cover superscribed with "Technical Bid", Tender Notice No. and Name of the Work. The Tender documents issued from this office as Price Bid (Part- II) is to be sealed in separate cover superscribed with "Price Bid", Tender Notice No. and Name of the Work. Both the bids (Technical, and Price Bid) are to be sealed in one cover superscribed with Name of the work and Tender Notice No and name of the Tenderer.

(3) The Technical Bids and Commercial Bids of all the tenderers are to be opened on the

schedule date, as mentioned in the Notice Inviting Tender in presence of the intending Tenderers.

(4) The “Price bid" of the tender from only the qualified Tenderers of "Technical and

Commercial bid" will be opened in presence of Commercially and technically qualified tenderers on the specified date, which shall be intimated later to the technically and commercially successful bidders.

(5) The “Price bid" documents, of those Tenderers which will be found technically and

commercially not qualified on examination of the "Technical bid" documents, will be returned intact by registered post with A/D.

(6) The Earnest Money (which is to be enclosed in the Technical and Commercial Bid

in sealed envelope) of the technically and commercially "not qualified" Bidders shall be returned along with the sealed "Price bid" (unopened) as was submitted by them.

(7) All Tenderers are requested to attend this office of RITES Ltd. on the date of opening

of the “Price bid". "Price bid" of those technically and commercially suitable bids shall be opened in presence of only the authorised representatives of those Firms, who are technically and commercially qualified.

(8) Earnest money along with the Technical and Commercial Bid is to be furnished in

A/c. Payee Draft or Pay Order or Banker's Cheque drawn on any Nationalised/ Scheduled Bank at Bubaneswar in favour of “RITES Ltd.". Earnest Money in any other Forms will not be considered as valid Earnest Money. Tenders without valid Earnest Money shall be summarily rejected.

(9) If any Tenderer wants to offer any Rebate, he should indicate explicitly at the

specified column at the end of the Schedule of Quantities. No cognizance will be


given to the offer of Rebate on any other place in the Tender Documents or through a separate letter.

10) Photo copies of the certificates/documents related to fulfillment of eligibility criteria

should be duly attested by a Gazetted officer. The application with all the above enclosures with pages numbered should be submitted through a forwarding letter in sealed cover superscribing the name of work, Tender No. etc

11) Any request/letters from the tenderers for any addition/ alteration/ deletion against

their quoted rates and any other terms & conditions of the tender shall not be entertained in any case whatsoever.

(12) No condition will be accepted. Tender with any condition shall be summarily

rejected.


LETTER FOR SUBMISSION OF TENDER AND AGREEMENT FOR WORKS


LETTER FOR SUBMISSION OF TENDER

No.__________________ Dated: _____________ From M/s _________________________ _________________________ To, M/s RITES Ltd., Bhagwan Tower, Ist floor, Cuttack Road, Bhubaneswar. Dear Sirs, Sub: Ref: Open/Limited Tender Notice No.

--------- Having examined the Tender Documents consisting of the letter inviting Tender, General/Special Conditions of Contract, Special conditions, Drawings, Time Schedule, Schedule of Rates and all other documents and papers, as detailed in the tender documents, and having understood the provisions of the said tender documents, and having thoroughly studies the requirements of RITES, relative to the work tendered for in connection with Projects and having conducted a through study of the job, site(s) involved, the site conditions, soil conditions, the climatic conditions, labour, electricity, water, material and equipment availability, the transport and communication facility, the availability and suitability of borrow area, the availability of land for right of way and temporary office and accommodation quarters and all other factors and facilities and things whatsoever necessary or relative to the formulation of the tender and the performance of work, I/We hereby submit our tender offer for the performance of proposed work in accordance with the terms and conditions and within the time mentioned in the Tender Documents at the rate (s) quoted by me/us in the accompanying Schedule (s) of Rates included within the Tender Documents. It has been explained to me/us that the time stipulated for job (s) and completion of work (s) in all respects and in different stages mentioned in the “Instructions to Tenderers” and signed and accepted by me/us is the essence of the contract. I/We agree that in the case of my/our failure to strictly observe the time of completion for job(s) or any of them and to the final completion of work in all respects according to the schedule. I/We shall pay liquidated damages to the RITES as per provisions of Tender Document. I/We further agree to sign an Agreement / Bond to abide by the General and Special Conditions of Contract and to carry out all works according to the specifications as mentioned in the Tender Document of RITES. In case of acceptance of tender, I/We bind myself / ourselves to execute the contract document within stipulated time after notice that the contract has been awarded to me/us and to commence the work within 10 days from the date of issue of LOI/W.O. by RITES failing which I/We shall have no object to the forfeiture of the earnest money amounting to Rs.__________________________ lodged with the RITES. I/We also undertake to carry out the work in accordance with the said plans, specifications, General and Special Conditions of Contract and NTPC to bind and provide such of the materials (other than these to be supplied by the RITES/NTPC), and to do all such things which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge may be necessary for, or incidental to the constructions, completion and maintenance thereof and to complete the whole of the said works in all respects, and hand them over


to you or your representative within the period specified, and to maintain the same for the period and in the manner provided in the conditions of contracts. I/We have annexed to this tender, the following documents:

1) Original Tender Document, as issued, duly signed. \

2) Earnest money for Rupees _______________________________ only in the form of Account Payee Bank Draft or Pay Order or Banker’s Cheque drawn in favour of RITES / Bhubaneswar on any Nationalized/Scheduled Bank situated at Bhubaneswar.

I/We hereby undertake that the statements made herein and the information given in the Annexure referred to above are true in all respects and that in the even of any such statement or information being found to be incorrect in any above particulars, the same may be constructed to be a misrepresentation, entitling RITES to avoid any resultant contract.

I/We confirm having deposited Earnest Money of Rs. _______________(Rupees ___________________________________________ ) as detailed hereunder.

* (Strike out whichever is not applicable).

By Demand Draft / Pay Order No. __________________________________dated __________drawn on _______________________________________Bank ___________________________ Branch ___________________ attached hereto.

I/We agree to the conversion of earnest money an initial Security deposit in case of Offer being accepted.

Yours faithfully,

(SIGNATURE (S) OF THE TENDERER(S))

Name and Designation of authorized persons (s) Signing the Tender on behalf of the Tenderer(s)


AGREEMENT FOR WORKS

Agreement no: dated THIS AGREEMENT is made on day of two thousand between RITES Ltd., a Government of India Enterprise and a Company registered under Companies Act, 1956 having its registered office at SCOPE Minar, Laxminagar, Delhi-110092 and its Corporate office at RITES Bhagwan, Plot No: -1, Sector-29, Gurgaon (Haryana) representing through AGM/ RITES Ltd acting for and on behalf of (Name of the Client) as consultant hereinafter called the Consultant (Which expression shall, wherever the context so demands or requires, include their successors in office and assigns) on one part and M/s. ……………….hereinafter called the Contractor (Which expression shall, wherever the context so demands or requires, include his/their successors and assigns) of the other part. WHEREAS the consultant is desirous that certain works should be executed viz. (brief description of the work) and has by Letter of Acceptance/Work Order dated accepted a tender submitted by the contractor for the execution, completion and maintenance of such works at a total Contract price of Rs. (Rupees ---------------------------------------------------------------- only). Now THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows: 1. In this agreement words and expressions shall have the same meaning as are

respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to. 2. The following documents in conjunction with Addenda/Corrigenda to Tender

Documents shall be deemed to form and be read and constructed as part of the agreement viz. a) This form of Agreement b) The letter of acceptance dated c) The letter of Intent with all the enclosures dated d) Priced Schedule (Bill) of Quantities- e) Specifications f) Drawings g) Amendments to Tender documents h) The Special Conditions & Additional Special Conditions of Contract, if any. i) General Conditions of Contract of NSPCL.

3. The aforesaid documents shall be taken as complementary and mutually explanatory of

one another, but in the case of ambiguities or discrepancies, shall take precedence in the order set out above.

4. In consideration of the payment to be made by the consultant to the Contractor as hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the consultant to execute, complete and maintain the works in conformity in all respects within the provisions of the Contract.

5. The Employer thereby covenants to pay to the Contractor in consideration of the

execution, completion and maintenance of the works at contract price at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused their respective common seals to be hereinto affixed (or have herewith set their respective hands and seals) the day and the year first above written. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED BY M/S. (for the consultant) (for Contractor) represented by RITES Ltd in the Capacity of in the capacity On behalf of For & on behalf of The Contractor (The consultant) In the presence of In the presence of Witnesses (Signature, Name & Witnesses (Signature, Name & Designation) Designation)

1. 1. 2. 2.

Copy to the Employer Copy to Associate Finance.


PROFORMA FOR THE CREDENTIAL OF THE TENDERER


APPENDIX‐I A DETAILS OF WORKS OF SIMILAR NATURE & MAGNITUDE CARRIED OUT DURING THE LAST 5 YEARS Sl. No.

Name of work done

Estimated cost

When started

When completed

Date of Completion as per contract

Remarks

_________________________________________________________________________

Note: 1 In the remarks column, please state whether the works stated above are carried out by you in the name of the Firm in which the present Bid is submitted on any other names. If later, state the relationship of the firm and also a copy of the Partnership Deed. (STAND DELETED)

2 Please enclose the true copy of the certificate issued by the authorities, if

any.


APPENDIX‐1 B Name of Work: Name of Tenderer:

CONCURRENT COMMITMENTS OF THE TENDERER

Full Postal Addressof Clien& Nameof Officer-in-Charge

Description of the work

Value of

contract

Date of commencement

of work

Scheduled Completion

period

Percentage Completion as on date

Expected date of completion

Remarks if any

SIGNATURE OF TENDERER


APPENDIX-II NAME OF WORK: NAME OF TENDERER:

DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS, TOOLS TACKLES Tenderer shall submit herein details of equipment, tools, tackles, etc required to perform the work and shall note in each case whether the same is (a) already owned by tenderer and available for use on this contract (b) anticipated to be hired by contractor or (c) anticipated to be purchased by contractor, in case of (a) anticipated (b) and (c) Location of hirer or supplier shall be stated. Sl No.

Description, Make Mode & Capacity

Year of Manufacture

Category (a) or (b) or (c) below

Location Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Contractor agrees to augment the above chart with additional

number/categories of equipment, if required to complete the work within the agreed time schedule of completion and directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

2 In case of hiring of equipment form other agencies, copies of the arrangements

made with the hirer/supplier shall have to be furnished.



APPENDIX-III

DETAILS OF MANPOWER PROPOSED TO BE DEPLOYED ON THIS WORK

Sl.No.

Details of Manpower

No.

Remarks

_________________________________________________________________________ Note: Please furnish the above details in two categories - To be deployed by (i) Contractor and (ii) Sub-contractors, if any Minimum manpower deployment shall be based broadly as above and will be modified as mutually agreed to suit the detailed construction programme jointly worked out; further if any additional man power is required for completion of work in time, the same shall be provided by you as directed by Engineer without any extra cost. The manpower proposed to be deployed in the work needs to be given quarter wise separately for direct personnel of the contractor and the manpower proposed to be deployed through the sub-contractors SIGNATURE OF TENDERER


APPENDIX-IV

ORGANISATION CHART SHOWING NO. OF QUALIFIED ENGINEERS & SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL ETC. Sl. No. Details of personnel to be

deployed on this work No.

Note: Names and short resume of their experiences may also be given for key

personnel

This tentative chart of your site organisation as above furnished by you shall be subject to variation to suit the construction programme/requirement and as directed by Owner/Engineer.



APPENDIX-V

LIST OF PROPOSED SUB CONTRACTORS

Sl. No. Name of

sub-contractor

Description ofwork or trade

Amount(Rs)

DELETED

__________________________________________________________________________ 1 Type of work executed by the sub-contractors. 2 The particulars of clients where the sub-contractors did the works. 3 Approximate value of the work carried by the sub-contractors in the last 3

years.



APPENDIX-VI

PROGRESS BILLINGS

(Bidder’s anticipated progress billing month by month to be inserted here) Tentative construction schedule indicating the expected dates of start of activity is to be given by the contractor. This schedule shall be updated within specified milestones from time to time depending upon the availability of fronts equipment and priorities fixed by Engineer. Contractor shall submit within 15 days of the date of letter of intent programme/schedule for supply of items covering all phases of work including design, procurement, manufacture, assembly, fabrication, testing, transportation, erection, testing at site and commissioning matching the overall completion schedule. The billing as well as all the connected documents shall be computerized.

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER


APPENDIX-VII NAME OF WORK: NAME OF TENDERER:

INFORMATION ABOUT TENDERERS (FORM-H)

1.0 In case of individual:-

1.1 Name of Business:

1.2 Whether his business is registered:

1.3 Date of Commencement of Business:

1.4 Whether he pays Income Tax over Rs 10,000/- per year:

2.0 In case of Partnership:

2.1 Name of Partnership with qualification:

2.2 Whether the Partnership is Registered:

2.3 Date of Establishment of firm:

2.4 If each of the partners of the firm pays Income Tax over Rs 10,000/- a year and

if not, who of them pays the same.

3.0 In case of Limited Liability Company or Company Limited by Guarantees:

3.1 Amount of paid of capital:

3.2 Name of Directors: ----

3.3 Date of Registration of Company:

3.4 Copies of the Balance Sheet of the Company of the last five years:

Copies of audited Profit & Loss Account and the Balance sheet shall be enclosed in case of Individuals, partnerships as well as limited companies for the last 5 years

SIGNATURE OF TENDERER (NAME & ADDRESS OF THE TENDERER)


APPENDIX-VIII NAME OF WORK: NAME OF TENDERER:

LIST OF ENCLOSURES (FORM-I) The tenderer is required to enclose the following documents as part of his tenderer. 1 Power of attorney of the signatory to the tender 2 Income Tax/Sales Tax Clearance Certificate in the proforma prescribed by the

Govt of India. 3 Documents showing annual turnover for similar works for the past five years

such as annual report, profit and loss account etc. 4 Solvency Certificate by Nationalized Schedule Bank.

SIGNATURE OF TENDERER ** In absence of Income Tax Clearance Certificate tenderer may not be awarded the work tendered for as per Central Govt Directives.


APPENDIX-IX NAME OF WORK: NAME OF TENDERER :

EXCEPTION AND DEVIATION (FORM-J)

As pointed out in the NIT/LIT, tenderer may stipulate here exceptions and deviation to the tender conditions, if considered un-avoidable. Sl. No. Page No. of

tenderer document Sl.No.of tender document

Subject Deviation

____________________________________________________________________________



APPENDIX-X

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE FORM A NATIONALISED OR A SCHEDULE BANK This is to certify that to the best of our knowledge and information M/s

__________________________________________________ having their registered

office at __________________, a customer of our Bank is a reputed company with a

good financial standing and can be treated as solvent to the extent of Rs.

____________________________________. This certificate is issued without any

guarantee or risk and responsibility on the Bank or any of its officers.

Signature with date Senior bank Manager

Name, address & Seal of the Bank/Branch

Notes: 1 . Banker’s Certificate should be on letter head of the Bank


APPENDIX-XI

DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER (Affidavit on non-judicial stamp paper of Rs 10/- duly attested by Notary/Magistrate) This is to certify that We, M/s _______________________________________________, in submission of this offer confirm that: i) We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms,

statements and attachments in proof of the qualification requirements; ii) We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work,

not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial failures etc.

iii) Business has never been banned with us by any Central/State Govt.

Departments/Public Sector Undertakings or Enterprise of Central/State Govt. iv) We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant

details as per the prescribed format. v) The information and documents submitted with the tender by us are correct

and we are fully responsible for the correctness of the information and documents submitted by us.

vi) We understand that in case any statement/information/document furnished by

us is found to be incorrect or false, our EMD in full will be forfeited.

Seal, Signature and Name of the Bidder signing this document


DATA COLLECTION SHEET

To RITES Ltd., ---------------- Dear Sir, Authorization for payments through Electronic Fund Transfer System (RTGS/NEFT) We hereby authorized RITES Ltd. To make all our payments, including refund of Earnest Money, through Electronic Fund Transfer System (RTGS/NEFT). The details for facilitating the payments are given below:-

(TO BE FILLED IN CAPITAL LETTERS) 1 NAME OF THE BENEFICIARY 2 ADDRESS WITH PIN CODE 3 (A)TELEPHONE NO WITH STD CODE (B) MOBILE NO. 4 BANK PARTICULARS A BANK NAME B BANK TELEPHONE WITH STD CODE C BRANCH ADDRESS WITH PIN CODE D BANK FAX NO WITH STD CODE E 11 CHARACTER IFSC CODE OF THE BANK (EITHER

ENCLOSE A CANCELLED CHEQUE OR OBTAIN BANK CERTIFICATE AS APPENDED)

F BANK ACCOUNT NUMBER AS APPEARING ON THE CHEQUE BOOK

G BANK ACCOUNT TYPE (TICK ONE) SAVINGS/ CURRENT/ LOAN/ CASH CREDIT/ OTHERS

H IF OTHERS, SPECIFY 5 PERMANENT ACCOUNT NUMBER (PAN) 6 E-MAIL ADDRESS

I/We hereby declare that the particulars given above are correct and complete. If the transaction is delayed or credit is not effected at all for reasons of incomplete or incorrect information. I/We would not hold RITES Ltd. responsible. Bank charges for such transfer will be borne by us. Date____________ SIGNATURE

AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

Name________________________

BANK CERTIFICATION

It is certified that above mentioned beneficiary hold bank account No.______________________ with our branch and the Bank particulars mentioned above are correct. SIGNATURE Date___________

AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

Name______________________ OFFICIAL STAMP


GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT


NTPC -SAIL POWER COMPANY PVT. LTD. (A Joint venture of NTPC & SAIL)

NEW DELHI

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR

CIVIL WORKS

NSPCL


GENERAL CONDITON OF CONTRACT & ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF NSPCL, ROURKELA.

General Conditions of Contract & Additional Terms and Conditions of NTPC –SAIL Power Company Pvt. Limited, (NSPCL) Rourkela must be read as RITES on behalf of NTPC –SAIL Power Company Pvt. Limited, (NSPCL), Rourkela.


GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CIVIL WORKS

INDEX SECTION CLAUSE DESCRIPTION

I.


II.

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

1. Singular and plural

2. Headings &Marginal Notes to conditions

3. Definitions

III.

SCOPE &PERFORMANCE

4. Contract Documents

5. Works to be carried out

6. Inspection of site

7. Suffiency of Tender

8. Discrepancies and Adjustment of errors

9. Security Deposit

10. Deviations/Variations Extent & pricing

11 Clause regarding determination of rates

12 Suspension of works

13 Time and Extension for Delay

14 Clause regarding Tools, plant & Equipment

15 Materials

16 Labour

17 Possession of site

18 Setting out the works

19 Site Drainage


SECTION CLAUSE DESCRIPTION 20 Nuisance 21 Materials obtained from Excavation 22 Treasure, Trove, Fossils etc.

23 Protection of Trees

24 Watching and lighting

25 Contractor’s supervision

26 Inspection and Approval

27 Duties and powers of Engineer-in-charge’s representative

28 Removal and workmen

29 Uncovering and making good

30 Work during Night or on Sunday and Holidays

31 Completion Certificate

32 Compensation for delay

33 Defect Liability period

34 Contractors Liability and insurance

35 Facilities to other contractors

36 Notices to local bodies 37 Sub Contracts 38 Instructions and Notices 39 Foreclosure of contract in full or in part due to

Abandonment or Reduction in scope of work

40 Termination of Contract on Death 41 Cancellation of contract in full or in part 42 Liability for Damage, Defects or Imperfections

and Rectifications thereof

43 Urgent works 44 Changes in constitution

45 Training of apprentices 46 Supply of unfiltered Water for construction

purposes only

47 Land for contractors office, stores, workshop etc

48 Power supply


SECTION CLAUSE DESCRIPTION IV. VALUATION AND PAYMENT 49 Records and Measurement

50 Method of Measurement

51 Payment on Account

52 Time Limit for payment for final bill

53 Price variation

54 Loans 55 Overpayments and under payments

v. ARBITRATION AND LAWS 56 Arbitrations

57 Laws governing the contract VI. CONTRACTORS LABOUR REGULATIONS 1 Definitions

2 Notice of commencement

3 Number of hours of work which shall constitute a normal working day

4 Display of notice regarding wages weekly day of rest etc

5 Fixation of wage periods

6 Payment of wages

7 Register of workmen

8 Employment card

9 Register of wages etc

10 Fines and deductions which may be made from wages

11 Register of Accidents

12 Preservation of Registers

13 Enforcement 14 Disposal of amounts recovered from the

contractor

15 Welfare fund

16 Appeal against decision of inspecting officer

17 Representation of parties


SECTION CLAUSE DESCRIPTION 18 Inspection of Books and other Documents

19 Interpretation

20 Amendments Forms a. Resister of workmen

b. Employment card.

c. Register of wages-cum-Muster Roll

d. Register of Fines

e. Register of Deductions for Damages or loss to the company by the neglect or default of Employed persons

f. Wage Slip VII. MODEL RULES AND LABOUR WELFARE VIII. SAFETY CODE IX. TENDER FORMS

a. Tender

b. Schedule ’A’

c. Schedule ’B’

d. Schedule ’C’ X. FORMS OF DIFFERENT DEEDS a. Proforma Bank Guarantee in lieu of

Earnest Money

b. Form of Bank Guarantee in lieu of security Deposit in Individual Contract

c. Form of bank Guarantee to secure a Lump-sum Advance

d. Form of Bank Guarantee for removal of plant and Equipment from the site

e. Form of Hypothecation Deed


DELETED

NTPC –SAIL POWER COMPANY PVT. LTD. (A joint venture of NTPC & SAIL)

ROURKELA CAPTIVE POWER PLANT-II (2X60 MW)

ITEM RATE TENDER FOR

……………………………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

(here insert the name of the works) To be submitted by ……………………………………………………….. hours on ……………………….(date) to contact services, NSPCL,ROURKELA. Tenders shall be opened in presence of tenderers who may be present, at …………………………………….. hours on …………………………………. (date) in the office of:

NSPCL, ROURKELA

Issued to M/s *……………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………

Signature of Officer issuing the documents Designation …………………………………………………………….. Date …………………………………………………………………… . . * Name of Contractor


DELETED

NTPC –SAIL POWER COMPANY PVT. LTD. (A joint venture of NTPC & SAIL)

ROURKELA CAPTIVE POWER PLANT-II (2X60 MW)

NOTICE INVITING TENDERS (DELETED)

1. Tenderers are invited on behalf of the NTPC-SAIL Power Co. Pvt. Ltd., for ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….The work is estimated to cost Rs ……………………………………………………………This estimate, however is given merely as a rough guide.

2. The tender shall be in the prescribed Form.

3. The works are required to be completed within………………………………………………

………………………………………………months from the of date issue of Letter of Intent, in accordance with the phasing, if any, indicated in the tender document.

4. Normally contractors whose names are borne on the approved list of contractors of N.S.P.C.L., RKL., for the areas in which the work lies and within whose financial category the estimated amount falls will be permitted to tender.

5. The Chairman, NSPCL, shall be the Accepting Officer hereinafter referred to as such for

the purpose of this contract.

6. Applications for issue of tender documents shall be submitted to………………………….. ….…………………………so as to reach his office not later than ……………………………

7. A tenderer shall produce an Income Tax Clearance certificate before tender documents

can be sold to him.

8. Tender documents consisting of plans, specifications, Schedule(s) of Quantities of the various classes of work to be done, the conditions of contract and other necessary documents will be open for inspection and sold on payment of Rs …………………………………on or after ………………………...................................... and upto …………………………………………

9. Tenderers are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy themselves before submitting their tenders as to the nature of the ground and sub soil (so far as practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the site, the accommodation they may be require and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or effect their tender. A tenderer shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the site, whether he inspects it or not and no extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.


DELETED

10. Submission of a tender by a tenderer implies that he has read this notice and all other contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the work to be done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant, etc., will be issued to him by the Company and local conditions and other factors bearing on the execution of the works.

11. A tenderer should quote in figures as well as words rate(s) tendered. The amount for each item should be worked out and the requisite totals given. Specials care shall be taken to write rates in figures as well as in words, and the amounts in figures only in such a way that total interpolation is not possible. The total amount shall be written both in figures and words. In case of figures the words ‘Rs’ should be written before the figure of rupees and words ‘paise’ after the decimal figure, e.g. Rs 2.15p and in case of words, the words ‘Rupees’ should precede and the words ‘paise’ should be written at the end. Unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed by the word ‘only’ it should invariably be upto two places of decimal.

12. All rates shall be quoted on the tender form.

13. In case of item rate tenders, only rates quoted shall be considered. Any tender containing percentage below/above the rates quoted is liable to be rejected. In case of lumpsum Contract, only Quoted Amount shall be considered.

14. The tender of the works shall not be witnessed by a contractor or contractors who himself/ themselves has/have tendered for the same works. Failure to observe this condition shall render the tender of the contractor tendering as well as of those witnessing the tender liable to rejection.

15. Tenders shall be received at, ……………………………………………………………………, upto………………………………hours on the …………………………………………. (date) and shall be opened at …………………………………………….hours on the same day in the presence of those tenderers who may be present.

16. The tender shall be accompanied by earnest money in forms and value as detailed in General Conditions of Contract.

17. The earnest money of the successful tenderer i.e. whose tender is accepted, will be treated as part of the security deposit. However, if the earnest money deposit is in the form of a bank guarantee, the successful tenderer will be required to replace it with initial security deposit of equivalent value within fifteen (15) days of acceptance of tender. Further, the successful tenderer shall permit the Company at the time of making any payment to him for the work done under the Contract to deduct towards security deposit, sum as per clause 9.1, section-III of General Conditions of Contract for civil Works (GCC).


DELETED 18. The successful tenderer, if he so desires, can also furnish the entire sum of Security

Deposit towards faithful performance of the contract in the form of bank guarantee issued by a Nationalised Bank, within fifteen (15) days of acceptance of his tender. The earnest money shall be returned/ refunded to the successful tenderer after receipt of the aforesaid bank guarantee towards security deposit.

19. NTPC-SAIL Power Co. Pvt. Ltd. shall return the earnest money where applicable to every unsuccessful tenderer within thirty (30) days of the award of contract.

20. A tenderer shall be submit the tender which satisfies each and every condition laid down in this notice and other tender documents, falling which, the tender will be liable to be rejected.

21. NTPC-SAIL Power Co.Pvt. Ltd., does not bind reverse to themselves to accept the lowest or any tender or to give any reasons for their decision.

22. The NTPC-SAIL Power Co. Pvt. Ltd., reserve to themselves the right of accepting the whole or any part of the tender and tenderer shall be bound to perform the same at his quoted rates.

23. Sales Tax or any other tax on materials in respect of this contract shall be payable by the contractor and the Company will not entertain any claim what so ever in this respect.

24. This notice of tender shall form part of the contract documents.

25. In consideration of the Owner opening and considering the tender for purpose of award of Contract, the tenderer shall keep his tender valid for a period of six (6) months, from the date of opening of the tender, during which period the tenderer agrees not to vary, alter or revoke his tender either in whole or in part. If the tenderer, , however, fails to keep his tender valid for six (6) months, the Owner shall be entitled to forfeit the EMD amount without any notice or proof of damage.

For and on behalf of NTPC-SAIL Power Co. Pvt.Ltd.

Signature …………………………………………

Designation ………………………………………..

Date: ……………………………………………


GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT: INTERPRETATION AND DEFINATIONS Singular & plural:

1. Where the context so requires, words importing the singular only also include the plural and vice versa. Headings and Marginal Notes to Conditions:

2. Headings and marginal notes to these General Conditions shall not be deemed to form part thereof or to be taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof or of the Contract. Definitions:

3. (a) ‘Owner’/ Company shall mean the NTPC-SAIL Power Co. (P) Ltd., New Delhi having its registered office at 4th Floor, NBCC Tower, Bhikaji Cama Place, N.Delhi-110066 and shall include their legal representatives, successor and permitted assigns.

(b) The “Accepting Authority” shall mean the authority mentioned in

schedule ‘A’. (c) The “Contract” shall mean the notice inviting the tender , the tender and

acceptance thereof and the formal agreement, if any, executed between the NSPCL, and the contractor together with the documents referred to therein including these conditions with appendices and any special conditions, the specifications, designs, drawings, schedule of quantities with rates and amounts and schedule of rates. All these documents taken shall be deemed to form one Contract and shall be complementary to one another.

(d) The “contractor” shall mean the individual or firm or company whether

incorporated or not, undertaking the works and shall include legal representatives of such individual or persons composing such firm or unincorporated company or successors of such firm or Company as the case may be and permitted assigns of such individual or firm or company.

(e) The “Contract sum” shall mean together:-

(i) In case of Lump sum contracts for which the tender is accepted;

(ii) In the case of percentage Rate contracts the estimated value of the

works as mentioned in the tender adjusted by the contractor’s percentage;

(iii) In the case of item Rate contracts the cost of the works arrived at after extension of the quantities shown in schedules of quantities by the item rates quoted by the tenderer for the various items.


f. A “Day” Shall mean a day of 24 hours from mid-night to midnight irrespective of the number of hours worked in that day.

g. “Engineer-in-charge” shall mean the Engineering officer appointed by the company or his duly authorised representative who shall direct, supervise and be in charge of the works for purposes of this contract.

h. ”Expected Risks” are risks due to riots (otherwise than among contractor’s employees) and civil commotion(in so far as both these are uninsurable),war(Whether declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection, military or unsurped power any acts of Government, damage from aircraft, acts of God, Such as earthquake lightning and unprecedented floods and other causes over which the contractor has no control and accepted as such by the Accepting Authority or causes solely due to use or occupation by the ‘corporations’ of the part of works in respect of which a certificate of completion has been issued.

i. ”Market Rate” shall be the rate as decided by the Engineer-in-charge on the basis of the cost of materials and labour at the site where the work is to be executed, plus the percentage mentioned in schedule A to cover all overheads and profit.(No percentage shall be added for material issued by the corporation)

j. Schedule(s) referred to in these conditions shall mean the relevant schedule(s) annexed to the tender papers issued by the company or the standard schedule of Rates prescribed by the company and the amendments thereto issued from time to time.

k. The” site shall mean the lands and/or other places on, under, in or through which the work is to be executed under the contract including any other lands or places which may be allotted by the company or used for the purposes of the contract.

l. “Temporary works” shall be all temporary works of every kind required in or about the execution, completion or maintenance of the works.

m. “Urgent Works” shall mean any urgent measures which, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, become necessary during the progress of the work to obviate any risk of accident or failure or which become necessary for security.

n. A “Week” Shall mean seven days without regard to the number of hours worked in any day in that week.

o. The” works” shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with the contract or part(s) thereof as the case may be and shall include all extra or additional, altered or substituted works or temporary and urgent works as required for performance of the contract.


SCOPE AND PERFORMANCE Contract Documents:

4. The contractor shall be furnished, free of charge; two certified true copies of the contract .Documents except standard specification and the schedule of rates and of all further drawings which may be issued during the progress of the works. He shall keep one copy of these Documents on the site in good order , and the same shall at all reasonable times be available for inspection and use by the Engineer-in-charge, his representative or by other inspecting officers.

4.1 None of these Documents shall be used by the contractor for any purpose other than that of this contract.

4.2 The contractor shall take necessary steps to ensure that all persons employed on any work in connection with this contact have noticed that the Indian official secrets Acts 1923. (Xix of1923) applies to them and shall continue to apply even after the execution of such works under the contract.

Works to be carried out:

5. The work to be carried out under the contract shall, except as otherwise

provided in these Conditions, include all labour, materials, tools, plant, equipment, and transport which may be required in preparation of and for and in the full and entire execution and completion of the works. The descriptions given in the schedule of Quantities shall, unless otherwise stated, be held to include waste on materials, carriage and cartage, carrying in return of empties ,hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in position and all other labour necessary in and for the full entire execution and completion as aforesaid in accordance with good practice and recognised principles.

Inspection of site:

6 The contractor shall inspect and examine the site and surrounding and shall

satisfy himself before submitting his tender as to the nature of the ground and subsoil(so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the quantities and nature of work and materials necessary for the completion of the works and the means of access to the site, the accommodation he may require and in general shall himself obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect his tender . No extra charges consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.

Sufficiency of Tender:

7. The contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and suffiency of his tender for the works and of the rates and prices quoted in the schedule of Quantities ,which rates and prices shall ,except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under


the contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper completion and maintenance of the works.

Discrepancies and Adjustment of Errors:

8. The several documents forming the contract are to be taken as mutually

explanatory of one another, detailed drawing being followed in preference to small scale drawing and figures dimensions in preference to scale and special conditions in preference to General conditions

8.1 In the case of discrepancy between schedules of Quantities the specifications

and/or the Drawings, the following order of preference shall be observed (a) Description in schedule of Quantities. (b) Particulars specifications and special conditions, if any (c) Drawings (d) General specifications

8.2 If there are varying or conflicting provisions made in any one documents

forming part of the contract, the Accepting Authority shall be the deciding authority with regard to the intention of the document.

8.3 Any error in description, quantity or rate in schedule of Quantities or any

omission there from shall not vitiate the contract or release the contractor from the execution of the whole or any part of the works comprised therein according to drawings and specifications or from any of his obligations under the contract.

8.4 If on check there are found to be differences between the rates given by the

contractor in words and figures or in the amount worked out by him in the schedule of quantities and general summary, the same shall be adjusted in accordance with the following rules:

(a) In the event of a discrepancy between description in words and figures

quoted by a tenderer, the description in words shall prevail.

(b) In the event of an error occurring in the amount column of schedules of quantities as a result of wrong extension of the unit rate and quantity the unit rate shall be regarded as firm and extension shall be amended on the basis of the rate .

(c) All errors in totalling in the amount column and in carrying forward totals

shall be corrected.

(d) The totals of various sections of schedule of Quantities amended shall be carried over to the General Summary and the tendered sum amended accordingly. The tendered sum so altered shall, for the purpose of tender, be substituted for the sum originally tendered and considered for


acceptance instead of the original sum quoted by the tenderer. Any rounding off of Quantities or in sections of schedule of Quantities or in General Summary, by the tenderer, shall be ignored.

(e) In case of lump-sum contracts based on Bills of Quantities(quantities not shown as provisions), should any error in quantities or any omissions of items be discovered, the cumulative effect of which varies the contract sum by more than 5% or Rs20,000/- Whichever is less, then the errors shall be rectified and the rectification dealt with as for deviations /variations under conditions 10&11 hereof , and the value thereof shall be added or deducted from the contract sum , as the case may be; provided that there shall be no rectification of any errors, omissions ,or wrong estimates in the prices inserted by the contractor in the Bills of Quantities.

9. Security Deposit: 9.1 The contractor shall permit the company at the time of making any payment

to him for work done under the contract to deduct towards the security deposit at the rate of10 percent of gross amount of each on account payment for contracts of value up to Rs20 lakhs and at the rate of 5 percent for contracts of value equal to and greater than Rs 20 lakhs until the security deposit so deducted reaches the values mentioned in 9.1(c) of schedule A in cash or in the form of government securities or Fixed Deposit Receipts or Bank Guarantees furnished by any of the Nationalised Banks.

(a) The security deposit reaches a limit of Rs. 1 lakh , the contractor, if he so

desires may convert the amount into one of the Government securities or Bank guarantees as aforesaid .

(b) provided that , if at the time of payment of the final bill, the deductions so made together with the earnest money already deposited , fall sort of the security deposit mentioned in 9.1(c) of schedule A, the recovery of the balance amount of security deposit shall be deemed to have been waived .

9.2. The contract value for purposes of these clauses shall be taken as the value of contract awarded.

9.3. In case a Fixed Deposit Receipt of any bank is furnished by the contractor to the company as part of the security deposit and the bank goes into liquidation or for any other reasons is unable to make payment against the said Fixed Deposit Receipt , the loss caused thereby shall be borne by the contractor and the contractor shall forthwith or on demand furnish additional security to company to make good the deficit.

9.4 All composition or other sums of money payable by the contractor under

the terms of this contract or any other contract or any other account whatsoever may be deducted from or paid by the sale of a sufficient part of his security deposit or from the interest arising there from any sums which may be due or may become due to the contractor by company on any account whatsoever and in the event of his security deposit being reduced by reasons of such deduction or sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall


within fourteen days of receipt of notice of demand from the Engineer-in-charge make good the deficit.

9.5 Government papers tendered as security shall be taken at 5%(five percent)

below the market price or at their face value whichever is less. 9.6 Refund of security Deposit:- One half of the security deposit refundable to

the contractor worked out on the basis of the value of work completed shall be refunded to the contractor on the Engineer-in- charge certifying in writing that the work has been completed as per conditions 31 hereof etc.

9.7 On expiry of the Defects Liability period (referred to in condition 33 hereof) or

on payment of the amount of the Final Bill payable in accordance with condition 52 whichever is later, the Engineer-in-charge shall on demand from the contractor, refund to him the remaining portion of the security deposit provided the Engineer-in-charge is satisfied that there is no demand outstanding against the contractor.

9.8 No interest shall be payable to the contractor against the security Deposit

furnished/recovered from the contractor, by the company.

Deviations/ variations Extent & Pricing:

10. The Engineer-in-charge shall have power(i) to make alteration in, omissions; from additions to, or substitutions for the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of the work, and(ii) to omit a part of the works in case of non-availability of a portion of the site or for any other reasons, and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the works in accordance with any instructions given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-charge and such alteration, omissions, additions or substitutions shall form part of the contract as if originally provided therein and any altered, additional or substituted work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the works , shall be carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respect including price on which he agreed to do the main work .Any alterations, omissions, additions or substitutions which radically change the original nature of the contract shall be ordered by the Engineer-in-charge as a deviation and in the event of any deviation being ordered which in the opinion of the contractor changes the original nature of the contract ,he shall nevertheless carry it out and the disagreement if any , as to the nature of work and the rate to be paid thereof shall be resolved in accordance with condition 56.

The time for completion of the works shall, in the event of any deviations resulting in additional cost over the contract sum being ordered, be extended as follows if requested by the contractor :


(a) In the proportion which the additional cost of the altered, additional or substituted work , bears to the original contract sum; plus

(b) 25% of the time calculated in (a) above or such further additional time as may be considered reasonable by the Engineer-in-charge.

Rates for such additional altered or substituted work shall be determined by the Engineer-in-charge as follows: (i) If the rate for additional ,altered or substituted item of work is specified

in the schedule of Quantities, the contractor shall carry out the additional ,altered or substituted item at the same rate .In the case of composite tenders, Where two or more schedules of quantities may form part of the contract, the applicable rate shall be taken from the schedule of quantities of that particular part in which the deviation is involved, failing that at the lowest applicable rate for the same item of work in the other schedules of Quantities.,

(ii) If the rate for any altered or substituted item of work is not specified in the schedule of Quantities, the rate for that item shall be derived from the rate nearest similar

Item specified therein. In case of composite tenders where two or more schedule of quantities form part of the contract, the rate shall be derived from the nearest similar item in the schedule of quantities of the particular part of works in which the deviations is involved falling that from the lowest of the nearest similar itemsin other schedule of quantities.

(iii) If the rate for any additional, altered or substituted item of work cannot

be determined in the manner specified in sub-paras (i) and (ii) above, then such item of work shall be carried out at the rate entered in the schedule of Rates mentioned in schedule ‘A’ Plus/ minus the percentage by which the tendered amount of the works actually awarded is higher or lower than the estimated amount of the works actually awarded.

(iv) If the rate for any altered , additional or substituted item of work cannot be determined in the manner specified in sub-paras (i) to (iii) above, then the rate for such item or work shall be derived from the schedule of Rates specified in sub-para(iii) above plus / minus the percentage mentioned in that sub para. Provided always that if rates(s) for part(s) of an item(s)is/are not specified in the schedule of Rates the rate(s) for such part(s)shall be determined by the Engineer-in-charge on the basis of the purchase price as supported by the vouchers unless the Engineer-in-charge finds the purchase price unreasonable. In the latter event the price shall be determined on the


basis of market rate(s) prevailing during the fortnight following the date of order.

(v) If the rate for any altered , additional or substituted item of work cannot be determined in the manner specified in sub –paras (i) to (iv) above, the contractor shall , within 14 days of the date of receipt of the order to carry out the said work , inform the Engineer-in-charge under advice to the Accepting Authority of the rate which he proposes to claim for such item of work , supported by analysis of the rate claimed , and the Engineer-in-charge shall, within three months thereafter , after giving due consideration to the rate claimed by the contractor , determine the rate on the basis of market rate(s).In the event of the contractor failing to inform the Engineer-in-charge within the stipulated period of time, the rate which he proposes to claim , the rate for such item shall be determined by the Engineer-in-charge on the basis of market rate(s).

(vi) A) Except in case of items of work below ground surface, as it exists at the time of commencement of work (See (B) below), quantities of which may change due to site conditions, provisions contained in sub-conditions (i) to (v) above shall not apply to.

(a) that value of any contract item, substituted item or contract-cum-substituted item as is in excess of the original value of the item plus the percentage mentioned in schedule ‘A’. (Applicable to Lump sum contracts, Measurement contracts based on item rates and percentage Rate contracts).

(b) that value of deviations ordered on any individual trade item included in the contract as is in excess of the percentage mentioned in schedule ‘A’(Applicable to Lump sum –contracts only)

(c) The value of all items not already included in the contract, as is in

excess of the percentage mentioned in Schedule ‘A’ of the contract.

(B) In case of items of work below ground surface as it exists at the time of commencement of work, quantities of which may change due to site conditions , provisions contained in sub conditions(i) to(v) above shall not apply to.

(a) Items of any individual trade which exceed by more than the

percentage mentioned in schedule A of the value of that trade included in the contract as a whole, unless the contractor and the Engineer-in-charge agree to a higher percentage for any particular item.

(b) The value of any item not included in the contract in excess of 5% of

the contract sum whichever is higher.


NOTE: Individual trade means sub-heads into which the schedule of Quantities as provided in the contract has been divided and in the absence of any such provision in the contract, the Sub-heads as given in the schedule of Rates.

11. In the case of contract items , substituted items ,contract-cum –substituted items , or additional items which exceed the limits laid down in sub-para(vi) of condition 10 above ,the contractor may, within fourteen days of receipt of order or occurrence of the excess claim revision of the rates, supported by proper analysis, for the work in excess of the above mentioned limits , provided that if the rates so claimed are in excess of the rates specified in the schedule of Quantities or of those derived in accordance with the provisions of sub-Para(i) to (iv) of condition10 by more than five percent, inform the Engineer-in-charge under advice to the Accepting Authority and the Engineer-in –charge shall, within three months of receipt of the claim supported by analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of rates submitted by the contractor , determine the rates on the basis of market rates and if the rates so determined exceed the rates specified in the schedule of Quantities or those derived in accordance with the provisions of sub-paras(i) to (iv) of condition 10 by more than five percent , the contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates so determined . In the event of the contractor failing to claim revision of rates within the stipulated period , or if the rates determined by the Engineer-in-charge within a period of three months of receipt of the claim supported by analysis are within five percent of the rates specified in the schedule of Quantities or of those determined in accordance with the provisions of sub-paras (i) to(iv) of condition 10,the Engineer-in-charge shall make payment at the rates as specified in the schedule of Quantities or those already determined under sub-paras(i) to (iv) of condition 1c for the quantities in excess of the limits laid down in sub-Para(vi) of condition 10.

11.2 The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall also apply to the decrease in

the rates of items, for the work in excess of the limits laid down in Sub-Para(vi) of condition 10 provided that such decrease is more than five percent of rates specified in the schedule of Quantities or of those derived in accordance with the provisions or sub-paras(i) to (iv) of condition10, and the Engineer-In-charge may after giving notice to the contractor within two months of receipt of order by the contractor or occurence of the excess and after taking into consideration any reply received from him within fourteen days of receipt of the notice , revise the rates for the work in question within two months of expiry of the said period of 14 days having regard to the market rates.

Suspension of works:

12.(a) The contractor shall ,on receipt of the order in writing of the Engineer-in-

charge, suspend the progress of the works or the works or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as the Engineer-in-charge may consider necessary for any of the following reasons:


(i) On account of any default on part of the contractor: or (ii) For proper execution of the works or part thereof for reasons other than the

default of the contractor; or (iii) for safety of the works or part thereof , The contractor shall ,during such

suspension, properly protect and secure the works to the extent necessary and carry out the instruction given in that behalf by the Engineer-in-charge.

(b) If the suspension is ordered for reasons (ii) and (iii) in sub-Para (a) above:

(i) The contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the limit equal to the

period of every such suspension plus 25%.

(ii) if the total period of all such suspension exceeds thirty days , the contractor shall , in addition, be entitled to compensation , as the Accepting Authority may consider reasonable , in respect of salaries and /or wages paid by the contractor to his employees and labour at site , remaining idle during the period of suspension , adding thereto the percentage mentioned in schedule A to cover in -direct expenses of the contractor , provided the contractor submits his claim supported by details to the Engineer-in-charge under advice to the Accepting Authority within 14 days of the expiry of the period of 30 days .

(c) If the works or part thereof is suspended on the orders of the Engineer-in-

charge for more than three months at a time ,except when suspension is ordered for reason ,(i) in Sub-para(a) above , the contractor may after receipt of such order serve a written notice on the Engineer-in-charge under advice to the Accepting Authority requiring permission within fifteen days from receipt by the Engineer-in-charge of the said notice, to proceed with the works or part thereof in regard to which progress has been suspended and if such permission is not granted within that time , the contractor, if he intends to treat the suspension , where it affects only a part of the works as an omission of such part by the conditions 10 and11 or where it affects the whole of the works, as an abandonment of the works by the corporation shall within 10 days of expiry of such period of 15 days give

notice in writing of his intention to Engineer-in-charge under advice to the Accepting Authority. In the event of the contractor treating the suspension as an abandonment of the contract by corporation, he shall have no claim to payment of any compensation on account of any profit or advantage which he may have derived from the execution of the Work in full but which he could not derive in consequence of the abandonment. He shall, however, be entitled to compensation, as the Accepting Authority may consider reasonable, in respect of salaries and /or wages paid by him to his employees and labour at site, remaining idle in consequence and of materials collected which could not be utilised on the works ,adding to the total thereof the percentage mentioned in schedule A to cover indirect expenses of the contractor,


provided the contractor submits his claim supported by the details to the Engineer-in-charge under advice to the Accepting Authority within 28 days of the expiry of the period of 3 months .

Time and Extension for Delay:

13. The time allowed for execution of the works as specified in the schedule A or the extended time in accordance with these conditions shall be the essence of the contract. The execution of the works shall commence from the 15th day after the date on which the company issues written orders to commencing the execution of the work as aforesaid, company shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy be at liberty to forfeit the earnest money absolutely.

13.1 As soon as possible after the contract is concluded the Engineer-in-charge and

the contractor shall agree upon a time and progress chart. The chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the time stated in the contract documents for completion of items of the works .It shall indicate the forecast of the dates of commencement and completion of various trades or sections of the work and may be amended as necessary by agreement between the Engineer-in-charge and the contractor within the limitations of time imposed in the contract Documents, and further to ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month say for special jobs) complete 1/8th of the whole of the work before 1/4th of the whole time allowed in the contract has elapsed; 3/8th of the work before one half of such time has elapsed and 3/4th before 3/4th of such time has elapsed.

13.2 If the works be delayed by

(a) force majeure, or (b) abnormally bad weather, or (c) Serious loss or damage by fire, or (d) Civil commotion, local combination of workmen, strike or lockout, affecting any

of the trades employed on the work, or (e) delay on the part of other contractors or tradesmen engaged by corporation in

executing work not forming part of the contract, or (f) non-availability of stores, which are the responsibility of corporation to supply,

or (g) any other cause which, in the absolute discretion of the authority mentioned

in schedule- A, is beyond the contractor’s control;

then upon the happening of any such event causing delay ,the contractor shall immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer-in-charge but shall neverthless use constantly his best endeavours to prevent or make good the delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge to proceed with the works.


13.3 Request for extension of time, to be eligible for consideration, shall be made by

the contractor in writing within fourteen days of the happening of the event causing delay .The contractor may also ,if practicable, indicate in such a request the period for which extension is desired .

13.4. In any such case the authority mentioned in schedule A may give a fair and reasonable extension of time for completion of the work. Such extension shall be communicated to the Contractor by the Engineer-in-charge in writing, within 3 months of the date of receipt of such request by the Engineer-in-charge.

14. The contractor shall arrange at his own expenses all tools, plant and equipment

(hereinafter referred to as T&P) required for execution of the work, except the item listed in schedule ‘C’, which will be given to him on hire (if the same can be spared by company) by the company at rates shown in that schedule. In case the contractor does not require some or all items of T & P listed in schedule ‘C’ he will indicate his, requirements at the time of submitting his tender .Company T & P hired to the contractor shall be conveyed by him at his expense from the place of issue to the site and back.

14.1 If the contractor requires any item of T&P on hire from the company over and

above the requirements indicated by him at the time of submitting his tender, the company will, if such item is available, hire it to the contractor at a rate to be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge.

14.2 The period of hire will be reckoned from the commencement of the day of issue

upto the end of the day of return (including all holidays) irrespective of the actual hour of issue and return . The contractor will be exempted from levy of any charges for the number of days he is called upon in writing by the Engineer-in-charges to suspend execution of the work ,provided company T&P in question has , in fact, remained idle with the contractor because of the suspension, provided the contractor, in case the period of suspension exceeds 11 days, returns company T&P to the place from where it was issued.

14.3 The hire charges shall be reckoned as under:

a) The first eight working hours (excluding a break of one hour)(one) working day.

b) every working hour or part thereof in excess of 8 working hours ,at the rate

of 1/8th of the hire charges for a working day ; provided however if the company has paid more than at the rate of 1/8th of the wages of the crew for overtime under the Minimum wages Act or any other law for the time being, in force , the excess over 1/8th of the wages shall also be charged to the contractor.

14.4 If at any time company T&P has not been worked at all during a day except for a

breakdown, or has been worked for less than eight hours during a day, the contractor shall be charged for one working day.


14.5 If any item of company T&P has stopped working on account of a breakdown before it has worked for hours in a day, the contractor will be charged for half a working day. If the item has stopped working after it has worked for more than four hours but less than eight hours, the contractor will be charged for a full working day.

14.6 the hire charges shown in the schedule cover financing cost, charges of crew,

depreciation, stores for maintenance and cleaning purposes and fuel needed to start a machine at the time of issue. All other charges such as cost of fuel for running a machine, engine oil, kerosene oil, etc. for working company’s T& P, and all unskilled labour and water required for servicing/ wash out shall be borne by the contractor. The contractor shall permit the Engineer-in-charge to carry out periodical maintenance of company T&P in accordance with the provision therefore in the aforesaid schedule, and there will be no deduction in hire charges for the period spent on such maintenance.

However, the contractor shall be allowed to return the tools and plants (issued by the company) for purposes of repairs and for the duration of such repairs on hire charges shall be levied

14.7 The contractor shall be responsible for care and custody of company T& P (including employment of chowkidars) during the period company T&P remain with him and any damage (fair wear and tear expected ) to any of the equipment (except for Excepted Risks provided always the contractor has taken precautions necessary to protect it from such risks ) shall be made good at the contractor’s expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge unless such damage is caused because of negligence of crew provided by the company.

14.8 The company give no guarantee in respect of out put of its T&P hire to the

contractor and no reduction in rates or any compensation shall be allowed on the ground that out run or performance of company’s T&P was not to the contractor’s expectation.

14.9 Company T& P hire to the contractor shall be returned at the place of issue (

unless otherwise directed ) by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge on completion of the work or section of the work or earlier on termination of the hire by the company as hereinafter provided on a written notice by the Engineer-in-charge. The company shall be entitled to terminate the hire on two days notice without assigning any reason whatsoever and the contractor shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever on account of termination of hire of company T&P by the company.

14.10 A Log Book for recording hours during which every item of company T&P

issued to the contractor has worked each day shall be maintained by the member of the crew in charge thereof or any representative of Engineer-in-charges appointed on that behalf and shall be daily attested by the contractor or his authorised representative. In case the contractor contests correctness of any entry and/or fails to sign the Log Book the decision of the Engineer-in-charge


shall be final and binding on him. Hire charges shall be calculated in accordance with the entries in the Log Book.

14.11 The hire charges payable by the contractor shall be recovered from the contractor’s bills.

Materials

15.(a) The contractor shall at his own expenses, provide all materials required for the works other than those which are to be supplied by the company.

1. All materials to be provided by the contractor shall be in conformity with the

specifications laid down in the contract and the contractor shall, if requested by the Engineer-in-charge, furnish proof to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge that the materials so comply.

2. The contractor shall, at his own expenses and without delay, supply to the

Engineer-in-charge samples of materials proposed to be used in the works. The Engineer-in-charges shall within seven days of supply of samples or within such further period as he may require and intimate to the contractor in writing, whether the samples are approved by him or not. If samples are not approved, the contractor shall forthwith arrange to supply to the Engineer-in-charge for his approval fresh samples complying with the specification laid down in the contract.

3. The Engineer-in-charge shall have full powers to require removal of any or all of

the materials brought to the site by the contractor which are not in accordance with the contract specifications or do not conform in character or quality to samples approved by him. In case of default on the part of the contractor in removing rejected materials the Engineer-in-charge shall be at liberty to have them removed by other means. The Engineer-in-charge shall have full powers to procure other proper materials to be substituted for rejected materials and in the event of the contractor refusing to comply; he may cause the same to be supplied by other means. All costs, which may attend upon such removal and/or substitution, shall be borne by the contractor.

4. The contractor shall indemnify the company, its representative or employee of the company against any action, claim or proceeding relating to infringement or use of any patent or design or any alleged patent or design rights and shall pay any royalties or other charges which may be payable in respect of any article or material or part thereof included in the contract. In the event of any claim being made or action being brought against the company or any agent, servant or employee of the company in respect of any such matters as aforesaid, the contractor shall immediately be notified thereof. Provided that such indemnity shall not apply when such infringement has taken place in complying with the


specific directions issued by the company; but the contractor shall pay any royalties or other charges payable in respect of any such use, the amount so paid being reimbursed to the contractor only if the use was the result of any drawings and/or specifications issued after submission of the tender.

5. Subject as hereinafter provided in condition 53/53-A all charges on account of octroi , terminal or sales tax and other duties on materials obtained for the works from any source (excluding materials supplied by the company ) shall be borne by the contractor .

6. The Engineer-in—charge shall be entitled to have tests carried out as specified in the contract for any materials supplied by the contractor other than those which, as stated above ,satisfactory proof has already been furnished, at the cost of the contractor and the contractor shall provide at his expense all facilities which the Engineer-in –charge may require for the purpose .If no tests are specified in the contract, and such tests are require by the Engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall provide all facilities required for the purpose and the charges for these tests shall be borne by the contractor only if the tests disclose that the said materials are not in accordance with the provision of the contract . The cost of materials consumed in tests shall be borne by the contractor in all cases except when otherwise provided.

7. In addition the contractor shall perform /submit at his own cost such tests/

samples as may be required by the Engineer-in-charge out of the materials issued by the company, except for the costs of materials used in such tests/samples.

15. (b). Materials to be supplied by the company:

Materials to be supplied by the company are shown in schedule ‘B’ which also stipulates quantum, place of issue and rate(s) to be charged in respect thereof.

1. If after acceptance of the tender the contractor desires the company to supply

any other materials, such materials may be supplied by the company, if available, at rates to be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge. The company reserve the right not to issue any such materials. The non issue of such materials will not entitled the contractor for any compensation whatsoever either in time or in cost.

2(a) The Company may issue all the materials to be issued to the contractor under the contract, at its site stores, or nearest rail head. In case the materials are issued at the nearest at rail head the cost of transportation only from such rail head to the site will be borne by the Company subject to the reasonableness of such transportation cost being certified by the Engineer-in-charge . All other costs such as loading, unloading, transportation to contractor’s godown, storage etc. till the materials are incorporated in the works or returned to the company shall be to the account of the contractor.


2.(b) For the materials listed in schedule ‘B’ which the company has agreed to supply to the contractor, he shall give reasonable notice in writing of his requirements to the Engineer-in-charge in accordance with the agreed phased programme. Such materials shall be supplied for the purposes of the contract only and the value of materials so supplied at the rates specified in the aforesaid schedule shall be set off or deducted, as and when materials are consumed in items of works for which payment is being made to the contractor, from any sums then due for which may thereafter become due to the contractor, under the contact. At the time of submission of bills the contractor shall properly account for the materials issued to him to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, certify that balance of materials supplied is available at site.

3. The contractor shall bear the cost of loading, transporting to site, unloading, storing under cover as required, assembling and joining the several parts together as necessary and incorporating or fixing materials in the works including all preparatory work of whatever description as may be required.

4. All materials issued to the contractor by the company for incorporation of fixing

in the works (including preparatory works) shall on completion or on foreclosures of the works, be returned by the contractor at his expense, at the place of issue after making due allowance for actual consumption, reasonable wear and tear and/or waste. The reasonable wastage % shall however be mentioned in schedule B indicating the issue of stores. If the contractor is required to deliver such materials at a place other than the place of issue, he shall do so and the transportation charges from the site to such place, less the transportation charges which would have been incurred by the contractor had such materials been delivered at the place of issue, shall be borne by the company.

5. The following are the allowable wastages on different materials:

(a) Cement : 3% of estimated quantity of cement to be used in various items of works.

(b) Reinforcement steel: 5% of estimated quantity based on bar bending

schedules.

(c) Structural steel: as stipulated in technical specification. (d) Cut pieces of reinforcement rods of length 3.0 metres and above may be

accepted by the company and credit given at the issue rates.

6 Surplus materials returned by the contractor shall be credited to him by the Engineer-in-charge at rates not exceeding those at which these were originally issued to him after taking into consideration any deterioration or damage which may have been causes to the said materials whilst in the custody of the contractor.


7 If on completion of works the contractor fails to return surplus materials out of those supplied by the company, then in addition to any other liability which the contractor would incurin the Engineer-in-charge may, by a written notice to the contractor, require him to pay within a fortnight of receipt of the notice, for such mentioned surplus materials in the rates specified special conditions of contract.

8 EMPTY CEMENT BAGS

The recovery rate of cement is inclusive of cost of jute or paper bags. The contractor shall have to return at least 90% of the cement jute bags in good and acceptable condition to the Bag Collecting Agents. The payments for the cost of empty bags will be made to the contractor by the bag collecting agents The contractor shall get the name of the collecting agent , from the Engineer-in-charge in writing. The contractor must produce the certificate on the printed letter head from the Authorised Bag collecting agents as proof for the number of bags returned by him while claiming payment against each running bill. In cases, number of serviceable jute bags returned is less than 90% of the jute bags issued, compensation at the rate of Rs1/- per bag returned sort of the minimum number shall be recovered from the contractor. The contractor should sent intimation by registered post to the bag collecting agents of cement factories for collecting the bags within a period of 30 days if the bag collecting agents fail to turn up within specified period, the contractor with prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge shall be at liberty to dispose of the bags.

General:

15. (c) Materials required for the works, whether brought by the contractor or

supplied by the company, shall be stored by the contactor only at places approved by the Engineer-in-charge.Storage and safe custody of materials shall be the responsibility of the contractor

1. Company officials concerned with the contract shall be entitled at any time

to inspect and examine any materials intended to be used in or on the works, either on the site or at factory or workshop or other place (s) where such materials are assembled, fabricated, manufactured or at any place (s) where these are lying or form which these are being obtained and the contractor shall give such facilities as may be required for such inspection and examination.

2. All materials brought to the site shall become and remains the property of the company and shall not be removed off the site without the prior written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. But whenever the works are finally completed and advance, if any, in respect of any such materials is fully recovered, the contractor shall at his own expense forthwith remove from the site all surplus materials originally supplied by him and upon such


removal, the same shall revest in and become the property of the contractor.

Labour:

16 The contractor shall employ labour in sufficient numbes to maintain the required rate of progress and of quality to ensure workmanship of the degree specified in the contract and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall not employ in connection with the works any person who has not completed his fifteen years of age.

16.1 The contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-in-charge at the intervals

mentioned in schedule A a distribution return of the number and description by trades of the work people employed on the works. The contractor shall also submit on the 4th and 19th of every month to the Engineer-in-charge a true statement showing in respect of the second half of the preceding month and the first half of the current month (i) the accidents that occurred during the said fortnight showing the circumstances under which they happened and the extend or damage and injury caused by them and (ii) the number of female workers who have been allowed maternity Benefit as provided in the Maternity Benefit Act ,1961 or Rules made there under and the amount paid to them.

16.2 The contractor shall pay to labour employed by him either directly or through

sub-contractors wages not less than fair wages as defined in the Contractors Labour Regulations.

16.3 The Contractor shall in respect of labour employed by him or his sub-

contractors comply with or cause to be complied with the Contractors Labour Regulations in regard to all maters provided therein.

16.4 The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the payment of the wages

Act, 1936, Minimum wages Act, 1948, Employers’ ‘Liability Act, 1938. Workmen’s compensation Act,1923,industrial Disputes Act,1947,Maternity Benefit Act,1961 and Mines Act,1952, Contract Labour Regulation Abolition Act,1970, or any modifications thereof or any other law relating thereto and rules made there under from time to time.

16.4(A)The contractor shall be liable to pay his contribution and the employees

contribution to the State Insurance Scheme in respect of all labour employed by him for the execution of the contact, in accordance with the provision of “The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948” as amended from time to time .In case the contractor fails to submit full details of his account of labour employed and the contribution payable ,the Engineer-in-charge shall recover from the running bills of contractor an amount of contribution as assessed by him. The amount so recovered shall be adjusted against the actual contribution payable for Employees state Insurance.


16.5 The Engineer-in-charge shall on a report having been made by an Inspecting Officer as defined in the Contractors Labour Regulations have the power to deduct from the moneys due to the contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers by reason of non-fulfilment of the conditions of the Contract for the benefit of workers , non-payment of wages or of deductions made from his or their wages which are not justified by the terms of the contract or non-observance of the said Contractors Labour Regulations .

16.6 The contractor shall indemnify the company against any payments to be made

under and for observance of the Regulations aforesaid without prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub-contractors.

16.7 In the event of the Contractor committing a default or breach of any of the

provisions of the aforesaid Contractors Labour Regulations as amended from time to time or furnishing any information or submitting or filling any Form/Register/Slip under the provisions of these Regulations which is materially incorrect then on the Report of the Inspecting Officers as defined in the Contractors Labour Regulations the Contractor shall without prejudice to any other liability pay to the Company a sum not exceeding Rest 50.00 as liquidated damages for every default, breach or furnishing, making, submitting, filling materially incorrect statement as may be fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge and in the event of the contractor’s default continuing in this respect, the liquidated damages may be enhanced to Rs50.00 per day for each day of default subject to a maximum of ten percent of the estimated cost of the works put to tender. The Engineer-in-charge shall deduct such amount from bills or security deposit of the contractor and credit the same to the welfare Fund constituted under Regulations. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge in this respect shall be final and binding.

16.7.1. Model Rules for Labour Welfare: The contractor shall at his own expense comply with or cause to be complied with Model Rules for Labour Welfare as appended to these conditions or rules framed by Government from time to time for the protection of health and for making sanitary arrangements for workers employed directly or indirectly on the works. In case the contractor fails to make arrangements as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to do so and recover the cost thereof from the contractor.

16.7.2. Safety code: The contractor shall at his own expense arrange for the safety

provisions as appended to these conditions or as required by the Engineers-in-charge, in respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed for performance of the works and shall provide all facilities in connection therewith. In case the contractor fails to make arrangements and provide necessary facilities as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to do so and recover the cost thereof from the contractor.


(i) Failure to comply with Model Rules for Labour Welfare, safety code or

the provisions relating to report on accidents and to grant of maternity benefits to female workers shall make the contractor liable to pay to the company as liquidated damages an amount not exceeding Rs. 50.00 for each default or materially incorrect statement. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge in such matters based on reports from the Inspecting officers as defined in the contractor’s Labour Regulation as appended to these conditions shall be final and binding and deduction for recovery of such liquidated damages may be made from any amount payable to the contractor.

17. The contractor shall not be permitted to enter on (other than for inspection) or take possession of the site until instructed to do so by the Engineer-in-charge in writing .The portion of the site to be occupied by the contractor shall be defined and/or marked on the site plan, failing which these shall be indicated by the Engineer-in-charge at site and the contractor shall on no account be allowed to extend his operations beyond these areas. In respect of any land allotted to the contractor for purpose of or in connection with the contract, the contractor shall be a licence subject to the following and such other terms and conditions as may be imposed by licencer:

(i) That he shall pay a nominal licence fee of Re1 per Year or part of a year

for use and occupation, in respect of each and every separate areas of land allotted to him.

(ii) That such use or occupation shall not confer any right of tenancy of the

land to the contractor. (iii.) That the contractor shall be liable to vacate the land on demand by the

Engineer-in-charge. (iv) that the contractor shall have no right to any construction over this land

without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. In case, he is allowed to construct any structure he shall have to demolish and clear the same before handing over the completed work unless agreed to the contrary”.

17.1 The contractor shall provide, if necessary or if required on the site, all temporary access thereto and shall alter, adapt and maintain the same as required from time to time and shall take up and clear them away as and when no longer required and as and when ordered by the Engineer-in-charge and make good all damage done to the site.

Setting out the Works:

18. The Engineer-in-charge shall supply dimensioned drawings ,levels and other information necessary to enable the contractor to set out the works and the contractor shall set out the works and be responsible for the accuracy of the


same .He shall amended at his own cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge any error found at any stage which may arise through inaccurate setting out unless such error is based on incorrect data furnished in writing by the Engineer-in-charge , in which case the cost of rectification shall be borne by the company .The contractor shall protect and preserve all bench marks used in setting out the works till end of the Defects Liability period unless the Engineer-in-charge direct their earlier removal.

Site Drainage:

19. All water which may accumulate on the site during the progress of the works, or in trenches and excavations, from other than the excepted Risks shall be removed from the site to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and at the contractor’s expense.

Nuisance:

20. The contractor shall not at any time do, cause or permit any nuisance on site

or do anything which shall cause unnecessary disturbance or inconvenience to owners ,tenants or occupiers of other properties near the site and to the public generally.

Materials obtained from Excavation:

21. Materials of any kind obtained from excavation on the site shall remain the

property of the company and shall be disposed of as the Engineer-in-charge may direct.

Treasure, Trove, Fossils etc:

22. All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the absolute property of the company and the contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other person from removing or damaging any such article or thing, shall immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer-in-charge with such discovery and carry out the Engineer-in-charge’s directions as to the disposal of the same at the expense of the company. Protection of Trees:

23. Trees designed by the Engineers-in-charge shall be protected from damage during the course of the works and earth levelled within 1 metre of each such tree shall not be charged. Where necessary, such trees shall be protected by providing temporary fencing.


24 The contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense all lights, guards, fencing and watching when and where necessary or required by the Engineer-in-charge for the protection of the works or for the safety and convenience of those employed on the works or the public.

Contractor’s supervision:

25. The contractor shall either himself supervise the execution of the works or shall appoint a competent agent approved by the Engineer-in-charge if the contractor has himself not sufficient knowledge and experience to be capable of receiving instructions or cannot give his full attention to the works, the contractor, shall at his own expense, employ as his accredited agent an engineer approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Orders given to the contractor’s agent shall be considered to have the same force if these had been given to the contractor himself. If the contractor fails to appoint a suitable agent as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, the Engineer-in-charge shall have full powers to suspend the execution of the works until such date as a suitable agent is appointed and the contractor shall be held responsible for the delay so caused to the works.

Inspection and Approval:

26. All works embracing more than one process shall be subject to examination

and approval at each stage thereof and the contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative when each stage is ready. In default of such notice, the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to appraise the quality and extent thereof.

26.1 No works shall be covered up or put out of view without the approval of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative and the contractor shall afford full opportunity for examination and measurement of any work which is about to be covered up or put out of view and for examination of foundations before permanent work is placed thereon. The contractor shall give due notice to the Engineer-in-charge or his Authorised representative whenever any such work or foundation is ready for examination and the Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall without unreasonable delay, unless he considers it unnecessary and advises the contractor accordingly, attend for the purpose of examining and measuring such work or of examining such foundations. In the event of the failure of the contractor to give such notice he shall, if required by the Engineer-in-charge, uncover such work at the contractor’s expense.

26.2 The Engineers-in-charge or his representative shall have powers at any time

to inspect and examine any part of the works and the contractors shall give such facilities as may be required for such inspection and examination.


Duties and Powers of Engineers-in-charge’s Representative:

27. The duties of the representative of the Engineer-in-charge are to watch and supervise the works and to test and examine any materials to be used or workmanship employed in connection with the works. He shall have no authority to order any work involving any extra payment by the company nor to make any variation in the works.

27.1 The Engineer-in-charge may from time to time in writing delegate to his Representative any of the powers and authorities vested in the Engineer-in-charge and shall furnish to the contractor a copy of all such written delegation of powers and authorities. Any written instruction or written approval given by the Representative of the Engineer-in-charge to the contractor within the terms of such delegation shall bind the contractor and the company as though it has been given by the Engineer-in-charge.

27.2 Failure of the Representative of the Engineer-in-charge disapprove any work

or materials shall not prejudice the power of the Engineer-in-charge thereafter to disapprove such work or materials and to order the pulling down, removal or breaking up thereof.

27.3 If the contractor shall be dissatisfied with any decision of the representative of

the Engineer-in-charges he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer-in-charge who shall there upon confirm, reverse or vary such decision.

Removal of Workmen:

28. the contractor shall employ in and about the Execution of the works only such person as are skilled and experienced in their several trades and the Engineer-in-charge shall be at liberty to object to and required the contractor to remove from the works any person employed by the contractor in or about the execution of the works who in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge misconducts himself or is incompetent or negligent in the proper performance of his duties and such person shall not be again employed upon the works without permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Uncovering and Making Good:

29. The contractor shall uncover any part of the works and/or make openings in or through the same as the Engineer-in-charge may from time to time direct for his verification and shall reinstate and make good such part to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge if any such part has been covered up or put out of view after being approved by the Engineer-in-charge and is subsequently found on uncovering to be executed in accordance with the contract, the expenses of uncovering and/or making opening in or through reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by the company. In any other case all such expenses shall be borne by the contractor.


Work during Night or on Sundays and Holidays:

30. Subject to any provisions to the contrary contained in the contract, none of the permanent works shall be carried out during night or on Sundays or on authorised holidays without the permission in writing of the Engineer-in-charge.

Completion Certificate: 31.1 As soon as the work is completed, the contractor shall give notice of such

completion to the Engineer-in-charge and within 30 days of receipt of such notice the Engineer-in-charge shall inspect the work and shall furnish the contractor with a certificate of completion indicating (a) date of completion (b) defects to be rectified by the contractor and/or (c) items for which payment shall be made at reduced rates. When separate periods of completion have been specified for items or groups of items, the Engineer-in-charge shall issue separate completion certificates for such item or groups of items. No certificate of completion shall be issued nor shall the work be considered to be complete till the contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the work has been executed all scaffolding, sheds and surplus materials except such as are required for rectification of defects ,rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements required for his workmen on the site in connection with the execution of the work ,as shall have been erected by the contractor or the workmen and cleaned all dirt from the parts of the building(s) in upon or about which the work has been executed or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of the execution thereof and cleaned floors ,gutters and drains ,eased doors and sashes ,oiled locks and fastenings labelled keys clearly and handed them over to the Engineer-in-charge and made the whole premises fit for immediate occupation or use to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, if the contractor shall fail to comply with any of the requirements of this conditions as aforesaid , on or before the date of completion of the works ,the Engineer-in-charge may at the expense of the contractor fulfil such requirements and dispose of the scaffoldings, surplus materials and rubbish etc. as he thinks fit and the contractor shall have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials except of any sum actually realised by the sale thereof less the cost of fulfilling the requirements and any other amount that may be due from the contractor .If the expense of fulfilling such requirements is more than the amount realised on such disposal as aforesaid , the contractor shall forthwith on demand pay such excess.

31.2 If at any time before completion of the entire work, items or group of items for

which separate periods of completion have been specified, have been completed, the Engineer-in-charge can take possession of any part or parts of the same (any such part(s) being hereinafter in this condition reffered to as ‘the relevant part’) then notwithstanding anything expressed or implied elsewhere in this contact :


(a) Within thirty days of the date of completion of such items or groups of items or of possession of the relevant part the Engineer-in-charge shall issue completion certificate for the relevant

Part as in condition 31(1) above provided the contractor fulfils his obligations under that condition for the relevant part.

(b) The Defects Liability period in respect of such items and the relevant part shall be deemed to have commenced from the certified date of completion of such items or the relevant part as the case may be.

. (c) The contractor may reduce the value insured under condition 34/34A

by the full value of the completed items or relevant part as estimated by the Engineer-in-charge for the purpose. This estimate shall be applicable for this purpose only and for no other.

(d) For the purposes of ascertaining compensation for delay under

condition 32 in respect of any period during which the works are not complete the relevant part will be deemed to form a separate item or group, with date of completion as given in the contract or as extended under condition 13 and actual date of completion as certified by the Engineer-in-charge under this condition.

Compensation for Delay:

32. If the Contractor fails to maintain the required progress in terms of condition 13 or to complete the work and clear the site on or before the contract or extended date period of completion ,he shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the company on account of such breach, pay as agreed compensation amount calculated as stipulated below or such smaller amount as be fixed by the authority mentioned in schedule’A’ on the contract value of the work for every week that the progress remains below that specified in condition 13 or that the work remain incomplete.

This will also apply to items or groups of items for which separate period of completion has been specified.(Refer special conditions of contract)

For this purpose the term ‘contract value’ shall be the value at contract rates of the work as ordered.

(a) Completion period (as originally stipulated) not exceeding 6 months

@ 1 percent per week.


(b) Completion period (as originally stipulated) exceeding 6 months and not exceeding 2years.

@ 1/2 percent per week.

(c) Completion period (as originally stipulated) exceeding 2 years.

@ 1/4 percent per week.

. 32.1 provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be paid

under this condition shall not exceed the undernoted percentage of the contract value or of the contract value of the item or group of items of work for which a separate period of completion is given:

(a) Completion period (as originally stipulated) 10 percent

not exceeding 6 months. (b) Completion period (as originally stipulated) 7 1/

2 percent exceeding 6 months and not exceeding 2 years.

(c) Completion period (as originally stipulated) 5 percent exceeding 2 years.

32.2 The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set-off against any sum

payable to the contractor under this or any other contract with the company. Defects Liability period: 33. The contractor shall be responsible to make good and remedy at his own

expense within such period as may be stipulated by the Engineer-in-charge,any defect which may develop or may be noticed before the expiry of the period mentioned in schedule ‘A’ hereto from the certified date of completion and intimation of which has been sent to the contractor within seven days of the expiry of the said period by a letter sent by hand delivery or by registered post.

Contractor’s Liability and insurance: 34. From commencement to completion of the works, the contractor shall take full

responsibility for the case thereof and for taking precautions to prevent loss or damage and to minimise loss or damage to the greatest extent possible and shall be liable for any damage or loss that may happen to the works or any part thereof and all company’s T&P from any cause whatsoever(save and Expected Risks) and shall at his own cost repair and make, good the same so that, at completion, the works and all company’s T&P shall be in good order and condition and in conformity in every respect with the requirements of the contract and instructions of the Engineer-in-charge.


34.1 In the event of any loss or damage to the works or any part thereof or to any T &P or to any materials or articles at the site from any of the Excepted Risks the following provisions shall have effect:

(a) The contractor shall as may be directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge, remove from the site any debris and so much of the works as shall have been damaged, taking to the company’s store such company’s T&P,aricles and/or materials as may be directed: (b) The contractor shall, as may be directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge, proceed with the erection and completion of the works under and in accordance with the provisions and conditions of the contract; and (c) there will be added to the contract sum ,the net amount due ,ascertained in the same manner, as for deviations, or as prescribed for payment, in respect of the re-execution of the works lost or damaged; the replacement of any T&P and of any materials and articles lost or damaged, but not incorporated in the works on the day when the loss or damage occurred and the removal by the contractor as provided above of company’s T&P articles and/or materials to the company’s store and of debris and damaged works reoffered to therein and the compensation paid by him under any law for the time being in force, to any workmen employed by him for any injury caused to him, or to the workman’s legal successors for loss of the workman’s life.

34.2 PROVIDED always that the contractor shall not be entitled to payment under the above provisions in respect of so much loss or damage as has been occasioned by any failure on his part to perform his obligations under the contract or not taking precautions to prevent loss or damage or minimise the amount of such loss or damage.

34.3 Where company’s building or a part thereof is rented by the contractor he

shall insure the entire building if the building or any part thereof is used by him for the purpose of storing or using materials of combustible nature, as to which the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding.

34.4 The contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the company against all

loses and claims for injury or damage to any persons or any property whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the construction and maintenance of works and against all claims ,demands proceedings, damages ,costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation thereto PROVIDED always that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to render the contractor liable for or in respect of or to indemnify the company against any compensation or damage caused by the Excepted Risks.


34.5 Before commencing execution of the work, the contractor shall, without in any way limiting his obligations and responsibilities under this condition, insure against any damage, loss or injury which may occur to any property ,(excluding that of the company but including the company’s building rented by the contractor wholly or in a part and any part of which is used by him for storing combustible materials), or to any person(including any employee of the company) by or arising out of carrying out of the contract.

34.6 The contractor shall at all times indemnify the corporation against all claims,

damages or compensation under the provisions of payment of wages Act,1936,minimum Wages Act ,1948, Employer’s Liability Act,1938, the workmen’s compensation Act, 1923,Industrial Disputes Act,1947 and the Maternity Benefit Act,1961 or any modifications thereof or any other law relating thereto and rules made there under from time to time or as a consequence of any accident or injury to any workmen or other persons in or about the works, whether in the employment of the contractor or not, save and except where such accident or injury has resulted from any act of the company, his agents or servants, and also against all costs, charges and expenses of any suit, action or proceedings arising out of such accident or injury and against all sum or sums which may with the consent of the contractor be paid to compromise or compound any claim. Without limiting his obligations and liabilities as above provided, the contractor shall insure against all claims, damages or compensation payable under the workmen’s compensation Act,1923 or any modification thereof or any other law relating thereto.

34.7 The aforesaid insurance policy/policies shall provide that they shall not be

cancelled till the Engineer –in-Charges has agreed to their cancellation. 34.8 The contractor shall prove to the Engineer-in-Charge from time to time that he

has taken out all the insurance policies referred to above and has paid the necessary premiums for keeping the policies alive till expiry of the Defects Liability Period.

34.9 The contractor shall ensure that similar insurance policies are taken out by his

Sub contractors (if any) and shall be responsible for any claims or losses to the company resulting from their failure to obtain adequate insurance protection in connection thereof. The contractor shall produce or caused to be produced by his Sub-contractors (if any) as the case may be the relevant policy or policies and premium receipts as and when required by the Engineer-in-charge.

34.10 If the contractor and/or his Sub-contractors (if any ) shall fail to effect and

keep in force the insurance referred to above or any other insurance which he/they may be required to affect under the terms of the contract then and in any such case the company may, without being bound to, effect and keep in force any such insurance and pay such premium or premiums as may be necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the amount so paid


by the company from any moneys due or which may become due to the contractor or recover the same as a debt due from the contractor.

OR Contractor’s Liability and Insurance (To be incorporated in those contracts only in which execution of work involves considerable risk of loss damage).

34-A From commencement to completion of the works, the contractor shall take full

responsibility for the care thereof and for taking precautions to prevent loss or damage and to minimize loss or damage to the greatest extent possible and shall be liable for any damage or loss that may happen to the works or any part thereof and all company’s T &P from any cause whatsoever save and expect the Expected Risk and shall at his own cost repair and make good the same so that at completion, the works and all company’s T &P shall be in good order and conditions and in conformity in every respect with the requirements of the contract and instructions of the Engineer-in-charge.

34-A.1.In the event of any loss or damage to the works or any part thereof or to any

T&P or to any material or articles at the site from any of the Excepted Risks the following provisions shall have effect:

(a) The contractor shall, as may be directed in writing by the Engineer-in-

charge, remove from the site any debris and so much of the works as shall have been damaged, taking to Company’s store such company’s T &P, article and/or materials as may be directed.

(b) The contractor shall, as may be directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge, proceed with the erection and completion of the works under and in accordance with the provisions and conditions of the contract; and

(c) These will be added to the Contract sum, the rest amount due ,

ascertained in the same manner as for deviations, or as prescribed for payment, in respect of the re-execution of the works lost or damaged, the replacement of any T&P and of any materials and articles lost or damaged but not incorporated in the works on the day when the loss or damage occur and the removal by the contractor as provided above of company’s T & P, articles and/or materials to the company’s store and of debris and damaged works refereed to therein and the compensation paid by him, under any law for the time being in force, to any workman employed by him for any injury caused to him or to the workman’s legal successors for loss of the workman’s life.

34-A.2.PROVIDED always that the contractor shall not be entitled to payment under the above provisions in respect of so much loss or damage as has been occasioned by any failure on his part to perform his obligations under the


contract or not taking precautions to prevent loss or damage or minimize the amount of such loss or damage.

34-A.3.Without limiting the obligations and responsibilities under this condition the

contractor shall insure the works (from commencement to completion), the company’s T&P hire by the contractor and all materials at site, to their full value (as to company’s T&P according to the value indicated in schedule C), against the risk of loss or damage from whatever cause arising other than the expected Risks. The said insurance shall be in the joint names of company and the contractor shall deposit with the Engineer-in-charge the said policy or policies. All money payable by the insurers under such policy or policies shall recovered by the company and shall be paid to the contractor in installments by the Engineer –in-charge for the purpose of rebuilding or replacement or repair of works and/or goods destroyed or damaged as the case may be. Provided however if the amount payable by the insurers in respect of any claim under such a policy is not in excess of the amount mentioned in schedule A the same may be recovered by the contractor directly from the insurers and shall be utilized by him for the purpose of rebuilding or replacement or repair of the works and/or goods destroyed or damaged as the case may be.

34-A.4.If the contractor has a blanket insurance policy for all his works and the policy

covers all the items to be insured under this condition, the said policy shall be assigned by the contractor in favor of the company: provided however if any amount is payable under this policy by the insurers in respect of works other than the work under this contract the same may recovered by the contractor directly from the insurers.

34-A.5.Where the corporation building or a part thereof is rented by the contractor he

shall ensure the entire building if the building or any part thereof is issued by him or the purpose of storing or using materials of combustible nature, as to which the decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding.

34-A.6.The contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the company against all

losses and claims for injuries or damage to any person or any property whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the construction and maintenance of the works and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation thereto; provided always that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to render the contractor liable for or in respect of or to indemnify the company against any compensation or damaged caused by the Expected Risks.

34-A.7. Before commencing execution of the work, the contractor shall, without in

any way limiting this obligations and responsibilities under this condition, insure against any damage, loss or injury which may occur to any property, (Excluding that of the company but including the company’s building rented by the contractor wholly or in part and any part of which is used by him for storing


combustible materials), or to any person (including any employee of the company) by or arising out of carrying out of the contract.

34-A.8. The contactor shall at all times indemnify the company against all claims,

damages or compensation under the provisions of payment of wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages Act 1948, Employer’s Liability Act 1938, The Workman’s Compensation Act 1947, Industrial Disputes Act 1947 and Maternity Benefit Act 1961 or any modifications thereof or any other Law relating thereof and rules made there under from time to time or as consequence of any accident or injury to any workman or other persons in or about the works, whether in the employment of the contractor or not, save and except where such accident or injury has resulted from any act of the company, its agents, or servants and also against all costs, charges and expenses of any suit, action or proceedings arising out of such accident or injury and against all sum or sums which may with the consent of the contractor be paid to compromise or compound any such claim. Without limiting his obligations and liability as above provided, the contractor shall insure against all claims, damages or compensation payable under the workmen’s compensation Act 1923 or any modification thereof or any other law relating thereto.

34-A.9. The aforesaid insurance policy/ policies shall provided that they shall not be

cancelled till the Engineer-in-Charge has agreed to their cancellation.

34-A.10.The contractor shall prove to the Engineer-in-Charge from time to time that he has taken out all the insurance policies referred to above and has paid the necessary premiums for keeping the policies alive till expiry of the Defects Liability Period.

34-A.11.The contractor shall ensure that similar insurance policies are taken out by his

Sub-contractors (if any) and shall be responsible for any claims or losses to the Company resulting from their failure to obtain adequate insurance protection in connection thereof. The contractor shall produce or cause to be produce by his sub-contractors (if any) as the case may be, the policy or policies and premium receipts as and when required by the Engineer-in-Charge.

34-A.12.If the contractor and/ or his sub-contractors (if any) shall fail to effect keep in

force the insurance referred to above or any other insurance he/ they may be required to effect under the terms of the contract then in any such case the company may, without being bound to, effective keep in force any such insurance and pay such premium or premiums, as be necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the amount paid by the Company from any moneys due or which may become debt the contractor or recover the same as a debt due from the contractor.

Facilities to other contractors


35. The contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge afford all reasonable facilities to other contractors Engineer-in-Charge contemporaneously on separate contracts in connection with the works for departmental labour of any other properly authorized authority or statutory body which may be employed at the site on execution of work not included in the contract or of any contract which the company may enter into in connection with or ancillary to the works.

Notices to Local Bodies 36. Contractor shall comply with and give all notices required under any

Government authority, instrument, rule or order made under any Act of Parliament, State law or any regulation or bye-laws of any local authority relating to the works. It shall before making any variation from the contract drawings necessitated by such compliance give to the Engineer-in-Charge a written notice giving reasons for the proposed variation and obtain the Engineer-in-Charges instructions thereon.

36.1 The contractor shall pay and indemnify the company against any liabilities in

respect of any fees or charges payable under any Act of parliament, State laws or any Government instrument, rule or order and any regulations of bye-laws of any local authority in respect of the works.

Sub Contracts: 37. The contractor shall not sub-contract any portion of the contract without the

prior written approval of the Accepting Authority. Employment of piece rates of workers shall not be deemed as sub-contracting.

Instructions and Notices: 38. Subject as otherwise provided in this contract, all notices to be given on

behalf of the company and all other actions to be taken on its behalf may be given or taken by the Engineer-in-Charge or any officer for the time being untrusted with the functions, duties and powers of the Engineer-in-Charge.

38.1 All instructions, notices and communications, etc., under the contracts shall

be given in writing and if sent by registered post to the last known place of abode or business of the Contractor shall be deemed to have been served on the date when in the ordinary course of post these would have been delivered to him.

38.2 The contractor or his Agent shall be in attendance at the site (s) during all

working hours and shall superintend the execution of the works with such additional assistance in each trade as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider necessary. Orders given to the Contractor’s Agent shall be considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the Contractor himself.


38.3 The Engineer-in-Charge shall communicate or confirm the instructions to the contractor in respect of the execution of work in a Works Site Order Book maintained in the office of the Engineer-in-Charge and the contractor or his authorized representative shall confirm receipt of such instructions by signing the relevant entries in this book. If required by the contractor he shall be furnished a certified true copy of such instruction (s).

Foreclosure of Contract in Full or in part due to Abandonment or Reduction in Scope of Work. 39. If at any time after acceptance of the tender the company shall decide to

abandon or reduce the scope of the works for any reason whatsoever and hence not require the whole or any part of the works to be carried out, the Engineer-in-Charge shall give notice in writing to that effect to the contractor and the contractor shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the works in full but which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the works.

39.1 The contractor shall be paid at contract rates full amount for works executed

at site and, in addition, a reasonable amount as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge for the items hereunder mentioned which could not be utilized on the work to the full extent because of the foreclosure.

(a) Any expenditure incurred on preliminary site work, e.g. temporary access

roads, temporary labour huts, staff quarters and site offices; storage accommodation and water storage tanks.

(b) (i) The company shall have the option to take over contractor’s materials or any part thereof either brought to site or of which the contractor is legally bound to accept delivery from suppliers (for incorporation in or incidental to the work), provided, however, the company shall be bound to take over the materials or such portions thereof as the contractor does not desire to retain. For materials taken over or to be taken over by the company, cost of such materials shall, however, take into account purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage which may have been caused to materials whilst in the custody of the contractor. (ii) For contractor’s materials not retained by the company, reasonable cost of transporting such materials from site to contractor’s permanent stores or to his other works, whichever is less. If materials are not transported to either of the said places, no cost of transportation shall be payable.

(c) If any materials supplied by the company are rendered surplus, the same

except normal wastage shall be returned by the contractor to the company at rates not exceeding those at which these were originally issued less allowances for any deterioration or damage which may have been caused whilst the materials were in the custody of the Contractor. In addition, cost of transporting such materials from site to the company’s stores, if so required by the company.


(d) Reasonable compensation for transfer of T & P from site to Contractor’s

permanent stores or to his other works; whichever is less. If T & P are not transported to either of the said places, no cost of transportation shall be payable.

39.2 The contractor shall, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge furnish to him

books of account, wage books, time sheets, and other relevant documents as may be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable under this condition.

Termination of Contract for Death 40. If the contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual or

the proprietor dies and if the contractor is partnership concern and one of the partners dies then unless the Accepting Authority is satisfied that the legal representatives of the individual contractor or the proprietor of the proprietary concern and in the case of partnership, the surviving partners, are capable of carrying out and completing the contract, the Accepting Authority shall be entitled to cancel the contract as to its in completed part without the company being in any way to payment of any compensation to the estate of deceased contractors and/ or to the surviving partners of the contractor’s firm on account of the cancellation of the contract. The decision of the Accepting Authority that the legal representatives of the deceased contractor or the surviving partners of the contractor’s firm cannot carry out and complete the contract shall be final and binding on the parties. In the event of such cancellation the company shall not hold the estate of the deceased contractor and/ or the surviving partners of the contractor’s firm liable for damages for not completing the contract.

Cancellation of Contract in Full or in Part: 41. If the contractor:

(a) at any time makes default in proceeding with the works with due diligence and continues to do so after a notice in writing of 7 days from the Engineer-in-Charge: or

(b) commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of contract and does not remedy it or take effective steps to remedy it within 7 days after a notice in writing is given to him in that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge; or

(c) fails to complete the works or items of work with individual dates of

completion, on or before the date (s) of completion, and does not complete


them within the period specified in a notice given in writing in that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge; or

(d) shall offer, or give or agree to give to any person in company’s service or

to any other person on his behalf any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or forbearing to do or having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any other contract for the corporation; or

(e) shall enter into a contract with the company in connection with which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge, unless the particulars of any such commission and the terms of payment thereof have previously disclosed in writing to the Accepting Authority/ Engineer-in-Charge; or

(f) shall obtain a contract with the company as result of ring tendering or other non-bonafide methods of competitive tendering; or

(g) being an individual, or if a firm of any partner thereof, shall at any time be

adjudged insolvent or have a receiving order or order for administration of his estate made against him or shall take any proceedings for liquidation or composition (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction) under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force or make any conveyance or assignment of his affective or composition or arrangement for the benefit of his creditors or purport so to do, or if any application be make under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force for the sequestration of his estate or if a trust deed be executed by him for benefit of his creditors; or

(h) being a company, shall pass a resolution or the court shall, make an order

for the liquidation of its affairs, or a receiver or manager on behalf of the debenture holders shall be appointed or circumstances shall arise which entitle the court or debenture holders to appoint a receiver or manager; or

(i) shall suffer an execution being levid on his goods and allow it to be

continued for a period of 21 years; or

(j) assigns, transfers, sublets (engagement of labour on a piece-work basis or of labour with materials not be incorporated in the work, shall not be deemed to be subletting) or attempts to assign, transfer or sublet the entire works or any portion thereof without the prior written approval of the Accepting Authority.

The Accepting Authority may, without prejudice to any other to right to remedy which shall have accrued or shall accrue thereafter to the company by written notice cancel the contract as a whole or only such item of work in default from the contract.


41.1 The Accepting Authority shall on such cancellation have powers to:

(a) take possession of the site and any materials, constructional plant, implements, stores etc., thereon; and/ or

(b) carry out the incomplete work by any means at the risk and cost of the contractor.

41.2 On cancellation of the contract in full or in part the Accepting Authority shall

determine what amount, if any, is recoverable from the contractor for completion of works or part of the works or in case the works or part of the works is not completed, the loss or damage suffered by the company. In determining the amount, credit shall be given to the contractor for the value of the work executed by him up to the time of cancellation, the value of contractors material taken over and incorporated in the work, and use of tackle and machinery belonging to the contractor.

41.3 Any excess expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the company in

completing the works or part of the works or the excess loss or damages suffered or may be suffered by the company as aforesaid after allowing such credit shall be recovered from any money due to the contractor on any account, and if such money are not sufficient the contractor shall be called upon in writing to pay the same within 30 days.

41.4 If the contractor shall fail to pay required sum within the aforesaid period of 30

days, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to sell any or all the contractor’s unused materials, constructional plant, implements, temporary buildings, etc. and apply the proceeds of sale thereof towards the satisfaction of any sums due from the contractor under the contract and if there after there be any balance outstanding from the contractor, it shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of the contract.

41.5 Any sums in excess of the amounts due to the company and unsold materials,

constructional plant etc. shall be returned to the contractor, provided always that if cost or anticipated cost of completion by the company of the works or part of the works is less than the amount which the contractor would have been paid had he completed the works or part of the works, such benefit shall not accurue to the contractor.

Liability for Damage, Defects or Imperfections and Rectifications thereof: 42. If the contractor or his workman or employees shall injure or destroy any part

of the building in which they may be working or any building, road, fence, etc. contiguous to the premises on which the work or any part of it is being executed, or if any damage shall happen to the work while in progress the contractor shall upon receipt of a notice in writing in that behalf make the


same good at his own expense. If it shall appear to the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative at any time during construction or re-construction or prior to the expiration of the Defects Liability period, that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship or that any materials or articles provided by the contractor for execution of the work are unsound or of a quality inferior to that contracted for, or otherwise not in accordance with the contract, or that any defect, shrinkage or other faults have appeared in the work arising out of defective or improper materials or workmanship. The contractor shall, upon receipt of a notice in writing in that behalf from the Engineer-in-Charge, forthwith rectify or remove and re-construct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or as the case may be, and/ or remove the materials or articles so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own expense, not withstanding that the same may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for and in the event of his failing to do so within the period to be specified by the Engineer-in-Charge in his notice aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge may rectify or remove and re-execute the work and/ or remove and replace with others the materials or articles complained of as the case may be, by other means at the risk and expense of the contractor.

42.1 In case of repairs and maintenance works, splashes and droppings from white

washing, printing, etc. shall be removed and surfaces cleaned simultaneously with completion of these items of work in individual rooms, quarters or premises etc., where the work is done, without waiting for completion of all other items of work in the contract. In case the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this condition, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to get the work done by other means at the cost of the contractor. Before taking such action, however, the Engineer-in-Charge shall give three days notice in writing to the contractor.

Urgent Works: 43. If any Urgent Work (in respect whereof the decision of the Engineer-in-charge

shall be final and binding) becomes necessary and the contractors is unable or unwilling at once to carry it out, the Engineer-in-charge may by his own or other work people , carry it out as he may consider necessary. If the urgent work shall be such as the contractor is liable under the contract to carry out at his expenses all expenses incurred on it by the company shall be recoverable from the contractor and be adjusted or set off against any sum payable to him.

Changes in Constitutions: 44. Where the contractor is a partnership firm, prior approval in writing of the

Accepting Authority shall be obtained before any change is made in the constitution of the firm. Where the contractor is an individual or a Hindu Undivided Family business concern such approval as aforesaid shall likewise be obtained before the contractor enters into any partnership firm which would have the right to carry out the work hereby undertaken by the contractor. If


prior approval as aforesaid is not obtained the contract shall be deemed to have been assigned in contravention of condition 41(i) hereof and the same action may be taken and the same consequences shall ensure as provided for in the said condition 41.

Training of Apprentices: 45. The contractor shall during the currency of the contract when called upon by

the Engineer-in-charge engage and also ensure engagement by sub-contractors and other employed by the contractor in connection with the works, such number of Apprentices in the categories mentioned in schedule A and for such periods as may be required by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall train them as required under the Apprentices Act, 1961 and shall be responsible for all obligations of the employer under the Act including the liability to make payment to Apprentices as required under the Act.

Supply of Unfiltered Water for Construction Purposes only 46. (a) The contractor shall draw water from the water supply mains provided in the

project at suitable points to be indicated by the Engineer-in-charge. All pipe lines, pumps and other accessories required for taking the water from the mains to the site of work shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost. He shall not be entitled to any payment on account of the expenditure incurred in providing the pipe lines, pumps, etc. No charges will be levied on the Contractor for the water drawn by him for the purpose of the construction work. Should the water, however, be used for either the colony or for manufacture, the same shall be chargeable at a rate to be fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge whose decision in this regard shall be final and shall have to be (taken through a metered connection.

(b) NSPCL do not guarantee the maintenance of uninterrupted supply of water

and in case of any interruptions of such supply of water the Contractor shall be responsible for making at his own cost alternative arrangements for water. The Engineer-in-Charge also reserves the right to limit the quantity of water to be allowed to be drawn by the Contractor.

(c) No claim for damages will be entertained by the NSPCL on account of

interruption of water supply or limitation of quantity of water as aforesaid or on account of the water so supplied being not fit for construction purposes or on any other account in connection with such water supply.

(d) It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to satisfy himself that the water

drawn by him is fit for construction and to adequately treat such water at his cost when it is not found fit for the said purposes.


(e) Where the Contractor makes his own arrangements for water required for the work, nothing extra shall be paid for the same. He should make arrangements for storage of sufficient quantity of water required at least for a day’s work.

Land For Contractor’s Office, Stores, Workshop etc. 47. (a) The Engineer-in-Charge shall at his discretion and for the duration of

execution of the Contract make available at site, free of charge land for construction of contractor’s field office, workshop, stores, magazines for explosives in isolated locations, assembling yard, etc. required for execution of the contract. Leveling and dressing of site, any construction of temporary roads, offices, workshop, etc… as per plan approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be done by the Contractor at his own cost.

(b) On completion of work the Contractor shall handover the land duly cleaned to

the Engineer-in-Charge. Until and unless the Contractor has handed over the vacant possession of land allotted to him for the above purpose, the payment of his final bill shall not be made. The Contractor shall be made liable to pay for the use and occupation at the rates to be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge if the Contractor overstays in the land after the contract is completed.

48. Power Supply:

(a) Engineer-in-Charge will provide without charge electricity consumed at the job site at one point of the distribution system as per requirement as may be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Electricity furnished will be 440 volts, 3 phase, 50 cycles and 230 volts, 1 phase, 50 cycles. Each Contractor shall provide and install all necessary irans’ormers, switch gear, wiring, fixtures, bulbs and other temporary equipment for further distribution and utilization of energy for power and lighting and shall remove same on completion of the work. Should, however, electricity to used in the Contractors labour/ staff colony, the power so consumed shall be charged at the prevailing tariff rate of State Electricity Board as prevalent for that area at the time of award of work; the supply may be withdrawn if the power is used for purposes other than for the work of the project and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim whatsoever on-account of any such action taken by the Engineer-in-Charge.

(b) The Contractor shall indicate in his proposal his requirements of the above facilities. VALUATION AND PAYMENT Records and Measurement:


49. The Engineer-in-Charge shall except as otherwise stated ascertain and determine by measurement the value in accordance with the contract work done in accordance therewith.

49.1. All items having a financial value shall be entered in Measurement Book,

Level Book, etc. prescribed by the Company so that a complete record is obtained of all work performed under the Contract.

49.2. Measurements shall be taken jointly by the Engineer-in-Charge or his

authorized representative and by the Contractor or his authorized representative.

49.3. Before taking measurements of any work the Engineer-in-Charge or the

person deputed by him for the purpose shall give a reasonable notice to the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to attend or send an authorized representative for measurement after such a notice or fails to countersign or to record the objection within a week from the date of measurement, then in any such event measurements taken by the Engineer-in-Charge or by the person deputed by him shall be taken to be correct measurement of the work.

49.4. The Contractor shall, without extra charge, provide assistance with every

appliance, labour and other things necessary for measurements. 49.5. Measurements shall be signed and dated by both parties each day on the site

on completion of measurement. If the Contractor objects to any of the measurements recorded on behalf of the Company a note to that effect shall be made in the Measurement Book against the item objected to and such note shall be signed and dated by both parties engaged in taking the measurement. The decision of the Accepting Authority on any such dispute or difference or interpretation shall be final and binding on both the parties shall be beyond the scope of the settlement of disputes by Arbitration in respect of all contract items, substituted items, extra items and deviations.

Methods of Measurement: 50. Except where any general or detailed description of the work in Quantities

expressly shows to the contrary. Schedule of Quantities shall be deemed to have been prepared and measurements shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set forth in the Schedule of Rates/ Specification not withstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of Measurement or any general or local custom. In the case of items which are not covered by the Schedule of Rates Specification, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the relevant Standard Method of Measurement issued by the Indian Standard Institution.

Payment on Account:


51. Interim bills shall be submitted by the Contractor at intervals mentioned in

Schedule A on or before the date fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge for the work executed. The Engineer-in-Charge shall then arrange to have the bill verified by taking or causing to be taken, where necessary the requisite measurements of the work.

51.1. Payment on account for amount admissible shall be made on tie Engineer-in-

Charge certifying the sum to which the Contractor is considered entitled by way of interim payment for the following:

(a) all work executed, after deducting therefrom the amounts already paid, the

security deposit and such other amounts as may be deductible, or recoverable in terms of the Contract;

(b) 75 percent of the cost (as assessed by the Engineer-in-Charge) of any materials which are in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge reasonably required in accordance with the Contract and have born brought to Site for incorporation in the Works and are safeguarded against loss due to any cause whatsoever to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, but have not been so incorporated; provide the contractor provides an insurance cover for the full cost of perishable materials.

51.2. The advance payments under (b) above shall be adjusted as and when

materials are utilised in the works. 51.3. Payment of the Contractor’s bills shall be paid by the company within 21 days

from the date of submission of the bill subject to the acceptance of the Engineer-in-Charge.

51.4. Any interim certificate given relating to work done or materials delivered, may

be modified or corrected by any subsequent interim certificate or by the final certificate. No certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge supporting an interim payment shall itself be conclusive evidence that any work or materials to which it relates is/ are in accordance with the contract.

51.5. Pending consideration of extension of date of completion interim payments

shall continue to be made as herein provided. Time Limit for Payment of Final Bill: 52. The final bill shall be submitted by the Contractor within three months of

physical completion of the works. No further claims shall be made by the Contractor after submission of the final bill and these shall be deemed to have been waived and extinguished. Payment of those items- of the bill in respect of which there is no dispute and of items in dispute, for quantities and at rates as approved by Engineer-in-Charge shall be made within the period specified


hereunder, the period being reckoned from the date of receipt of the bill by the Engineer-in-Charge:

(a) Contract amount not exceeding Rs. 5 lakhs four months

(b) Contract amount exceeding Rs. 5 lakhs six months

52. After payment of the amount of the final bill payable as aforesaid has been

made, the Contractor may, if he so desires, reconsider his position in respect of the disputed portion of the final bill and if he fails to do so within 90 days, his disputed claim shall be dealt with as provided in the Contract.

53.0. CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 53.1. The rates quoted by the tenderer shall be the Base Price, which will be

subjected to PRICE ADJUSTMENTS in accordance with the conditions and formula prescribed herein and further subject to satisfying the requirements specified in this clause only;

53.2. The “Contract Price” (for definition please refer clause No. 3 (e) of G.C.C. –

“Definitions”) as awarded shall be the Base Price, unless otherwise specified, A certain fixed percentage of the base price shall not be subjected to any price adjustment. The balance percentage to be specified shall be of Identified Components towards Labour, Material (s) and H.S. Diesel, Oil (P.O.L) and shall be subject to Price Adjustment. The fixed component and the identified components shall vary from contract to contract depending upon the scope of work (s) and shall be furnished in the Special Conditions to contract, which will be attached to the tender documents.

53.3. The actual amount of price adjustment shall be determined by satisfying the

condition specified herein and shall not exceed the maximum limit as specified in sub-clause 53.6 herein below.

53.4. The price adjustment formula for the various components of the Contract

Price, shall be construed as stipulated herein after. The formula designed for the governing and calculating the price adjustment to be applied to the contract price shall be as follows:

ACV1= CV F + I.L1/ L0 + m.M1/ M0 + d.D1/ D0 Where:

ACV1 = adjusted contract price i.e., value of work done after application of above price adjustment formula.


CV = base contract price, subject to price adjustment, i.e., the value of the work done in the given period for which the Price Adjustment is; to be calculated.

= Fixed component portion of contract price which will not be subjected to any

adjustment under this formula or otherwise (and will be quantified from contract to contract in the Special Conditions of Contract).

I = Labour component of the contract price which will be subjected to

adjustment; (to be quantified from contract to contract in the Special Conditions of Contract).

m = material component (excluding owner issue materials) of the contract

price which will be subject to adjustment; (and will be quantified from contract to contract, in the Special Conditions of Contract).

d = High Speed Diesel/ P.O.L Component of the contract price which will be

subject to: adjustment” (and will be quantified from contract to contract, in the Special Conditions of Contract). Thfe! Variation in this component will be available to contract (s) as defined in 53.6 (i) (a) OR (b) as the case may be.

L = Labour Index, which shall be the “Index Number” of “Consumer Price

Index” for Industrial workers (All India) (General) as published by Labour Bureau, Simla in their monthly bulletin entitled “Indian Labour Journal”.

M = Material Index, which will be the “Index Number” of “Index Numbers of

wholesale Prices” under Group “All Commodities” as published by Ministry of Industry in their monthly bulletin entitled “Index Number of Wholesale Prices”.

D = High speed Diesel Price per litre; which will be the price of High Speed

Diesel Oil at the Indian Oil Corp. retail outlet nearest to the project, (selling price inclusive of taxes and duties, if any, per litre of high speed diesel oil).

SUBSCRIPT: ‘O’ = refers to the values of the above mentioned labour/ material indices or

diesel price as on 7 days prior to the date of opening of tenders. ‘I’ = refers to the values of corresponding labour/ material indices or diesel price

as applicable for the month prior to the month in which the work is executed for which adjustment is applicable, respectively.

53.5. The value of ‘F’ as specified in Bid documents/ special Conditions of Contract

will remain unchanged and fixed and shall not be disputed.


53.6. The total Price Adjustment (s) in any Contract Price of any Contract shall not exceed the maximum limit (s) specified herein below:

i) For Contract (s) where completion period as stipulated is less than and upto

12 (Twelve) months In such contracts with completion period up to 12 months only price variation due to diesel component is permitted and no variation due to labour or material (s) component, will be allowed in any circumstances. a) 2.5 % (Two point five percent) of the Contract Price as awarded:

when the diesel component is up to five percent of the contract price (for all types of contract other than (b) below OR

b) 5 % (five percent) of the contract price as awarded when the diesel component is above five percent up to ten percent of the Contract Price for the contracts involving earth works with equipments deployment like site leveling.

ii) For Contract (s) where completion period as stipulated is more than 12 months but not more than 24 months;

12 % (Twelve percent) of the Contract Price as awarded. iii) For Contract (s) where completion period as stipulated is more than 24

months but not more than 36 months;

15 % (Fifteen percent) of the Contract Price as awarded.

iv) For Contract (s) where completion period as stipulated is more than 36 months.

20% (Twenty percent) of the Contract Price as awarded.

53.7. Price Adjustment (s) shall be calculated for the quantum of works executed for

the month or the period of the bill as per agreed work schedule. For the purposes of payment/ recovery of price variation provisions, the Contractor would be eligible for such claims or shall be liable for refund on the quantum of work scheduled to have been executed in the month or period as per the agreed work schedule or the actual quantum of work done provided always that such quantum of work done is more than or equal to the scheduled quantum of work as per the agreed work schedule. In other words the Contractor shall not be eligible for these claims not liable for payment/ refund under these provisions if the work has been delayed beyond the schedule date (s) for reasons attributable to contractor. However, the Contractor would be eligible for claim or liable for refund for Price Adjustment (s) for quantities of work executed beyond the scheduled dates based on the value of indices


as applicable to the scheduled dates of execution, for such delayed work provided that if the indices during the extended period are lower than the indices during scheduled dates of execution, then lower indices shall be applicable.

53.8. Additional, altered or substituted items of work, derived from the agreed

schedule of rate (attached in, Award letter) will also attract price adjustment as per this clause No. variation adjustment is payable for the rate/ amount of the additional, altered or substituted items of work when derived from or based on Market Rates as per Clause 10.1 (iv) & (v). No price adjustment for the cost of Owner issue material (viz.) steel & cement or any other item (s) issued from Owner’s stores) shall be applicable, which are issued at fixed rates to the Contractor.

53.9. Every month after the award of Contract, the Contractor shall submit, to the

Engineer-in-Charge, a written notice of the changes, if any, that have occurred in the specified indices of Material (s), and Labour or that of Diesel price, during the previous reporting period containing the effective date of such change, the amount of change for the claim of the amount of Contract Price Adjustment with authenticated documentary evidence of the relevant published indices/ diesel price to substantiate the price adjustment.

53.10. Provided further that such payment/ refund shall not be operative and payable

after the Schedule expiry of the Contract Period or authorized extended contract period or extended date of completion of works or Items of Works in question, whichever is earlier.

53.11. In case, the Works, or items of work, or group of items work, are delayed

beyond the schedule date for the work, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the price adjustment provisions shall not be applicable for the period of time between the schedule date and the actual date, but for as provided above in sub-clause-53.7.

53.12. For this purpose, the schedule date of works shall be as identified in line with

provisions of clause entitled “Time and Extension for Delay” and/ or “The Bar Chart” (which will be discussed and finalized before Award of work) wherein the separate period of completion has been specified/ agreed to, for items, or groups of items, or works.

53.13. TOTAL ADJUSTED CONTRACT PRICE (with ceiling as per sub-clause 53.6) The total adjusted contract price shall be: (Sigma) ACV1 + other elements of Contract price, if any. 53.14. Except as provided herein, no other expenditure incurred by the Contractor,

due to levy of additional/ increase in taxes, duties, octroi, royalty, levies,


insurance premium (s), benefits to workers/ labours or any other clause (s)/ item (s) due to any reason whatsoever, shall be payable to the Contractor.

53.15. Tenders specifying provisions other than those specified above run the risk of

rejection. Loans: 54. Loans will, subject to availability of funds and if required by the Contractor, be

given as under within six weeks of submission of application by him subject to other conditions being fulfilled and the Engineer-in-Charge certifying the sum to which the Contractor is entitled by way of loan:

In case of contracts valued at over Rs. 20 lakhs:

(a) For plant and equipment specifically acquired for the work and Brought to site, at 75 % of the purchase price of new machinery, against production of documents in support thereof and subject to the condition that he Engineer-in-Charge considers the price reasonable and that such plant and equipment are necessary for the works and not in excess of requirements and are hypothecated in favor of the Company in the form required by the Company. Interest on the sum outstanding shall be levied at the percentage mentioned in Schedule A. Loan against plant and equipment shall in no case exceed 6 % of the Contract sum.

In case of contracts valued at over Rs. 20 lakhs:

(b) A lumpsum advance not exceeding 4% of the Contract sum against a guarantee acceptable to the Company at the rate of interest mentioned in Schedule A. The advance shall be utilized for the purposes of this Contract only and for no other purpose. Provided that if a request for loan is made by the Contractor against both the aforementioned provisions of this Condition, viz. (a) & (b) the total sum be given as loan shall not exceed 8 % of the Contract Sum.

54.1 Recovery of the sums loaned against (a) and (b) above and of interest

thereon shall be made by deduction from the on account payments referred to in Condition 51 and as mentioned in Schedule ‘A’ in suitable percentages In relation to the progress, as fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge, so that all the sums loaned with interest thereon shall be fully recovered by the time work amounting to nearly 80% of the Contract Sum is completed. If the amount payable under any interim bill is not sufficient to cover all deductions to be made for sums loaned and other sums deductible therefrom, the balance outstanding shall be deducted from subsequent interim bill/ bills, as may be necessary, failing that, as otherwise provided for in the Contract.

54.2. If for any reason, except a default of the Contractor, the work under the Contract is suspended or is to be suspended for more than 15 days, the


Contractor shall be at liberty to remove the plant and equipment or any part thereof hypothecated to the Company under clause 54 (a) above to any other works site of the Contractor for carrying on his other works, on his furnishing prior to such removal a bank guarantee acceptable to the Company for the amount of the outstanding loan granted under clause 54 (a) above with interest and undertaking to bring back to the Site, before expiry or the period of suspension, the Plant and Equipment as may be necessary for completion of the works. If such Plant and Equipment are not brought back, the Contractor shall forthwith repay the amount of the loan outstanding with interest.

Overpayments and Underpayments:

55. Wherever any claim for the payment of a sum of money to the Company arises out of or under this Contract against the Contractor the same may be deducted by the Company from any sum then due or which at any time thereafter may become due to the Contractor under this Contract and failing that under any other Contract with the Company or from any other sum due to the Contractor from the Company which may be available with the Company or from his security deposit; or he shall pay the claim on demand.

55.1. The Company reserve the right to carry out post payment audit and technical examination of the final bill including all supporting vouchers, abstracts, etc., the Company further reserve the right to enforce recovery of any overpayment when detected, notwithstanding the fact that the amount of the final bill may be included by one of the parties as an item of dispute before an arbitrator appointed under Condition 56 of this Contract and notwithstanding the fact that the amount of the final bill figures in the arbitration award.

55.2. If as a result of such audit and technical examination any overpayment is

discovered in respect of any work done by the Contractor or alleged to have been done by him under the Contract, it shall be recovered by the Company from the Contractor by any or all of the methods prescribed above if any underpayment is discovered, the amount shall be duly paid to the Contractor by the Company.

55.3. Provide that aforesaid right of the Company to adjust overpayments against

amounts due to the Contractor under any other Contract with the Company shall not extend beyond the period of two years from the date of payment of the final bill or in case the final bill is a MINUS bill, from the date the amount payable by the Contractor under the MINUS final bill is communicated to the Contractor.

55.4. Any amount due to the Contractor under this Contract for underpayment may

be adjusted against any amount than due or which may at any time thereafter become due before payment is made to the Contractor, from him to the Company on any other Contract or account whatsoever.

ARBITRATION AND LAWS


Arbitration: 56. Except where otherwise provided for in the contract all questions and disputes

relating to the meaning of the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions herein before mentioned and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the work or as to any other question,

Claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever in any way arising out of or relating to the contract, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning the works, or the execution or failure to execute the same whether arising during the progress of the work or after the completion or abandonment thereof shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the General Manager of NSPCL and if the General Manager is unable or unwilling to act, to the sole arbitration of some other person appointed by the Chairman and Managing Director, NSPCL willing to act as such arbitrator. There will be no objection if the arbitrator so appointed is an employee of NSPCL and that he had to deal with the matters to which the contract relates and that in the course of his duties as such he had expressed views on or any of the matters in dispute or difference. The arbitrator to whom the matter is originally referred being transferred or vacating his office or being unable to act for any reason as aforesaid at the time of such transfer, vacation of office or inability to act. Chairman and Managing Director, NSPCL shall appoint another person to act as arbitrator in accordance with the terms of the Contract. It is also a term of this Contract that no person other than a person appointed by Chairman, NSPCL as aforesaid should act as arbitrator and if for any reason that is not possible, the matter is not to be referred to arbitration at all.

Subject as aforesaid the provision of the Arbitration Act 1940 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof and the rules made there under and for the time being in force shall apply to the arbitration proceeding under this clause.

It is a term of the contract that the party invoking arbitration shall specify the dispute or disputes to be referred to arbitration under this clause together with the amount or amounts claimed in respect of each such dispute.

The arbitrator (s) may from time to time with consent of the parties enlarge the time, for making and publishing the award. The work under the Contract shall, if reasonably possible, continue during the arbitration proceedings and no payment due or payable to the Contractor shall be withheld on account of such proceedings.

The Arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on the reference on the date he issues notice to both the parties fixing the date of the first hearing. The Arbitrator shall give a separate award in respect of each dispute or difference referred to him.


The venue of arbitration shall be such place as may be fixed by the Arbitrator in his sole discretion. The award of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties to this contract. The cost of arbitration shall be borne by the parties to the dispute, as may be decided by the arbitrator (s). In the event of disputes or differences arising between one public sector enterprise and a Govt. Department or between two public sector enterprises the above stipulations shall not apply, the provisions of B.P.E. office memorandum No. BPE/GL-001/76/MAN/2[110-75-BPE (GMI-1)] dated 1st- January 1976 or its amendments for arbitration shall be applicable.

Laws governing the Contract: 57. This contract shall be governed by the Indian Laws for the time being in force. CONTRACTOR’S LABOUR REGULATIONS (See condition 16)

1. Definition: In these regulations, unless otherwise expressed or indicated, the following words and expression shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them: (a) “Labour” mean workers employed by a contractor directly or indirectly

through a subcontractor, or by an agent on his behalf on a payment not exceeding Rs. 1000/- per month.

(b) “Fair Wage” means wages, which shall include wages for weekly day of rest and other allowances, whether for time or piece work, after taking into consideration prevailing market rates for similar employments in the neighborhood but shall not be less than the minimum rates of wages fixed under the payment of Minimum Wages Act.

(c) “Contractor” for the purpose of these regulations shall include an agent or

sub-contractor employing labour on the work taken on contract.

(d) “Inspecting Officer” means any Labour Enforcement Officer, or Assistant Labour Commissioner of the Chief Labour Commissioner’s Organization.

(e) “Form” means a form appended to these Regulations.

2. Notice of commencement: The Contractor shall, within SEVEN days of

commencement of the work, furnish in writing to the Inspecting Officer of the area concerned the following information: (a) Name and situation of the work,


(b) Contractors name and address,

(c) Particulars of the Department for which the work is undertaken,

(d) Name and address of sub-contractors as and when they are appointed,

(e) Commencement and probable duration of the work,

(f) Number of workers employed and liked to be employed,

(g) ‘fair wages’ for different categories of workers.

3. (i) Number of hours of work which shall constitute a normal working day: The number hours which shall constitute a normal working day for an adult shall be NINE hours. The working day of an adult worker shall be so arranged that inclusive of intervals, if any, for rest it shall not spread over more than twelve hours on any day, when an adult worker is made to work for more than NINE hours on any day or for more than FORTY EIGHT hours in any week he shall, in respect of overtime work, be paid wages at double the ordinary rate of wages.

(ii) Weekly day of rest: Every worker shall be given a weekly day of rest which shall be fixed and notified at least TEN days in advance. A worker shall not be required or allowed to work on the weekly rest day unless he has or will have a substituted rest day, on one of the five days immediately before or after the rest day. Provided that no substitution shall be made which will result in the worker working for more than ten days consecutively without a rest day for a whole day.

Where in accordance with the foregoing provisions a worker works on the rest day and has been given a substituted rest day he shall be paid wages for the work done on the weekly rest day at the overtime rate of wages.

NOTE: The expression ‘ordinary rate of wages’ means the fair wage the worker is entitled to.

4. Display of notice regarding wages, Weekly Day of Rest etc. The Contractor

shall before he commences his work on contract, display and correctly maintain and continue to display and correctly maintain in a clean and legible condition in conspicuous places on the works, notice in English and in the local Indian Language, spoken by majority of workers, giving the rate of fair wages, the hours of work for which such wages are payable, the weekly rest days workers are entitled to and name and address of the Inspecting Officer. The Contractor shall send a copy each of such notices to the Inspecting Officers.


5. Fixation of Wage Periods: The Contractor shall fix wage periods in respect of: which shall be payable. No wage period shall normally exceed one week.

6. Payment of Wages: (i) Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct.

All wages shall be paid in current coins or currency or in both.

(ii) Wages of every worker employed on the contract shall be paid where the wage period is one week, within THREE days from the end of the Wage period; and in any other case before the expiry of the 7th day or 10th day from the end of the wage period according as the number of workers does not exceed 1.000 or exceeds 1,000.

(iii) When employment of any worker is terminated by or on behalf of the contractor, the wages earned by him shall be paid before expiry of the day succeeding the one on which his employment is terminated.

(iv) Payment of wages shall be made at the work site on a working day except when the work is completed before expiry of the wage period, in which case final payment shall be made at the work site within 48 hours of the last working day and during normal time.

NOTE: The term “working day” means a day on which the work on which labour is employed, is in progress.

7. Register of workmen: A resister of workmen shall be maintained in the Form

appended to these regulations and kept at the work site or as near to it as possible, and the relevant particulars of every workman shall be entered therein within THREE days of his employment.

8. Employment Card: The contractor shall issue an employment card in the

Form appended to these regulations to each worker on the day of work or entry into his employment. If a worker already has any such card with him issued by the previous employer, the contractor shall merely endorse that Employment Card with relevant entries. On termination of employment the Employment Card shall again be endorsed by the Contractor and returned to the worker.

9. Register of Wages etc: (i) A Register of Wages-Cum-Muster Roll in the From appended to these

regulations shall be maintained and kept at the work site or as near to it as possible.

(ii) A Wage slip in the Form appended to these regulations shall be issued

to every worker employed by the Contractor at least a day prior to disbursement of wages.

10. Fines and deductions which may be made from Wages;


(i) Wages of a worker shall be paid, to him without any deductions of any kind except the following;

(a) Fines; (b) deductions for absence from duty; i.e. from the place of his

employment he is required to work. The amount of deduction shall be in proportion to the period for which he was absent;

(c) deduction for damage to or loss of goods expressly entrusted

to the employed person for custody, or for loss of money which he is required to account for, where such damage or loss is directly attributable to his neglect or default;

(d) deduction for recovery of advances or for adjustment of

overpayment of wages. Advance granted shall be entered in a register; and

(e) any other deduction which the Company may from time to

time allows.

ii) No fines shall be imposed on any worker say in respect of such acts

and omissions on his part as have been approved by the Chief Labour Commissioner.

iii) No fine shall be imposed on a worker and no deductions for damage or

loss shall be made from his wages until the worker has been given an opportunity of showing cause against such fines or deductions.

iv) The total amount of fines which may be imposed in any one

wageperiod on a worker shall not exceed an amount equal to three paise in a rupee of the wages payable to him in respect of that wage period.

v) No fine imposed on a worker shall be recovered from him in installments, or after expiry of sixty days from the date on which it was imposed. Every fine shall be deemed to have been imposed on the day of the act or omission in respect of which it was imposed.

vi) The contractor shall maintain both in English and the local Indian

Language a list, approved by the Chief Labour Commissioner clearly stating the acts and omissions for which penalty or fine may be imposed on a workman and display it in good condition in a conspicuous place on the work site.

vii) The Contractor shall maintain a register of fines and the register of

deductions for damage or loss in the forms appended to these regulations which should be kept at the place of work.


11. Register of Accidents: The Contractor shall maintain a register of accidents in such form as may be convenient at the work place but the same shall include the following particulars:

(a) Full particulars of the labourers who met with accident. (b) Rate of Wages. (c) Sex. (d) Age. (e) Nature of accident and cause of accident. (f) Time and date of accident. (g) Date and time when admitted in hospital. (h) Date of discharge from the hospital. (i) Period of treatment and result of treatment. (j) Percentage of loss earning capacity and disability as assessed by

Medical Officer. (k) Claim required to be paid under Workmen’s Compensation Act. (l) Date of payment of compensation. (m)Amount paid with details of the person to whom the same was paid, (n) Authority by whom the compensation was assessed, (o) Remarks.

12. Preservation of Registers: The Register of workmen and the Register of

Wages-Cum-Muster Roll required to be maintained under these Regulations shall be preserved for 3 years after the date on which the last entry is made therein.

13. Enforcement: The Inspecting Officer shall either on his own motion or on a

complaint received by him carry out investigations, and send a report to the Engineer-in-Charge specifying the amounts representing worker’s dues and amount of penalty to be imposed, on the Contractor for breach of these Regulations, that have to be recovered from the Contactor, indicating full details of the recoveries proposed and the reasons therefor. It shall be obligatory on the part of the Engineer-in-Charge on receipt of such a report to deduct such amounts from payments due to the Contractor.

14. Disposal of amounts recovered from the Contractor: The Engineer-in-Charge

shall arrange payment to workers concerned within FORTY FIVE days from receipt of a report from the Inspecting Officer except in cases where the Contractor had made an appeal under Regulation 16 of these Regulations. In cases where there is an appeal, payment of workers dues would be arranged by the Engineer-in-Charge, wherever such payments arise, within THIRTY days from the date of receipt of the decision of the Regional Labour Commissioner (R.L.C).

15. Welfare Fund: All moneys that are recovered by the Engineer-in-Charge by

way of workers dues which could not be disbursed to workers within the time limit prescribed above, due to reasons such as whereabouts of workers not being known, death of workers, etc. and also amounts recovered as penalty,


shall be credited to a Fund to be kept under the custody of the Company for such benefit and welfare of workmen employed by Contractors.

16. Appeal against decision of Inspecting Officer: Any person aggrieved by a

decision of the Inspecting Officer may appeal against such decision to the Regional Labour Commissioner concerned within THIRTY days from the date of the decision, forwarding simultaneously a copy of his appeal to the Engineer-in-Charge. The decision of the Regional Labour Commissioner shall be final and binding upon, the Contractor and the workmen.

17. Representation of parties:

(i) A workman shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation or enquiry under these Regulations by an officer of a registered trade union of which he is a member or by an officer of a Federation of Trade Unions to which the said trade union is affiliated or where the workman is not a member of any registered trade union, by an officer of a registered union, connected with, or by any other workman employed in the industry in which the worker is employed.

(ii) A Contractor shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation or enquiry under these Regulations by an officer of an association of contractors of which he is a member or by an officer of a Federation of associations of contractors to which the said association is affiliated or where the contractor is not a member of any association of contractors, by an officer of association of employers, connected with, or by any other employer engaged in, the industry in which the contractor is engaged.

(iii) No party shall be entitled to be represented by a legal practitioner in any investigation or enquiry under these Regulations.

18. Inspection of Books and other Documents: The Contractor shall allow

inspection of the Registers and other documents prescribed under these Regulations by Inspecting Officers and the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative at any time and by the worker or his agent on receipt of due notice at a convenient time.

19. Interpretation etc: On any question as to the application interpretation or effect of these Regulations, the decision of the Chief Labour Commissioner or Deputy Chief Labour Commissioner (Central) shall be final and binding.

20. Amendments: Central Government may from time to time, add to or

amend these Regulation and issue such directions as it may consider necessary for the proper implementation of these Regulations or for the purpose of removing any difficulty which may arise in the administration thereof.


REGISTER OF WORKMEN (Regulation 7)

(i) Name and address of the Contractor …………………………………………………………………………………….

(ii) Number and date of the Contractor ………………………………………………………………………………………..

(iii) Name and address of the Department awarding the contract ………………………………………………………….

(iv) Nature of the Contract and location of the work ………………………………………………………………………..

(v) Duration of the Contract …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Sl. No.

Name and surname of the workers

Age & sex

Father’s Husband’s name

Nature of Employment Designation

Permanent/ Home Address of Employee (village, Distt., Thana)

Present Address

Date of commencement of employment

Date of termination or leaving of employment

Signature or thumb impression of the employee

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


EMPLOYMENT CARD (Regulation 8)

(i) Name and Sex of the worker …………………………………………………………………………………….

(ii) Father’s/Husband’s name ………………………………………………………………………………………..

(iii) Address ……………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………….

(iv) Age or date of Birth ……………………………..……………………………………………………………………..

(v) Identification marks ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Particulars of next kin (wife/husband and children, if any, or dependent next of kin in case the worker has no wife / husband or child)

Name ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Full address of Departments

(Specify village, Dist. And State) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Sl. No.

Name and Address of the employer(specify whether a contractor or a sub-contractor

Patrticulars of location of site and description of work done

Total period for which the worker is employed (from ……… to ………)

Actual number of days worked

Leave taken (No. of days should be specified

Nature of work done by the worker

Wage period

Wage rate with particular of unit in case of piece work 1

Total wages earned by the worker during the period shown under col. 5

Remarks Signature of the employer

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


(Regulation 9)

(i) Name and Sex of the worker …………………………………………………………………………………….

(ii) Father’s/Husband’s name ………………………………………………………………………………………..

(iii) Address ……………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………….

(iv) Age or date of Birth ……………………………..……………………………………………………………………..

(v) Identification marks …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Sl.

No.

Nam

e an

d ad

dres

s of

the

wor

ker

Fat

her’s

/ Hus

ban

d’s

nam

e

Sex

Des

igna

tion/

Nat

ure

of w

ork

Dai

ly a

ttend

ance

(N

o. o

f uni

ts

wor

ked

1,2,

3,4

,5,6

,7)

Tot

al a

ttend

ance

uni

ts

Bas

ic

D.A

. & o

ther

allo

wa

nces

Bas

ic D

.A. &

oth

er a

llow

anc

es

Dat

e

No.

of h

rs.

Ove

r tim

e w

ages

ear

ned

Tot

al w

ages

pai

d

*Fin

e

Ded

uctio

n of

dam

age

of lo

ss

Hou

se r

ent

Rec

over

y of

adv

ance

Oth

er d

educ

tion

Net

wag

es p

ayab

le

Dat

e of

pay

men

t

Sig

natu

re o

r th

umb

impr

essi

on

of w

orke

r

Rem

arks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

REGISTER OF WAGES-CUM-MUSTER ROLL


REGISTER OF FINES {Regulation No. 10 (vii)}

Sl. No.

Name Father’s Husband’s name

Sex Department

Nature & date of the offence for which fine imposed

Whether workman showed cause against fine for not, if so, enter date

Rate of wages

Date and amount of fine imposed

Date on which fine realised

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


{Regulation No. 10 (vii)}

Sl. No.

Name Father’s Husband’s name

Sex Department

Damage of loss caused with date

Whether workman showed cause against deduction, if so, enter date

Date & amount of deduction imposed

Number of installment if any

Date on which total amount realised

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

REGISTER OF DEDUCTIONS FOR DAMAGES OF LOSS CAUSED TO THE CORPORATION BY THE NEGLECT OR DEFAULT OF THE EMPLOYED PERSONS


WAGE SLIP (Regulation 9)

(i)Name of the Contractor …………………………………………………………..

(ii) Place ………………………………………………………………………………………….

1. Name of the Workers with father’s/ husband’s name

2. Nature of Employment

3. Wage Period

4. Rate of Wages payable

5. Total attendance/ Unit of work done

6. Dates on which overtime worked

7. Overtime wages

8. Gross wages payable

9. Total deductions (indicating nature of deductions)

10. Net wages payable Contractor’s Signature/ Employer Signature/ Thumb Impression Thumb Impression


MODEL RULES FOR LABOUR WELFARE

(See Condition 16)

1. Definitions: (a) ‘workplace’ means a place at which, on an average twenty or more workers are employed.

(b) ‘Large workplace’ means a place at which, on an average, 500 or more workers are employed.

2. First Aid: At every workplace, there shall be maintained in a readily accessible place first aid appliances including an adequate supply of sterilized dressings and sterilized cotton wool as prescribed in the Factory Rules of the State in which the work is carried on. The appliances shall be kept in good order and, in large work places, they shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person who shall be readily available during working hours.

At large workplaces, where hospital facilities are not available within easy distance of the works First Aid Posts shall be established and be run by a trained compounder. Where large work places are remotely situated and far away from regular hospitals, an indoor ward shall be provided with one bed for every 250 employees. Where large workplaces are situated in cities, towns or in their suburbs and no beds are considered necessary owing to proximity of city or town hospitals, suitable transport shall be provided to facilitate removal of urgent cases to these hospitals. At other workplaces, some conveyance facilities shall be kept readily available to take injured person or persons suddenly taken seriously ill, to the nearest hospital. At large workplaces there shall be provided and maintained an ambulance room of the prescribed sizes, containing the prescribed equipment and in the charge of such medical and nursing staff as may be prescribed. For this purpose the relevant provisions of the Factory Rules of the State Government of the area where the work is carried on may be taken as the prescribed standard.

3 Accommodation for Labour: The Contractor shall during the progress of Works provide, erect and maintain necessary temporary living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour at his own expense and to standards and scales as approved by the Engineer-in charge.

4 Drinking water: In every workplace, there shall be provided and maintained at

suitable places, easily accessible to labour, a sufficient supply of cold water fit for drinking.

Where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply each work place shall be provided with, storage where drinking water shall be stored.


Every water supply storage shall be at a distance of not less than 15 metres from any latrine, drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing well, which is within such proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of pollution, the well shall be properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking. All such wells shall be entirely closed in and be provided with a trap door which shall be dust and water proof.

A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well, the trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a month.

5. Washing and Bathing Places: Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided separately for man and women. Such places shall be kept in clean and drained condition.

6. Scale of Accommodation in Latrines and Urinals: There shall be provided within the

precincts of every workplace latrines and urinals in an accessible place and the accommodation, separately for each of these, shall not be less than at the following scales;-

In particular cases, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power to increase the requirement, where necessary.

7. Latrines and Urinals; Except in workplaces provided with waterflushed latrines connected with a water-borne sewage system, all latrines shall be provided with receptacles on dry-earth system which shall be cleaned at least four times daily and at least twice during working hours and kept in a strictly sanitary condition. Receptacles shall be tarred inside and outside at least once a year. If women are employed, separate latrine and urinals, screened from those for men and marked in the vernacular in conspicuous letters “For women only” shall be provided on the scale laid down in rule 6. Those for men shall be similarly marked “For Men Only”. A poster showing the figure of a man and of a woman shall also be exhibited at the entrance to latrines for each sex. There shall be adequate supply of water close to latrines and urinals.

No. of seats

(a) Where number of persons does not exceed 50 2

(b) where number of persons exceeds 50 but does not exceed 100.

3

(c) For additional persons

3 per 100 or part thereof


8. Constructions of Latrines: Inside walls shall be constructed of masonry or other non-

absorbent material and shall be cement-washed inside and outside at least once a year. The dates of cement washing shall be noted in a register maintained for the purpose and kept available for inspection. Latrines shall have at least thatched roof.

9. Disposal of Excrete: Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority,

arrangement for proper disposal of excreta by incineration at the workplace shall be made by means of a suitable incinerator approved by the local medical, health and municipal or cantonment authorities. Alternatively excreta may be disposed off by putting a layer of night soils at the Bottom of pucca tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with a 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then covering it with a layer of earth for a fortnight (when it will be turn into manure). The Contractor shall, at his own expense, carry out all Instructions issued to him by the Engineer-in-charge to effect proper disposal of soil and other conservancy work in respect of Contractor’s work-people or employees on the Site. The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of any charges which may be levied by municipal or cantonment authority for execution of such work on his behalf.

10. Provision of shelters during rest: At every workplace there shall be provided, free of

cost, four suitable sheds, two for meals and two other for rest, separately for use of men and women Labour. Height of each shelter shall not be less than 3 meters from floor-level to lowest part of roof. Sheds shall be kept clean and the space provided shall be on the basis of at least 0.5 sqm per head.

11 Crèches: At a place at which 20 or more women workers are ordinarily employed there shall be provided at least one hut for use of children under the edge of 6 years belonging to such women. Huts shall not be constructed to a standard lower than that of thatched roof, mud floor and wall with wooden planks spread over mud floor and covered with matting.

Huts shall be provided with suitable and Sufficient openings, for light and ventilation. There shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the places clean. There shall be two dais in attendance. Sanitary utensils shall be provided to the satisfaction of local medical, health and municipal or cantonment authorities. Use of huts shall be restricted to children, their attendants and mothers of children. Where the number of women workers is more than 25 but less than 50, the Contractor shall provide at least one hut and one Dai to look after children of women workers. Size of crèche (s) shall vary according to the number of women workers employed.


Crèche (s) shall be properly maintained and necessary equipment like toys, etc. provided.

12. Canteen: A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of workers wherever it is considered necessary.

13. Planning, setting and erection of the above mentioned structures shall be approved

by the Engineer-in-charge, and the whole of such temporary accommodation shall at all times during the progress of the works be kept tidy and in a clean and sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and at the contractors expense. The Contractor shall conform generally to sanitary requirements of local medical, health and municipal or cantonment authorities and at all times adopt such precautions as may be necessary to prevent soil pollution of the Site.

On completion of the works the whole of such temporary structures shall be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the whole of site left clean and tidy to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and at Contractor’s expense:-

14. Anti-material precautions: The Contractor shall, at his own expense, conform to all anti material instructions given to him by the Engineer-in-charge; including filling up any borrow pits which may have been dug by him.

15. Enforcement: The Inspecting Officer mentioned in the Contractors Labour Regulations or any other officer nominated in his behalf by the Engineer-in-charge shall report to the Engineer-in-charge all cases of failure on the part of the Contractor and or his sub-contractors to comply with the provisions of these Rules either wholly or in part and the Engineer-in-charge shall impose such fines and other penalties as are prescribed in the conditions.

16. Interpretation, etc: On any question as to the application; interpretation or effect of

these Rules, the decision of the Chief Labour Commissioner or Deputy Chief Labour Commissioner (Central) shall be final and binding.

17. Amendments: Government may, from time to time, add to or amend these Rules

and issue such directions as it may consider necessary for the proper implementation of these Rules or for the purpose of removing any difficulty which may arise in the administration thereof.

SAFETY CODE

(See condition 16)

(1) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely

be done from the ground, or from solid construction expect such short period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra mazddor shall


be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and hand-holds shall be provided on the ladder and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than ¼ to 1 (1/4 horizontal and 1 vertical)

(2) Scaffolding or staging more than 3.25 metres above the ground or floor, swing or

suspended from an over head support or erected with stationary support, shall have a guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 1 metre high above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure.

(3) Working platform, gangways, and stairways shall be so constructed that they do

not sag unduly or unequally, and If a height of a platform or gangway or stairway is more than 3.25 metres above the ground level or floor level, it shall be closely boarded, have adequate width, and be suitably fenced, as prescribed in 2 above.

(4) Every opening in floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with

suitable means to prevent fall of persons or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing with with a minimum height of 1 metre.

(5) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working

places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9 metres in length. Width between side rails in a rung ladder shall in no case be less than 30 cm for ladders upto and including 3 metres in length. For longer ladders this width shall be increased at least 6 mm, for each additional 30 cm. of length. Uniform step spacing shall not exceed 30 cm.

Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment No materials on any of the Sites shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The Contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and light to protect public from accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of defence of every suit action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any persons or injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay all damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may with the consent of the Contractor be paid to neglect compromise any claim by any such person.

(6) Excavation and Trenching: All trenches, 1.5 metres or more in depth, shall at all

times be supplied with at least one ladder for each 20 metres in length or fraction thereof Ladder shall be extended from bottom of trench to at least 1 metre above surface of the ground. Sides of a trench which is, 1.5 metres or more in depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope or securely held by timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger of sides collapsing. Excavated material shall not be placed within


1.5 metres of edge of trench or half of depth of trench, whichever, is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances shall undermining or undercutting be done.

(7) Demolition: Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process

of the work:

a. All roads and open areas adjacent to the work Site shall either be closed or suitable protected;

b. No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger

over a cable or apparatus used by operator shall remain electrically charged;

c. All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed,

from risk or fire or explosion, or flooding. No floor, roof, or other part of a building shall be so overloaded with debris or materials as to render it unsafe.

(8) All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-

in-charge shall be available for use of persons employed on the Site and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use; and the Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned.

(a) Workers employed on mixing asphatic materials cement and lime

mortars/concrete shall be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles.

(b) Those engaged in handing any material which is injurious to eyes shall be

provided with protective goggles. (c) These engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective

eye-shields.

(d) Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.

(e) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use the Contractor shall ensure that manhole covers are opened and manholes are ventilated at least for an hour before workers are allowed to get into them. Manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to public.

(f) The Contractor shall not employ men below the age of 18 and women on the

work of painting with products containing lead in any form. Whenever men


above men above the age of 18 are employed on the work of lead painting, the following precautions shall be taken:

(i) No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the form

of paste or readymade paint.

(ii) Suitable face masks shall be supplied for use by workers when

paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped.

(iii) Overalls shall be supplied by the Contractor to workmen and

adequate facilities shall be provided to enable working-painters to wash during and on cossation of work.

(9) When work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary

equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any person in danger and adequate provision made for prompt first and treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.

(10) Use of hosting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorage and

supports shall confirm to the following:-

(a) (i) These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free from patent defects and shall be kept in good working order and properly maintained.

(ii) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering material; or as a means of

suspension shall be of durable quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects.

(b) Every crane driver or hosting appliance operator shall be properly qualified

and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffold or give signals to operator.

(c) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle

swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, safe working lead shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting maching and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked with safe working load. In case of a hoisting machine a variable safe working load, each safe working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any machine or of any geared referred to above in the paragraph shall be loaded beyond safe working load except for the purpose of testing.


(d) In case of company’s machine, safe working load shall be notified by the Engineer-in-charge. As regards Contractor’s machines the contractor shall notify safe working load of each machine to the Engineer-in-charge whenever he brings it to site of work and get it verified by the Engineer-in-charge.

1. Motors gearings, transmissions, electric wiring and other dangerous

parts of hoisting appliance shall be provided with such means as will reduce to the minimum risk of accidental descent of load. Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce the minimum risk of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations which are ready energised, insulating mats, working apparel such as gloves, sleeves and boots as may be necessary, shall be provided. Workers shall not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which are good conductors of electricity.

2. All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described

herein shall be maintained in a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities shall be provided at or near places of work.

3. These safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned

by display on a notice board at a prominent place at the workspot. Persons responsible for ensuring compliance with the Safety Code shall be named therein by the contractor,

4. To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to

safety precautions, arrangements made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-charge or his representatives and the Inspecting Officers as defined in the Contractor’s Labour Regulation.

5. Notwithstanding the above conditions 1 to 14, the Contractor is not

exempt from the operation of any other Act or Rule in force.


TENDER

To NSPCL, ROURKELA

I/We have read and examined the following documents relating to …………………………………………………………………………

(Name of the works)

(a) Notice inviting tender.

(b) Schedules A.R.C.

(c) Technical specifications

(d) Drawings

(e) General conditions of contracts including contractors, Labour Regulations, Model Rules for Labour Welfare and Safety Code appended to these conditions together with the amendments thereto Nos.1 to….. …………….if any.

(f) Special conditions of contracts. (g) CPWD-DSR-1997 Schedule of Rates (referred to in the General Conditions of

Contract as Schedule of Rates) together with Amendment Nos.1 to ……..

I/We hereby tender for execution of the works referred to in the aforesaid documents upon the terms and, conditions contained or refereed to therein and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and other relevant details at the rates contained in Schedule “F” and within the period(s) of completion as stipulated in Schedule ‘A’.

In consideration of I/We being invited to tender, I/We agree to keep the tender open for acceptance for ………………………….days from the due date of submission thereof and/not to make any modifications in its terms and conditions which are not acceptable to the company.

A sum of Rs………………….is hereby forwarded in Cash/Demand Draft payable at Rourkela/ Deposit at Call Receipt of State Bank of India or a Nationalized Bank


or any Scheduled Bank as earnest money. If I/We fail to keep the tender open as aforesaid or make any modifications in the terms and conditions of the tender which are not acceptable to the company, I/We agree that the company shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money absolutely. Should this tender be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms and provisions of the aforesaid documents. If, after the tender is accepted, I/We fail to commence the execution of the works as provided in the conditions, I/We agree that the company shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy be at liberty to the forfeit the said earnest money absolutely.

Signature in the capacity of ………………………………………….. Duly authorised to sign the tender on behalf of

the (in block capitals)………………………… ……………………….

…………….………………………………………..............................

Dated …………………………………………………………………..

Postal Address ……………………………………………………......

Telegraphic Address ……………………………………………………

Telephone No…………………………………………………………..

Witness ……………………………………………… Date …………………………………………………. Address ………………………………………………


SCHEDULE ‘A’ REFERENCE TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Condition No. 3 (b) Accepting Authority Chairman, NSPCL or his

authorized executive

3 (i) Market Rate-percentage addition to cover overheads and profit

10 percent.

9.1 Earnest money/Security deposit-

(a) Estimated cost of the works

Rs………………….

) (b) Earnest money 2 % of the estimated cost of the works subject to the maximum of Rs. 50,000/-

Rs………………….

(c) Security deposit shall be calculated as under.

(i)Contract value up to Rs. 1 lakh, 10% of contract value.

(ii) Contract value more than Rs. 1 lakh but not exceeding Rs. 2 lakhs, 10% on the first Rs, 1 lakh, 7-1/2% on the balance.

(iii) Contract value more than Rs. 2 lakhs but not exceeding Rs. 20 lakhs, 10% on the first Rs,1 lakh, 7-1/2% on the next Rs.1 lakh and 5% on the balance

(iv) Contract value more than Rs. 20 lakhs but not exceeding Rs. 50 lakhs, 5% of contract value subject to a maximum of Rs.1, 07.500.

(v)Contract value more than Rs. 50 lakhs but not exceeding Rs. 100 lakhs, 4% of contract value subject to a maximum of Rs. 2.5 lakhs.

(vi)Contract value more than Rs. 100 lakhs but not exceeding Rs. 250 lakhs, 3% of Contract value subject to a minimum of Rs. 4.0 lakhs.

vii) Contract value more than Rs. 250 lakhs but not exceeding Rs. 500 lakhs, 2% of Contract Value subject to a minimum of Rs. 7.5 lakhs


(viii) Contract value more than Rs. 500 lakhs, 1%

of Contract Value subject to a minimum of Rs. 10 lakhs.

10.(iii) Schedule of Rates applicable.

CPWD-DSR-1985

10.(iv) DEVIATION LIMIT FOR ITEMS OF WORK OTHER THAN THOSE BELOW GROUND SURFACE-

10(vi)A (a) Permissible deviation limit for any contract item, substituted item or contract-cum-substituted item in excess of the original value of item.

20 per cent.

10.(vi)A (b)Permissible deviation limit for items of work not already included in the contract.

20 per cent.

DEVIATION LIMIT FOR ITEM OF WORK BELOW GROUND SURFACE.

10(vi)B Permissible deviation limit for an individual trade item.

100 per cent

12. Suspension of work. (b)(ii) Percentage payable to cover Contractor’s

indirect expenses for suspension exceeding thirty days and not exceeding 3 months.

5 per cent.

(c) Percentage payable to cover Contractor’s indirect expenses for suspension exceeding 3 months

5 per cent

13. Time allowed for execution of work or Time Schedule.

……………..months.

13.(i) Authority competent to decide if “any other cause” of delay is beyond Contractor’s control.

G.M. ( )

16.

Distribution return of number and description by trades of workmen employed on works to be submitted to Engineer-in-charge.

FORTNIGHTLY

32. Authority competent to reduce Chairman, NSPCL or his


compensation amount

authorized executive

33. Defects Liability Periods

12 Months.

45. Training of apprentices. Category

Maximum number to be engaged, as per the Apprentice Act, 1961.

(a)

(b)

(c)

etc.

51. Interim bills.

Monthly.

54. Loans-

(a)Interest per annum on sum advanced for purchase of plant & Equipment.

12% (twelve per cent)

(b)-Ditto-as lumpsum advance Recovery of Loans to be effected.

12% (twelve per cent) Monthly.

56. Authority for appointing arbitrator.

Chairman NSPCL.


SCHEDULE ‘B’ MATERIALS FOR ISSUE TO THE CONTRACTOR

(See Condition 15)

Sl. No.

Particulars Rate at which material will be issued

Quantity Place of issue

Unit

Rs.

1 2 3 4 5 6 Cement MT Project stores or

Nearest Railhead

2 Reinforcing Steel

(a) Mild steel upto 12 mm dia (Rounds)

MT Project stores or nearest Railhead

(b) Mild steel above 12 mm dia (Rounds)


(c)

Tor steel of all dia MT Project stores or nearest Railhead

3 Structural steel (plates and rolled sections only)


Signature of Issuing Officer Signature of Contractor Date ……………………… Date …………………...


SCHEDULE’C’ TOOLS AND PLANT TO BE HIRED TO THE CONTRCTOR

(See Conditions 14 & 34 A)

Sl. No.

Particulars

Number available

Hire charges per unit per working day Rs.

Frequency of Maintenance

Value per unit

Place of issue

Number Req. by the contractor

1 2 3 4

5 6** 7 8*

Tools and Plants are not expected to the hired out to the Contractor, if, however, any tools and plants are available at the time of performing the work the same may be hired out at rates to be decided by the Engineer-in-charge. The company reserves the right not to hire out any T&P or withdraw at any time such T&P hired out. The contractor shall ask the Engineer-in-charge the value of tools and plants for which these have to be insured and carry out the insurance accordingly in case insurance not available with NSPCL.

Signature of Issuing Officer……………….. Signature of Contractor ……………. Date ……………………… Date ………………….......................


PROFORMA BANK GUARANTEE IN LIEU OF EARNEST MONEY (On Non Judicial Stamp Paper to be stamped in accordance with stamp act. The stamp paper to be in the name of Executing Bank)

Ref ………………….. Date ……………………..

Bank Guarantee No ……………. To

NSPCL, RKL Dear Sir, In accordance with your Notice Inviting Tenders for ….…………………………………under your specification No…………………… dated ………………….M/s……………………………………………………...(herein after called the Tenderer) with following directors on their Board of Directors/Partners of the firm: 1………………………………… ………… 2……………………………………………… 3………………………………… ………… 4…………………………………………………… 5………………………………… ……… 6………………………………………………… 7………………………………… ……… 8………………………………………………….. 9………………………………… ……… 10…………………………………………………. Wish to participate in the said tender for the following: 1. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Whereas it is a condition in the tender documents that the tender has to deposit Earnest Money with respect to tender, with NSPCL (herein after referred to as “company”) amounting to Rs………………. or alternatively the tenderer is required to submit ‘Bank Guarantee’ from a nationalised bank irrevocable and operative till 30 days after the validity of the offer,(i.e. 210 days from the date of opening of tender ), for the like amount is likely to be forfeited on the happening of contingencies mentioned in the tender documents. And whereas the tenderer desires to secure exemption from deposit of Earnest Money and has offered to finish a Bank Guarantee for a sum of Rs. …………… to the company for the purpose of securing exemption from the deposit of earnest money. NOW THEREFORE, we the ………...................................... Bank, a body corporate constituted under the Banking Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Act 1969 and having a branch office at ……………………………….. (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Bank’) do hereby undertake and agree to pay on demand in writing by the Company, the amount of


Rs……………….. (Rupees …………………………………………………………………………….) to the NSPCL without any demur, reservation or recourse. 2. We, the aforesaid Bank, further agree that the company shall be the sole judge of and as to

whether the tenderer has committed any branch or branches of any of the terms and conditions of the tender and the extent of loss, damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the company on account thereof the extent of the Earnest Money required to the deposited by the Tenderer in respect of the said Tender document and the decision of the company that the Tender has committed such breach or breaches and as to the amount or amounts of loss, damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the company shall be final and binding on us.

3. We, the said Bank further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full

force and effect until it is released by the company and change in the constitution, liquidation or dissolution of the Tenderer, shall not discharge our liability guaranteed herein.

4. It is further declared it shall not be necessary for the company to proceed against the

Contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding any security which the company may have obtained or shall obtain from the Contractor at the time when proceedings are taken against the Bank for whatever amount may be outstanding or unrealised under the Guarantee.

5. The right of the Company to recover the said amount of

Rs……………………………………….. (Rupees…………………………………..……………… ………………………………………………………..) from us in manner aforesaid will not be affected or suspended by reason of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by the said M/s……………………….. (Tenderer) and/or that any dispute or disputes are pending before any authority, officer, tribunal or arbitrator (s) etc.

6. Notwithstanding anything stated above, our liability under this Guarantee shall be restricted to Rs……………….. (Rupees………………………………………………………………… ……………………..…) and our guarantee shall remain in force up to …………………….. and unless a demand or claim under the guarantee is made on us in writing within three months after the aforesaid date i.e. on or before the ………………………. all your rights under the guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relieved and discharged from all liabilities there under. Date……………………….. Place ……………………… (Signature)………………………………………………. (Printed Name) …………… ………........................... (Designation)……………………………………… (Bank’s Common seal) ……………............................ (AuthorisationNo)………………………………………

In presence of: WITNESS

(1)…………………………………

(2)……………………………………


FORM OF BANK GUARENTEE IN LIEU OF SECURITY DEPOSIT IN INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT

(On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper) (Condition No.9)

To, NSPCL,

1. In consideration of the NSPCL, Rourkela having its registered office at 4th floor, NBCC Tower, Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066 ( hereinafter called the “Company” which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include its administrators, successor and assigns) having agreed under the terms and conditions of the Award Letter bearing No. ……………….dated ……………………… issued by NSPCL which have been unequivocally accepted by the contractor M/s ………… * ……………………….. work of ……………………………………….. ( hereinafter called the said contract) to accept a Deed of Guarantee as herein provided for Rs………………………. (Rupees………………………………………….....only) from a Nationalised Bank in lieu of the security deposit to be made by the contractor or in lieu of deduction to be made from the Contractor’s bills, for the due fulfillment by the said Contractor of the terms and conditions contained in the said contract. We, the Bank ( hereinafter refereed as “ the said Bank” and having our registered office at ………………….. do hereby undertake and agree to indemnify and keep indemnified the company from time to time to the extent of Rs…………………….(Rupees………………………………………..….only )against any loss or damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the company by reason of any breach or breaches by the said contractor of any of the terms and conditions contained in the said contract and to unconditionally pay the amount claimed by the company on demand and without demur to the extent aforesaid.

2. We………………………. Bank, further agree that the company shall be the sole judge of and as to whether to said Contractor has committed to any breach or breaches of any of the terms and conditions of the said Contract and the extent of loss, damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the company on account thereof and the decision of the company that the said contractor has committed such breach or breaches and as to the amount or amounts of loss, damage, costs charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the company from time to time shall be final and binding on us.

3. we, the said Bank, further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said contract and till all the dues of the company under the said contract or by virtue of any of the terms and conditions governing the said Contract have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged and till the owner certifies that the terms and conditions of the said Contract have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor and accordingly discharges this Guarantee subject, however, that the Company shall have no claim under Guarantee after 90 (Ninety) days from the date of expiry of the Defects Liability Period as provided in the said Contract, i.e. ………………………………… (date) or from the date of cancellation of the said contract, as the case may be, unless a notice of the claim under this Guarantee has been served on the Bank before the expiry of the said period in which case the same shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding the fact, that the same is enforced after the expiry of the said period.


*Refer Note at the end of the proforma.

4. The company shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee or indemnity, from time to time to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said contract or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor or to postpone for any time and from time to time any of the powers exercisable by it against the said Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions governing the said Contract or securities available to company and the said Bank shall not be released from its liability under these presents by any exercise by the company of the liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the said Contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the company or any indulgence by the company to the said Contractor or any other matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have effect of so releasing the Bank from its such liability.

5. It shall not be necessary for the company to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank, notwithstanding any security which the Company may have obtained or obtain from the Contractor shall at the time when proceedings are taken against the Bank hereunder be outstanding or unrealised.

6. We, the said Bank, lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except

with the previous consent of the company in writing and agree that any change in the Constitution of the said Contractor or the said Bank shall not discharge our liability hereunder. If any further extension of this Guarantee is required the same shall be extended to such required periods on receiving instructions from M/s………………. ………………………………………………on whose behalf this guarantee is issued.

In presence of For and on behalf of (the Bank) WITNESS 1. ________________________ Signature. _____________________________ .

2. _______________________ Name and Designation. ._____________

Authorization No. _____________________

Date and place. .__________

Bank’s seal. ____________________________ . The above guarantee is accepted by the NTPC-SAIL Power Company Limited, Rourkela Project.


NOTES.

*FOR PROPRIETORY CONCERNS

Sri ……………………………….. son of …………………………………resident of

………………………………… carrying on business under the name and style of

………………………………………. at………………..(hereinafter called “the said

contractor” which expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include his

heirs, extractors, administrators and legal representatives).

*FOR PARTNERSHIP CONCERNS

M/s……………………………….. a partnership firm with its

office…………………………………(hereinafter called “the said contractor” which

expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include his heirs, extractors,

administrators and legal representatives); the names of their partners being

(i)Shri……………………………………….. S/o……………………………………………..

(ii)Shri………………………………………. S/o……………………………………………..

*FOR COMPANIES M/s ……………………………………. a company registered under the companies

Act, 1956 and having its registered office in the State of ………………………..;

(hereinafter called “the said contractor” which expression shall unless the context

requires otherwise include its administrators, successors and assigns)


PROFORMA BANK GUARANTEE FOR LUMPSUM ADVANCE (On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value)

To NSPCL

1. In consideration of the NSPCL, having its registered office at 4th floor, NBCC Tower, Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066 ( hereinafter called the “the Owner” which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include its successors and assigns) having agreed under the terms and conditions of the Award Letter No------------------------------dated -----------------------------------issued by the Owner which have been unequivocally accepted by in connection with the work of “------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------” specification No. ----------------------------------------------- (hereinafter called “the said Contract”) to make at the request of the Contractor a lump sum advance of Rs------------------------./- (Rupees----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------only) for utilizing it for the purpose of the contract on his finishing a guarantee accepted to the Owner. We, ______________________________________________________ Bank incorporated under _____________________________________________________________ and having one of our branches at __________________________ ( hereinafter referred to as “the said Bank”) do here by guarantee the due recovery by the Owner of this said advance with interest thereon as provided according to the terms and conditions of the Contract. If the said Contractor fails to utilize the said advance for the purpose of the Contract and/or the said advance together with interest thereon as aforesaid is not fully recovered by the Owner, We, ____________________________Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay to the Owner on demand and without demur to the extent of the said sum of Rs__________________________________/- (Rupees_________________________________________________________________ Only ), any claim made by the Owner on us for the loss or damage caused to or suffered by the Owner by reason of the Owner not being able to recover in full the said sum of Rs_________________./-(Rupees __________________________________________________only) with interest as aforesaid.

2. We, __________________________________________________________ Bank further agree that the Owner shall be the sole judge of and as to whether to said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof for the purpose of the Contract and the extent of loss, damage caused to or suffered by the Owner on account of the said advance together with interest not being recovered in full and the decision of the Owner that the said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof for the purpose of the Contract and as to the amount or amounts of loss or damage caused to or suffered by the Owner shall be final and binding on us.

* Refer Note at the end of proforma.

3. We, the said Bank, further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Contract and till the said advance with interest has been fully recovered and its claims satisfied or discharged and till Owner certifies that the said advance has been fully recovered from the said Contractor, and accordingly shall have no claim under this said Guarantee after 30 (thirty) days from the date of satisfactory completion of the said Contract ( as per the mutually agreed work schedule ) i.e. up to and inclusive of _________________________________________(date) unless a notice of the claim under the Guarantee has been served on the Bank before the expiry of the said period


i.e.____________________________ (date) in which case the same shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding the fact, that the same is enforced after the expiry of the said period.

4 The Owner shall have the fullest liability without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this Guarantee or Indemnity, from time to time, to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Contract or the advance or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor or to postpone for any time and from time to time any of the powers exercisable by it against the said Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions governing the said Contract or the advance available to the Owner and the said Bank shall not be released from its liability under these presents by any exercise by the Owner of the liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reasons of time being given to the said Contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the owner or any indulgence by the Owner to the said Contractor on of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision , have the effect of so releasing the Bank from its such liability.

5 It shall not be necessary for the Owner to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding any security, which the Owner may have obtained or obtain from the Contractor shall at the time when proceedings are taken against the Bank hereunder, be outstanding or unrealised.

6 We, the said Bank, lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the Owner in writing and agree that any change in the Constitution of the said Contractor of the said Bank shall not discharge our liability hereunder.

If any further extension of this Guarantee is required the same shall be extended to such required periods on receiving instructions from M/s.________________________________ on whose behalf this Guarantee is issued.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein before our liability under this Guarantee is restricted to Rs.__________________/- (Rupees _________ ________________________ only) together with interest. Our undertaking shall commence from the date of execution and shall remain force upto Dated this ____________ of day of 20 _________.

In presence of For and on behalf of (the bank)

WITNESS Signature _______________________

Name _________________________

1.___________________ Designation _____________________

2.____________________ Authorisation No._________________

Seal of the bank _________________ The above guarantee is accepted by the owner.

For and on behalf of NSPCL, RKL


NOTES *For proprietary concerns

Shri ______________________________ son of ____________________resident

of _________________________________________carrying on business under

the name and style of ________________ at _______________( herein called “the

said Contractor “ which expression shall unless the context requires otherwise

include his heirs, executors, administers and legal representatives ).

For Partnership concerns

*M/s __________________ a partnership firm with its office __________________

(herein called “the said Contractor” which expression shall unless the context

requires otherwise include their heirs, executors, administrators and legal

representatives ); the names of their partners being

(i)Shri ______________________________ son of ____________________________ (ii) Shri _____________________________ son of _________________________ etc. For Companies

*M/s.________________________ a company under the Companies Act, 1956 and

having its registered office_______________ in the State of _________(hereinafter

called “the said Contractor” which expression shall unless the context requires

otherwise include its administrators, successors and assigns).


FORM OF BANK GURANTEE FOR REMOVAL OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE SITE

(ON NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER) (Condition No.54)

To, NSPCL, RKL

In consideration of the NSPCL (hereinafter called “the Owner” ” which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include his successor to assigns) having agreed under the terms and conditions of Contract No……………………………….dated ………………………made between…………………………………………………………... ………………………………………………………………………………… and the Owner in connection with ………………………………... (hereinafter called “the said Contract”) to permit the Contractor to remove the plant and equipment mentioned in the Schedule hereto hypothecated to the Owner as security against a loan of Rs …………………… with interest as provided in the contract granted to the Contractor by the Owner from the site to any other works of the Contractor on his finishing an acceptable Bank Guarantee, we the……………………………………………. Bank,(hereinafter referred to as “ the said Bank”) and having our registered office at …………………………..do here by undertake and agree to indemnify and keep indemnified the Owner from time to time to the extent of Rs ………………..................(Rupees………………………………………………………... ……………………………..only) against any loss or damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the Owner by reason of the Contractor failing to bring back to the site the said plant and equipment or any part thereof and to unconditionally pay the amount claimed by the Owner on demand and without demur to the extent thereof.

We…………………………………………. Bank further agree that the Owner be the sole judge of and as to whether the said Contractor has failed to bring the said plant and equipment or any part thereof back to the site and the extent of loss, damage costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to suffered by the Owner on account thereof and the decision of the Owner that the said Contractor has so failed and as to the amounts of loss, damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by or that may be caused to or suffered by the Owner from time to time shall be final and binding on us.

we, the said Bank further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect till the Owner certifies the said plant and equipment have been brought back to the site or the said loan of Rs……………………………………….. with interest has been repaid to the Owner in full, and accordingly discharges this Guarantee subject, however, that the Owner shall have no claim under this Guarantee after………………….. years of the date of completion of the contract or from the date of cancellation of the said contract, as the case may be unless a notice of the claim under this Guarantee has been served on the Bank before the expiry of the said period of ……………………………. years in which case the same shall be enforced against the


Bank notwithstanding the fact that the same is enforced after the expiry of the said period of ………………………………………years.

The Owner shall have the fullest, liberty without effecting in any way the liberty of the Bank under this Guarantee or Indemnity, from time to time to very any of the terms and conditions of the said contract or the loan or to extend time of performance by the said contractor or to postpone for any time and from time to time any of the powers exercisable by it against the said Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions governing the said Contract or securities as available to the Owner and the said Bank shall not be released from its liability under these presents by any exercise by the Owner of the liberty with reference to the matter aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the said contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the Owner or any indulgence by the Owner to the said Contractor or any other matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have the effect of so releasing the Bank from its such liability.

It shall not be necessary for the Owner to proceed against the contractor before proceeding against the Bank and the guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank, notwithstanding any security which the Owner may have obtained or obtain from the contractor shall at the time when proceedings are taken against the Bank hereunder be outstanding or unrealised.

We, the said bank lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the Owner, in writing and agree that any change in the Constitution of the said Contractor or the said Bank shall not discharge our liability hereunder. Dated this ……………………… day of ……………………..20……………

For and on behalf of (the Bank) __________________________

Common seal of the Bank ________________________

Signature _______________________

In presence of Name _________________________

Witness: 1 _______________________________ Designation __________________

2.____________________ Authorisation No. _____________ The above Guarantee is accepted by the NSPCL

For and on behalf of the NSPCL Date ……………………………. (Name and Designation)


NOTES: For proprietary concerns Shri ______________________________ son of ________________________resident

of ___________________________carrying on business under the name and style of

_______________ at _______________( herein called “the said contractor’’ which

expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include his heirs, executors,

administrators and legal representatives ).

For Partnership concerns M/s______________________ a partnership firm with its office ___________________

(hereinafter called “the said contractor” which expression shall unless the context

requires otherwise include their respective heirs executors, administrators and legal

representatives ); the names of their partners being

(i) Shri ______________________________ son of ____________________________

(ii) Shri _____________________ _________son of _____________________ ___etc.

For companies M/s.________________________ a company registered under the Companies

Act,1956 and having its registered office at ___________________________________

in State of _____________________(hereinafter called “the said contractor” which

expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include its administrators,

successors and assigns).


FORM OF HYPOTHECATION DEED

(ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER ON APPROPRIATE VALUE) (Condition No. 54 (a))

THIS INDENTURE made this ____________________________________________________ day of ________________________________20_____________BETWEEN____________*_____________of the one part and NSPCL, Rourkela. (hereinafter called “the company” which expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include his successors and assigns of the other part). WHEREAS under Condition 54 (a) of the General Conditions of Contract relating to the terms and conditions of its Award Letter No.________________ dated ______________________ which have been unequivocally accepted by the contractor, the Contractor has applied to the company for a loan of Rs______________________ (Rupees_____________________________________________only) for plant and equipment described in the Schedule hereto specifically acquired by the Contractor for the works and brought to site. AND WHEREAS one of the conditions which the said loan of Rs____________ is to be granted by the company to the Contractor is that the contractor shall hypothecate the plant and equipment described in the Schedule hereto in favour of the company as security for the due repayment of the said loan. AND WHEREAS the Contractor has represented that he is the Owner of the plant and equipment described in the Schedule hereto and the same is free from encumbrances. NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH THAT in pursuance of the said agreement and in consideration of the premises the Contractor doth hereby hypothecate, assigns and transfer to the company the plant and equipment described in the Schedule hereto the intent that the same shall remain and from security for repayment to the Company of the said loan of Rs……………………………………………………………….together with the interest thereon at ………………… % per annum.

1. The Contractor here by agrees, declares and covenants with the company as follows:- (a) The Contractor shall repay to the company the said loan of Rs…………………........................

(Rupees……………………..………………………………………………. Only) together interest thereon as aforesaid by and agrees that the said loan be recovered by the company by making deductions in the manner provided in Condition 54 of the General Conditions of Contract and the other conditions of the Award letter from the claims made by the Contractor against the company for on account payment

(b) The Contractor has paid in full the purchase price of the plant & Equipment described in the Schedule hereto and each and every one of them and that the same are the absolute property of the Contractor and that the same have not been sold, pledged, mortgaged or transferred or in any way dealt with by the Contractor.

(c) So long as any amounts remains payable to the company by the Contractor in respect of the said loan of Rs………………………… the Contractor shall not sell, pledge, hypothecate, transfer, part with or in any way deal with the plant and Equipment described in the Schedule hereto.

(d) If the said loan of Rs___________________ shall not be repaid by the contractor or recovered inthe manner described above by the said ____________ day of ____________________ due to any reason whatsoever or the said Contract has been___________________ determined earlier or cancelled or if the contractor shall sell, pledge, mortgage, transfer, part with or in any way deal with the said plant and equipment or any part thereof or the Contractor or any of the partners is adjudged insolvent


or the contractor is to be wound up or makes any composition or arrangement with its creditors or the contractor shall commit breach of any of the terms and conditions or covenants and herein contained or If any of the said plant and equipment or if any other property what-so-ever belonging to the contractor has been sold or attached for a period of not less than 21 days in execution of the decree of any court for payment of money, the whole of the said loan of Rs…………………………….. or such part thereof as may have remained unpaid or unrecovered together with interest thereon shall forthwith become due and payable.

(e) The company may on the happening of any of the events mentioned in the proceeding clause (d) or in the event of the said loan or any part thereof becoming due and payable and has not been paid or recovered or cannot be recovered as provided in the said conditions, seize and take possession of the said plant and equipment ( and either remain in possession thereof without removing the same or else may remove the same) and sell the said plant and equipment or any of them either by public auction or private contract and may out of the sale proceeds retain the balance of the said loan and interest thereon remaining unpaid and unrecovered and all costs, charges and expenses and payments incurred or made in maintaining, defending or protecting the rights of the company hereunder and shall pay over the surplus, if any, to the Contractor.

(f) The contractor shall at all times during the continuance of the security and at the expense of the Contractor Insure and keep insured the plant and equipment described in the Schedule hereto for the full value thereof in the joint names of the Contractor and the company with an Issuance company to be approved by the Engineer-in-charge against the risk of loss or damage from whatever cause arising other than the Expected Risks. During the continuance of the security of the Contractor shall pay all premia and sums of money necessary for keeping such Insurance on foot and the Insurance policy and receipts in original for premia paid shall be deposited with the Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall assign all his rights, title and Interest in the policy to the company.

(g) The contractor shall not permit or suffer the said plant and equipment or any part thereof to be destroyed or damaged or used or to be used or to deteriorate in a greater degree than it would deteriorate by reasonable wear and tear thereof in the performance of the Contract.

(h) In the event of any damage or loss happening to the said plant and equipment or any part thereof from whatever cause other than the Expected Risks the Contractor shall forthwith have the same repaired or replaced as the case may be or arrange for payment of the entire amount recovered or to be recovered from the Insurance company to the company towards the payment of the said loan of Rs _________________________________________________.

2. Upon repayment or recovery in full of the amount secured on account of his hypothecation deed the said plant and equipment secured hereunder shall stand released from hypothecation but this is without prejudice to the right of the company under any other Conditions of the Contract.

SCHEDULE ABOVE REFEREED TO Sl.No. Particulars of

PLANT and EQUIPMENT

Nos. Purchase Price/ price considered reasonable by Engineer-in-charge

Total Price

Advance (75%of Col.5)

1 2 3 4 5 6


TENDER COPY IN WITNESS WHERE Of the parties hereto have executed these presents on the

day and your first above written. Signed and delivered Signed by Shri …………………………………… By within the named (Name and Designation) _____________________(Contractor) ______________ ______________________

For and on behalf of the NSPCL,RKL

In the presence of: In the presence of : (1)________________________________ (1)____________________________ (2)________________________________ (2)____________________________ *NOTE: For proprietary concerns

Shri ______________________________ son of _____________resident of

carrying of business under the name and style of _______________ at

_______________ (herein called “the said Contractor” which expression shall unless

the context requires otherwise include his heirs, executors, administrators and legal

representatives).

For Partnership concerns M/s __________________ a partnership firm having its registered office at

_____________ (herein called “the said Contractor” which expression shall unless the

context requires otherwise include and their respective heirs, executors, administrators

and legal representatives) the partners of the firm being

(i) Shri _____________________________s/o ___________________________ (ii) Shri _____________________ _________s/o __________________________ etc. For Companies

M/s.________________________ a company under the Companies Act, 1956

and having its registered office at ___________________________________________

in the State of _____________________ (hereinafter called “The said Contractor” which

expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include its successors and

assign).


NTPC SAIL POWER COMPANY PVT. LTD.

(A Joint Venture of NTPC & SAIL)

ROURKELA CAPTIVE POWER PLANT –II (2X60 MW)

AMENDMENT/ERRATA NO.1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

NSPCL

Signature of the Tenderer Under the seal of the firm Page 139

AMENDMENT/ERRATA NO.1 TO

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR CIVIL WORKS

ROURKELA CAPTIVE POWER PLANT –II (2X60 MW) GENERAL AMENDMENTS, APPLICABLE

GLOBALY TO ALL SECTIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

FOR CIVIL WORKS (INCLUDING ATTACHED SCHEDULES & FORMS)

EXISTING/PHRASES/WORDS

TO BE REPLACED WITH

“National Thermal Power Corporation Limited”

NTPC-SAIL Power Company Private Limited

(A Government of India Enterprise) (A Joint Venture of NTPC &SAIL)

Reg. Office Address: 4th Floor, NBCC Tower, Bikhaji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066

NTPC Bhawan, SCOPE Compex, 7,Institutional Area, Lodi Road, New Delhi-110003 Corporate Office Address

4th Floor, NBCC Tower, Bikhaji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066

Corporate Centre NTPC Bhawan, Scope Compex, 7, Institutional Area, Lodi Road, New Delhi-110003

4th Floor, NBCC Tower, Bikhaji Cama Place, New Delhi-110066

NTPC Ltd. NSPCL

Corporation/Corporation’s Company/Company’s

C.M.D. NTPC Ltd. Chairman,NSPCL


AMENDMENT/ERRATA NO-1 Page 2 of 9

Sl.No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Reference

Fill/Add/Delete

1. 1 - 3 Replace with: ROURKELA CAPTIVE POWER PLANT-II (2 X60 MW)

2. 1 - 7 & 8 Fill as per tender document.

3. 1 - 9 & 10 Fill as per tender document

4. 1 - 12 Fill as per tender document

5. 2 - 3 Replace with: Rourkela Captive Power Plant-II (2 X60 MW)

6. 2 1 2-4 Fill as per tender document

7. 2 1 5 As per NIT

8. 2 3 1 Fill as per tender document

9. 2 6 1 & 2 Fill as per tender document

10. 2 6 2 Fill as per NIT

11. 2 7 - Delete this Clause


13. 2 8 3 & 4 Fill as per NIT




AMENDMENT/ERRATA NO-1


Page 3 of 9 Sl. No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Reference

Fill/Add/Delete

17. 6 - - Add the following as Clause 3(p), After clause 3 (O):

The words ‘ Bid’ & ‘Tender Bid’/’Bidding Document’ & ‘Tender Document 1’: Schedule of Quantities and Schedule of Items; ‘Engineer-in-Charge 1 and Engineer’; ‘NIT/Invitation to Bid’ and ‘Invitation for Bid’ appearing anywhere in tender documents shall have the same meaning and are synonymous to each other.

18. 9 9.1 - Replace the existing Clause “The Contractor shall ……….. have been waived” with the following:-

9.1(i) The earnest money furnished by the contractor will be treated as part of the security deposit. However, if the Earnest Money Deposit is in the form of a Bank Guarantee, the Contractor will be required to replace it with Initial Security Deposit of Equivalent value in one of the forms given here-in-after within 15 days of acceptance of tender. Further the contractor shall permit the Company at the time of making any payment to him for the work done under the contract to deduct towards the security deposit at the rate of 10percent of gross amount of each on account payment until the security deposit so deducted reaches the values mentioned in 9.1 (c) of Schedule ‘A’ of GCC in case or in the form of Government Securities of Fixed Deposit Receipts or Bank Guarantees furnished by any of the Nationalised Banks.

a) The security deposit reaches a limit of Rs. 1 Lakh, the Contractor, if he so desires, may convert the amount into one of the Government securities or Bank Guarantees as aforesaid.

b) Provided that, if at time of payment of the final bill the deductions so made together with earnest money already deposited, fall short of the security deposit mentioned in “9.1 (c) of Schedule ‘A’ of General Conditions of Contract for civil works (GCC), the recovery of the balance amount of security deposit shall be deemed to have been waived.



Page 4 of 9 Sl. No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Referenc

e

Fill/Add/Delete

ii) The Contractor, if he so desires, can also furnish the entire sum of the security deposit as specified in 9.1 (c) of Schedule ‘A’ of GCC towards faithful performance of the Contract in the form of a Bank Guarantee issued by a Nationalised Bank,( refer list of Banks as enclosed at Annexure VIIIB of SCC) within fifteen (15) days of acceptance of his tender. The aforesaid bank guarantee towards security deposit shall be kept valid up to ninety (90) days after the completion of Defect Liability Period. The earnest money furnished by the contractor shall be returned/ refunded to him after receipt of the aforesaid bank guarantee.

19. 17 to 20

15 (b) Delete the existing Clause and refer Clause 9.0.0 of SCC

20. 20 16 Delete the existing Clause and replace with the following:

The contractor shall employ labour in sufficient numbers to maintain the required rate of progress and of quality to ensure workmanship of the degree specified in the contract and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall not employ in connection with the works any person who has not completed his eighteen years of age.

21. 22 16.7.1 Add the following clause No.16.7.1 (i) after the clause No.16.7.1 “Failure to comply with Model Rules of

Labour Welfare and/or provisions relating to report on accidents and/or to grant of maternity benefits to female workers shall make the Contractor liable to pay to the Company as; Liquidated Damages an amount of Rs. 1000/- ( Rs. One thousand only) for each default or materially incorrect statement. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge in such matters based on reports from the Inspecting Officers as defined in the Contractors Labour Regulations as appended to these conditions shall be final and binding and deduction for recovery



Page 5 of 9

Sl. No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Reference

Fill/Add/Delete

of such liquidated damages will be made from any amount payable to the contractor”.

22. 22 16.7.2 Delete the entire existing clause 16.7.2 and add the following new Clause as 16.7.2.

16.7.2 SAFETY PROVISIONS (I) A Contractor employing more than 250 workmen

whether temporary, casual, probationer, regular or permanent or on contract, shall employ at least one full time officer exclusively as Safety Officer to supervise safety aspects of the equipments and workmen, who will co-ordinate with project Safety Officer. In case of work being carried out through sub-contractor’s employees/workmen will also be considered as the Contractor’s employees/workmen for the above purpose. The name and address of such safety officer of Contractor will be promptly informed, in writing to Engineer-in-charge with a copy to safety Officer-in-charge of NSPCL before he starts work or immediately after any change of incumbent is made during currency of the contract.

(ii) In case any accident occurs during the construction/ereclion or other associated activities undertaken by the contractor thereby causing any minor or major or fatal injury to his employees due to any reason, whatsoever, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to promptly inform the same to NSPCL’s Engineer-in-Charge in prescribed form and also to all the authorities envisaged under the applicable laws.

(iii) The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right at his sole discretion to stop the work, if in his opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and endanger the safety of the persons and/or property and/or equipment. In such cases, the contractor shall be informed in writing about the nature of hazards and possible injury/ accident and he shall comply to remove short coming promptly. The Contractor after stopping, the specific work can, it felt necessary, appeal against the order of stoppage



Sl. No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Reference

Fill/Add/Delete

of work to the Engineer-in-charge within 3 days of such stoppage of work and the decision of the Engineer-in-charge in this respect shall be conclusive and binding on the Contractor.

(iv) The contractor shall not be entitled for any damages/compensation for stoppage of work due to safety reasons as provided in para 16.7.2 (iii) above and the period of such stoppage work will not be taken as an extension of time for completion of work and will not be the ground for waiver of levy of liquidated damages.

(v) The Contractor shall follow and comply with all NSPCL Safety Rules, relevant provisions of applicable laws pertaining to the safety of workmen, employees plant and equipment as may be prescribed from time to time without any demur, protest or contest or reservation. In case of any non-conformity between statutory requirement and NSPCL Safety Rules referred to above, the later shall be binding on the Contractor unless the statutory/provisions are stringent.

(vi) If the contractor fails in providing safe working environment as per NSPCL Safety Rules or continues the work even after being instructed to stop work by the Engineer-in-charge as provided in para 16.7.2 (iii) above, the contractor shall promptly pay to NSPCL, on demand by the Owner; compensation @Rs.5000/- per day or part thereof till the instructions are complied with and so certified by the Engineer-in-charge. However in case of accident taking place causing injury, to any individual, the provisions contained in para 16.7.2 (vii) below shall also apply in addition to compensation mentioned in this para.

(vii) If the contractor does not take all Safety precautions and/or fails to comply with the Safety Rules as prescribed by NSPCL or under the applicable law for the safety of equipment and plant and for the safety of personnel and the Contractor does not prevent hazardous conditions which cause injury to his own employee or employees of other Contractors or NSPCL



Sl. No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Reference

Fill/Add/Delete

employees or any other person who are at site or adjacent thereto, the Contractor shall be responsible for payment of compensation to NSPCL as per the following Schedule:

(a) Fatal injury or accident causing death: Compensation @ two percent (2%) of Contract value or Rs.100, 000/- (Rupees one lakh only) whichever is less, per person.

(b) Major injury or accident causing 25% or more permanent disablement to workmen or employees:

Compensation @ one half of one percent (1/2%) of Contract value or Rs.20, 000/- (Rupees twenty thousand only) whichever is less, per person. Note: These compensation are applicable for death/injury to any person whatsoever.

Permanent disablement shall have the same meaning as indicated in workmen Penalty Act. The compensation mentioned above shall be in addition to the compensation payable to the workmen/employees under the relevant provisions of workmen’s Compensation Act and rules framed there under or any other applicable laws as applicable from time to time. In case the Owner is made to pay such compensation then the Contractor is liable to reimburse the Owner such amount in addition to the penalty the compensation indicated above.

(viii) If the Contractor observes all the safety rules and codes, statutory laws and rules during the currency of the Contract awarded by the Owner and no accident occurs then NSPCL may consider the performance of the Contractor and award suitable “ ACCIDENT FREE SAFETY MERITORIOUS AWARD” as per scheme as may be announced separately from time to time.



Sl. No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Reference

Fill/Add/Delete

23. 27 32 - Fill: Also refer General Conditions of Contract (Clause 16.0.0)

24. 28 to 33

34 Full clause

Delete the full clause 34 & retain complete clause 34-A, 34-A1, through 34-A.12.

25. 39 46 - Superseded by clause 14.0.0 0f General Conditions of Contract

26. 40 48 - Superseded by clause 14.0.0 0f General Conditions of Contract

27. 41 51.1 (b) - Delete the existing clause and instead refer to clause 11.1.0 of General Condition of Contract

28 42 a to

46 e

53 - Delete the existing clause and instead refer to clause 10.0.0 of General Conditions of Contract

29. 46 54 - Delete the existing clause and instead refer to clause 12.0.0 of Special Conditions of Contract

30 47 56 Para 1, 9 &10

Line delete the existing provision and read as “shall be referred to the Sole Arbitration of the Business Unit Head of the Plant concerned of NTPC-SAIL Power Company Pvt. Ltd.”

31 48 56 Para 2 Line 1

‘Arbitration Act, 1940’ is to be read as ‘Arbitration and Concilialion Act,1996’

32 67 (g) - For: CPWD-DSR-1985 Read: CPWD-DSR-1997

SCHEDULE-A

33. 69 9.1(a) - Fill as per NIT 34. 69 9.1(b) - Replace the existing clause by the following:

Earnest Money: Rs…………………………………

35 69 9-1(c) - Replace the existing clause by the following: “Security Deposit shall be calculated as under:



Sl. No.

Page No.

Clause No.

Line of Reference

Fill/Add/Delete

Contract Value Security Deposit

i) Upto and including Rs. 2 lakh.

10% of Contract Value

ii) More than Rs. 2lakhs but not exceeding Rs.20 lakhs.

7.5% of Contract Value subject to a minimum of Rs. 20,000/-

iii) More than Rs. 20 lakhs

5% of Contract Value subject to a minimum of Rs. 1.5 lakhs.

36. 70 10(iii) - For: Existing Read : CPWD-DSR-1997

37. 70 13 - Fill as per NIT.

38. 70 13(i) - Fill: Business Unit Head/Rourkela,CPP-II

SCHEDULE-B

39. 72 - - Delete the entire Schedule ‘B’ since not applicable.

40. 74 & 75

- - Replace the proforma of Bank Guarantee in lieu of Cash Deposit with/annexure-V of SCC.

41. 75,77, 81 & 83.

- - Add the following as foot note on page No-75, 77, 81 & 83. Bidder to fill up “Check List” as per the proforma enclosed as Appendix-1 to this Amendment/Errata No.1 to General Condition of Contract and furnish along with the B.G.

42. 79 to 81

- - Replace the proforma of Bank Guarantee for Lumpsum Advance with the proforma Bank Guarantee for Advance enclosed as Appendix-IX of General Condition of Contract.


Appendix-1 to Amendment/Errata no-1 Page 1 of 2

BANK GUARANTEE VERIFICATION CHECKLIST

CHECKLIST

YES

NO

I. Does the bank guarantee compare verbatim with

standard NSPCL proforma for BG.

……………

…………

II. a) Has the executing Officer of BG indicated his name, designation & Power of Attorney No./Signing power number etc. on BG.

……………

…………

b) Is each page of BG duly signed/ initialed by the executant, and last page is signed with full particulars as required in the NSPCL’s standard proforma of BG and under the seal of the Bank.

……………

…………

c) Does the last page of the BG carry the signatures of two witness alongside the signatures of the executing Bank Manager.

……………

…………

III. a) Is the BG on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value.

……………

…………

b) Is the date of sale of non-judicial stamp paper shown on the BG and the stamp paper is issued not more than six months prior to the date of execution of BG

……………

…………

IV. a) Are the factual details such as Bid Specification no., LOA No., Contract Price, etc. correct.

……………

…………


Appendix-1 to Amendment/Errata No-1 Page 2 of 2

TENDER COPY

CHECKLIST

YES

NO

b) Whether overwriting/cutting if any on the BG authenticated under signature & seal of executant.

……………

…

……………

V. Is the amount and Validity of BG in line with contract provisions

……………

…

……………

VI. Is the foreign bank guarantee, confirmed by a Nationalised /Schedule bank in India (as applicable)

………………

……………

VII. Whether the BG has been issued by a Nationalised Bank/Non-Nationalised Bank acceptable to NSPCL/Scheduled Bank in India (the applicability of the bank should be in line with the provisions of bidding documents).

………………

……………

Signature …………………………………….

Date: (Name) ……………………………………….

Place: (Designation) …………………………………

(Common seal) ……………………………….


AMENDMENT OF CLAUSE NO. 15(B) & 15(C) OF GCC

A-1 SCOPE OF “OWNER ISSUE MATERILS” Cement (Portland, Pozzolana and Slag), Reinforcement steel and structural

steel (M.R. Ropunds used for structural work will be treated as structural steel ) will be issued by the owner from project stores “ free of cost” for incorporation in the works covered under the contract. All further responsibility of transportation, stacking, preservation, accounting etc. shall be that of the contractor.

A-2 Flats will not be supplied by NSPCL. For reasons beyond the control of the contractor and his establishing continuous non-availability of flats should be Engineer-in-Charge consider necessary due exigencies of work, the plate may be cut to make “flat” without any extra cost to owner.

A-3 No Cement/Reinforcement steel shall be issued for manufacturing or providing ROC tanks, hume pipes and floor tiles. No steel shall be supplied for frames and shutters or doors windows, ventilators, louvers, tubular trusses and grills etc.

A-4 All other materials except those mentioned in A-1 above shall be arranged to the contractor including any special reinforcement /structural steel, special cement, Additives etc.

A-5 OTHER MATERIALS The corporation at its sole discretion may supply, subject to availability any other material at such terms and conditions as directed by Engineer-in-Charge for bonafied use in the works. The non issue of such materials will not entitle the contractor for any compensation whatsoever either in time or in cost.

A-6 For the item in which owner issue materials shall be issued free of cost, however, shall include cost of wastage not allowed by owner, leading, carriage, unloading, weighment, storage, mixing, placing, cutting, bending, binding, assembling etc. as may be required till incorporation in the work or return to the corporation as the case may be.

B-1 All owner issued materials shall be drawn from the NSPCL stores in such condition and in such lengths/weights/sizes as are available in stock or as received from the manufacturers.

B-2 The contractor may ascertain the length and size/sections (during his visit to site and no claim towards non-availability of particular section) shall be entertained. Alternative section shall be used in the event of non-availability of any particular section and no claim what so ever for such substitution shall be payable, except that on account of difference in weight.

C-1 For the materials listed herein, which the corporation has agreed to issue, the contractor shall give a reasonable notice in writing of the requirements to the Engineer-in-Charge in accordance with the agreed phased programme. Such materials shall be issued for the purpose of incorporation in works only.

C-2 With each requisition for requirement of owner issue materials the contractors shall indicate the following details to the owner: (a) Total quantity required as per the contract.


(b) Cumulative quantity issued prior to the subject requisition. (c) Available stock with the contractor.

C-3 Following shall be permissible quantity of owner issued materials that shall be in the custody of the contractor at any point of time during the currency of contract.

Sl. No. MATERIALS PERMISSIBLE QTY. AT

CONTRACTOR’S STORES 01 Cement, Reinforcement steel One month’s requirement 02.i) Mild steel (various dia) Two consequent months

requirement ii) Tor steel (various dia) -do- 03 Structural steel (plates rolled

sections) Three months requirement

04 Other materials (if any)

C-4 The above is only the maximum quantity of steel and cement and other materials (if any) that could be with the contractor at any point of time. However, Engineer-in-Charge has the discretion to decide the quantity of cement and steel and other materials (if any) to be issued depending upon the nature of work.

C-5 The contractor shall acknowledge in writing of having received the materials from the owner giving full particulars of the quantities /sizes, grade, etc and such information as normally required.

C-6 Unless otherwise provided, the contractor shall in no case, be entitled to any compensation or damage on account of any delay in supply/non-supply of all or any owner issue materials from stores. But the contractor shall be entitled to such extension to time as may be decided by the “Engineer-in-Charge”.

C-7 TRANSPORTATION FROM RAIL HEAD. The corporation may issue all materials to be issued to the contractor under the

contract at its site stores or any other place within project site or nearest rail head, the cost of transportation only from such rail head to the site will be borne by the corporation after adjusting the transportation cost for the same from stores to the site and also subject to the reasonableness of such transportation cost being certified by the Engineer-in-Charge.

C-8 The Engineer-in-Charge can direct the contractor to use cut pieces generated by other contractor working in the project. These cut pieces shall have to be lifted either from the project stores or from the site of other contractors as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The issue of such pieces shall be treated as at per steel issued from the project stores.

D-1 Contractor shall take proper care of the materials issued by the owner and the same from weathering and damage. Any such materials rendered unserviceable or damaged while in the contractor’s custody shall be made good by the contractor at his own cost of the within a reasonable time. The contractor shall at his own cost ensure/maintain watch and ward of all the owner’s issue materials while in his custody.

D-2 STORES OF CEMENT Cement godown of suitable storage capacity of dry enclosed shed type shall be

constructed as per CPWD specifications by the contractor at his own cost. Normally two months storage capacity needs to be provided, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The cement in bags shall be in easily countable in stacks and to facilitate removal for issue on First in first out basis. Cement bags shall be gently handled to avoid leakage from the bags. Cement stored for a period beyond 90 days shall be tested before use at contractor’s cost, sub-standard or partially set cement


shall be immediately removed from the site as soon as it is detected and Engineer-in-Charge is informed in writing.

D-3 the cement shall be stored by the contractor in such suitable covered locable stores which shall be locked by the contractor. The owner may also choose to put a joint look. Each time there is a change in stock due to issue for consumption the same shall be signed by authorized representatives of the contractor in the register maintained for the purpose by the contractor and countersigned by authorized representative of Engineer-in-Charge.

D-4 The perishable materials such as cement shall be issued by NSPCL only after ensuring that the contractor has adequate secured and covered storage within the project site and have been insured for the cost in joint names of contractors and the owner by the contractor at his own cost.

D-5 Materials required for the works whether brought by the contractor or issued by the corporation, shall be stored by the contractor only at place approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Storage and sage custody of materials shall be sole responsibility of the contractor.

E-1 Reconciliation of issue, consumption, and store balance of the owner issue materials shall be done or quarterly basis or yearly as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge whether high/low consumption with respect to theoretical consumption is noticed. The Engineer-in-Charge shall take suitable action and may affect recovery at the maximum penal rates mentioned herein after from any payment due to the contractor.

E-2 Reconciliation of owner issue materials shall be signed jointly by the Authorized Representative of the owner and that of the contractor. The proforma for such owner issue materials account reconciliation shall be as per Annexure-A.

E-3 The owner may depute its authorized officer or a team of officers to inspect any time the contractor’s godown and check for the stocks in respect of quality and quantity, method of stacking etc. especially with regard to cement and like materials.

E-4 ISSUE OF CEMENT Normally cement shall be issued on bag basis for all works. However, for works

requiring use of cement by weight as stipulated in contract specification/schedule of items/bills of quantities or as per approved design mix cement will be issued on weight basis. To arrive at average weight for each consignment 5% sample weighment of cement bags at he time of issue from the stores shall be done on platform weighing machines, in case full truck load is not possible for weighment half the sample bags might be selected by the contractor arid the other half by NSPCL. The average weight of sample bags so arrived at shall be applicable to the whole consignment including sample bags and shall be deemed to have weight of 50Kg of cement per in case the average weight is “less than 48.5 Kg” or more than 51.5 Kg including both the limits. In case the average weight is “ less than 48.5 Kg or more than 51.5Kg the bags will be deemed to hane an average weight for the whole consignment (including sample bags) as per example given below: AVERAGE SAMPLE WEIGHT OF BAGS

RANGE IN KGS. AVERAGE WEIGHT PER

BAG

TOTAL ISSUE WEIGHT (200

BAGS) SAY 48.9 Kg. or 51.3 Kg.

48.5 Kg to 51.5 Kg. 50 Kg 10,000 Kgs

48.2 Kg Less than 48.5 Kg 49.7 Kg 09,940 Kgs. 51.8Kg More than 51.5 Kg 50.3Kg 10,060 Kgs. *(48.5-48.2=0.3) (50.0-0.3=49.7)

**(51.8-51.5=0.3) (50.1+0.3=50.3)


E-5 ISSUE OF REINFORCEMENT STEEL Reinforcement steel shall be issued o the contractor from the project stores on the basis of construction drawings/approved bar bending schedules with due allowance to wards reasonable wastage as per provisions specified herein. No rolling tolerance will be allowed to the contractor for materials issued on sectional weight basis.

E-6 ISSUE OF STRUCTURAL STEEL Structural steel shall be issued to the contractor from the project stores on the basis of fabrication drawing/approved cutting plans with a due allowance towards wastage as per provisions specified herein.

E-7 The reinforcement/structural steel shall be issued to the contractor on the basis of weight, such weights being calculated on the following basis.

E-8 All issues of reinforcement steel above 12mm dia and structural steel sections/plates

of widths above 35mm and thickness above 6mm shall be made on the basis of sectional weight as per IS standards.

E-9 All issues of reinforcement steel up to and including 12mm dia ( in coils or straight or cut pieces and structural steel sections/plates or widths less than and including 6mm shall be made on the basis of actual weighments.

E-10 The actual weighment shall be done on the weighing equipment available at the project site or on basis of random lengths, bundle weights as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge and jointly recorded in a register on a day to day basis on each intent basis.

E-11 OPTIMUM UTILISATION OF MATERIALS: The contractor shall ensure optimum utilisation of materials issued by the owner. The wastage, even by way of leakage of cement from bags cuts in reinforcement steel and structural steel shall be minimised and Engineer-in-Charge may direct the use of such materials at no extra cost to owner.

E-12 USE OF SWEEP CEMENT The contractor shall use the “sweep cement” accumulated at its stores as directed by

the Engineer-in-Charge. Failing utilization or the same within 15 (fifteen) days, it should be collected in bags and returned to owners stores within one months of issue of the covered lot. The credit of quantity returned shall be @75% by weight i.e. a bag of 50Kg shall be credited at 37.5 Kg of good cement upon acceptance.

E-13 UTILISATION OF REINFORCEMENT/STRUCTURAL STEEL Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to direct the contractor to utilize the cut pieces

suitable at no extra cost to NSPCL by lapping (in reinforcement steel) but welding and or splicing.

E-14 CEMENT CONSUMPTION The theoretical consumption of cement shall be based on minimum cement content as

specified for design mix in the specifications. The minimum cement so specified shall be incorporated in the work.

E-15 For items of works where volume mix is permitted in writing by NSPCL, the cement consumption shall be normally govern by the statements cement consumption attached to Delhi Schedule of Rates of the drawings.

E-16 The quantum of free cement and different rates towards the recovery of excess consumption shall be worked out on the following basis:

Sl. No.

CEMENT CONSUMPTION BASIS OF ISSUE & RECOVERY

01 Normal consumption (without considering any wastage or loss) as per drawings and specifications to be specified in the bid/contract.

FREE

02 Excess consumption, limited to 3% of item Recovery at non-levy rate


(1) (All surplus cement i.e. sweep cement to be returned by the contractor to the owner.)

inclusive of Sales Tax etc.

03 Cement used by the contractor for their enabling works

Recovery at non-levy rate inclusive of S.T. etc.

04 Excess consumption beyond (2) above. Recovery at two times the non-levy rate of cement (2) above.

E-17 The theoretical consumption of various sections and/or diameter of reinforcement steel

shall be recovered by the bar bending schedule approved by NSPCL. The details shall be worked out by the contractor based on standards code/ practice with the relevant drawings and specifications and be approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

E-18 The reinforcement steel length of 3.00 metres and above shall be accepted by NSPCL as ‘cut pieces’ and credit for the quantity returned shall be accounted for at full useful weight/length. All reinforcement steel of length less than 3 metres shall be treated as scrap.

E-19 The quantum of “Free” reinforcement steel and different rates for the recovery for excess consumption shall be worked out on the following basis.

REINFROCEMENT STEEL

(i) Normal consumption (without considering any

wastage, scrap for loss) as per drawings and specifications (to be specified in the bid/contract.)

FREE

(ii) Wastage/scrap limited to 3% of the aforesaid normal consumption (scrap to be returned to owner)

FREE

(iii) Excess consumption beyond (i) above but limited to 5% of the normal consumption (without considering any wastage, scrap for loss)

Recovery at max. JPC rate of any section inclusive of S.T. plus 25%.

(iv) Steel issued to the contractor for their enabling, work.

Recovery at max. JPC rate of any section inclusive of S.T. plus 25%.

(v) Excess consumption beyond (iii) above. Recovery at two(02) times the max JPC rate of any section inclusive of S.T.

E-20 The theoretical quantity structural steel shall be calculated on the basis of weight

approved for payment in the shop drawings/shop bill/drawing, office dispatch list of materials if any modifications approved during fabrication by Engineer-in-Charge.

E-21 The fabricated weight will be worked out on the basis of unit weights given in the ISI Hand Book. In the absence of any unit weight furnished by manufacturer/supplier representative unit weight shall be determined at site.

E-22 The surplus steel which represented by the difference between the quantity issued to the contractor and theoretical quantity of steel calculated shall be decided as follows: (a) Surplus untempered pieces. (b) Cut pieces.

Rolled section joists channels, angles pieces longer than 3 metres plate more than 10,000 Sq. Cm. in area with a minimum width of 100cm shall be termed as cut pieces and stacked separately. In respect of cut piees of plates, the credit will be given for the maximum rectangular size.

(ii) SCRAP Pieces shorter than 3 metres for RSJ,s channels, angles and flates and plates less than 10,000 Sq. Cm. in area with a minimum width of 100cm shall be classified as


scrap and asked separately. Invisible wastage: Invisible wastage due to gas cutting and that straightening of edges, steel consumed for miscellaneous fixtures and pickings etc. shall be taken as 0.5%.

E-23 Surplus untempered pieces and cut pieces as described above shall be returned to the engineer-in-Charge at the places directed by him within the protect area. Quantity of materials shall be deducted from the total quantity of materials issued to arrive at the quantity of the material consumed. The corporation will also take back scrap as defined above. However this will be treated as part of wastage and recovered as per the procedure given below. i) STRUCTURAL STEEL (NOT TO BE ISSUED)

Normal consumption (without considering any wastage, scrap or loss materials due to oxidation etc. limited to 0.5% (one half of one percent) of the aforesaid normal consumption to be specified in the bid document.)

BASIC FREE

ii) Excess consumption over (i) above up to 3% of the aforesaid normal consumption for all rolled sections and sheared plates and up to 4% for unshared plates (scrap to be returned to owner).

FREE

iii) Excess consumption beyond (ii) above up to 6% for all rolled sections and sheared plates and 8% for unshared plates.

Recovery at average JPC rate for structural and plates including of S.T. plus 25%.

iv) Excess consumption beyond (iii) above Recovery at three(3) times the average JPC rates inclusive of S.T.

NOTE: (i) The wastage/scrap mentioned above shall be deemed to mean and include all

left over materials after stage completion of the works as per specifications and drawings including melting scrap other unsuitable and useful cut pieces. All such wastage shall be accounted for by the contractor and returned to the owner except the loss due to oxidation, etc. limited to 0.5% as mentioned above( for structural steel only)

(ii) All accountable wastage /scrap as per (i) above shall be returned by the contractor to the owner stores/stock yards, free of any cost to the owner. All unused surplus material shall also be returned by the contractor to the owner’s stores/stock yard, free of cost.

(iii) For any material issued by the owner to the contractor free of cost which is not accounted for (except oxidation lost of/up to 0.5% in case of structural steel only) by the contractor to the owner, the maximum penal recovery rates shall be applicable.

F-1 GENERAL All balance materials issued to the contractor by the corporation for incorporation of fixing in the work shall be on completion or reconciliation or for enclosure of the work to be returned by the contractor at his own expenses to the place to be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge after actual consumption.

F-2 All wastage/scrap of materials, unused surplus materials, as well as sweep cement, if any shall be promptly returned by the contractor to the owner’s project stores/stockyard and receipt obtained for materials accountable. No extra payment shall be made by the owner to the contractor for the return of these materials.


F-3 EMPTY CEMENT BAGS Cement along with cement bags shall be issued to the contractor free of cost and the

contractor shall be free to dispose of the cement bags in the manner he may deem feet and shall not be required to return empty cement bags to NSPCL. However, in case the cement manufacturing companies nominate “the contractor shall be required to dispose off the empty cement bags to such agents only and submit necessary evidence there of and NSPCL shall not bear any liability in this regard whatsoever.”

G-1 Corporation’s officials, concerned with the contract shall have the right to inspect and examine any time any materials intended to be issued in the works, either at site or at Factory workshop or other places where these are fabricated. Manufactured assembled or where these are stored or from where these are being acquired and the contractor shall give such facilities as may be required for such inspection and examination etc.

G-2 All materials brought to the site shall become and remain the property of the corporation and shall not be removed from the site without the prior written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. But whenever the works are finally completed and advances. If any, in respect of any such materials except those issued by the owner.

G-3 All owner supply materials supplied under the contract shall remain property of NSPCL and the contractor shall have no right on its ownership whatsoever to take any of these materials from site. Transfer of owners issue materials from one work to another shall not be normally permitted. However. In exceptional cases the same may be permitted with the prior written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. But the transaction has to be regularized on the same day through central stores of the owner.

G-4 the provisions detailed herein above shall not in any way dilute the contractor’s liabilities under the contract in any manner whatsoever.

Notwithstanding anything stated above. The following materials only shall be issued by NSPCL. 01 Cement 02 Reinforcement steel 03 Structural steel

AMMENDMENT TO GCC CLAUSE NO.16.4( A) SEC-III OF GCC:

The contractor shall be liable to pay his contribution and the employee’s contribution to the State Insurance Scheme in accordance with the provision of “The Employees State Insurance Act,1948” as amended from time to time. In case the contractor fails to submit full details of his account of labour employed and the contribution payable, the Engineer-in-Charge shall recover from the running bill of contractor and amount of contribution payable for Employees State Insurance.

However, in case the ESI Act is not applicable to the area where the project site is located, as evidenced by the certificate/Letter submitted to this effect by the contractor from the local authorities, the contractor shall be liable to arrange and pay for the expenses towards medical treatment in respect of all labour employed by him for the execution of the contract.


SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT


SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1) If materials issue by the owner to the contractor, it will be deducted as per rates in DSR-2007 with current index.


ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONITIONS


ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.0 SPECIFICATION:- 1. i The work shall be generally executed as per CPWD specification(s) or

Relevant IS code (latest edition i.e. 2000) with up to date correction slips. However, in case of any discrepancy in the description of any item given in the Schedule of items attached herein and the specifications relating to the relevant items as per CPWD Specification(s) with up to date correction, the work shall be carried out strictly in order of preference as Indicated below: a) The nomenclature of the item as per the Bill of Quantities. b) The particular specifications of the item of work. c) CPWD specifications (latest edition) with up to date correction slips. d) The latest IS specification. e) The decision of the Engineer -in-charge.

2.0 MATERIALS:- 2.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall approve the Quality of all the Material from time

to time. The contractor shall be required to remove the rejected material in Seven (07) Days time failing which it shall be done at the contractor's cost.

2.2 No hand broken stone aggregate shall be used in cement concrete and RCC works. Only blue stone from the approved quarries approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be allowed to be used in the structural concrete.

2.3 SAND:- Sand to be used shall be clean, fine, sharp, siliceous particles free from loam clay, salts and organic matter and shall conform to the requirement of IS: 1542 for plastering and other works.

3.0 ISSUE OF MATERIALS:- 3.1 BRICKS:-Fly ash brick will be provided by the NSPCL. 3.2 CEMENT:-Cement will be provided by the NSPCL. 3.3 Reinforcement steel: - Reinforcement will be provide by the NSPCL. (if

required). 3.4 Cement shall be collected from NSPCL Central Store. Nothing is to be paid

extra for transportation of this material. 3.5 Reinforcement shall be collected from NSPCL Central Store. Nothing is to be

paid extra for transportation of this material. 3.6 Brick shall be collected from NSPCL Brick Shed near Gate.No:-3. Nothing is to

be paid extra for transportation of Bricks. 3.7 The contractor are deemed to have assessed and considered all site conditions

before quoting rates, term, and conditions. You have to complete the entire work in respect with proper care, accuracy, speed, promptness, quality workmanship, and handover the same within the completion period.


4.0 Materials (other than Cement and Fly ash bricks) to be brought by the contractor for incorporation in this work shall be strictly in accordance with BOQ the relevant clause of technical specification and General Condition of Contract of contract.

5.0 All material arranges by contractor and should enter the Plant through, Gate

Pass, gate pass should be processed through Engineer-in-Charge, and one copy of gate pass should be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge.

6.0 Security against Owner issue materials:-

The agency shall be required to submit Indemnity Bond in stamp paper appropriate value as per format to be given by NSPCL for maximum value of owner issue material at any point of time with the agency.

7.0 For cement consumption co-efficient CPWD'S DSR should be adopted or for other item DAR, (Delhi Analysis of Rates) CPWD Specification (s) should be applicable.

8.0 The contractor prices shall be inclusive of all taxes duties and levies etc. employers share of PF and Expenditure toward insurance charges etc. and NSPCL will not entertain any extra claim on this Account what so ever.

9.0 In addition to above, NSPCL General Condition of Contract for Civil works (along with its Amendments / errata) shall also be applicable.

10.0 Sand & Aggregate other equipments are in the scope of agency, No T&P will be issued to the agency by the NSPCL.

11.0 FLY ASH BRICK RECONCILLATION: In case Fly Ash Bricks are issued on free of cost basis, the consumption, reconciliation shall be as mentioned below. Theoretical consumption:-

Items of work Theoretical consumption

For full brick work 500 nos / Cum For Half brick work 57 nos / Sqm

For Brick on edge flooring 57 nos / Sqm For flat brick soling 38 nos / Sqm

In case the consumption of Bricks are more than above then recovery shall be made from the Agency at production cost of Bricks if consumption is within 5% of theoretical consumption. In case consumption is more than 5% of theoretical consumption then recovery shall be 1.5 times the production cost of Bricks. The production cost shall be cost at time of issue of Bricks.

12.0 The Agency shall provided Mobile Facility to their Site Representative at his own cost and contact no. to be submitted to EIC.

13.0 PAYMENT: -

The Agency shall submit monthly bill along with the detailed measurement in the prescribed form in triplicate to the Engineer-in-Charge.

14.0 The Agency shall deploy at least two representatives well experienced in Civil Engineering works, specially survey and leveling with leveling instruments and leveling staff.


15.0 Health of all workers shall be sound, no child worker should be allowed in working area.

16.0 The Agency shall comply with the PF and ESI Rules and deposit necessary contribution to the concerned Authority and a copy of the receipt must be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge.

17.0 INSURANCE: -

Agency should ensure that each worker, tractor, trolley, truck, dumper, Poclain, JCB,etc should be insured by insurance company before start of work and copy of insurance certificate should be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge. For this nothing extra shall be paid, for this.

18.0 Unless exempted by the Income Tax Officer; income tax shall be deducted from all the Running Account bills as per income tax act - 1961 and its applicable amendments. Works contracts Tax shall be recovered as per prescribed Law wherever applicable.

19.0 During the course of work if any damage to owner's property is caused by Agency worker, Agency will be fully responsible. Sufficient amount may be recovered from RA bill if any property is damaged by Agency or their workers.

20.0 No man material equipment not covered by valid gate pass shall be permitted within the Power Station area and no material equipment shall be permitted to be taken out of the power station unless authorized by concerned authority. The Agency shall be held fully responsible for any delay losses damages that may result consequent upon any lapses that may occur on the part of his employees in this regard.

21.0 (a) The Agency shall compulsorily provide Personal Protective Equipments to

his employees & in the event of his not providing the same by date specified by EIC, it will be provided by NSPCL at Agency's risk. & cost of the same will be recovered from his bills. (b) All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-In-charge or the safety officer of NSPCL should be made available at Agency's cost for use by the persons employed on the site and be maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use. The Agency should also give sufficient safety training and instructions to his workmen and ensure proper use of safety equipment by those concerned.

22.0 WATER AND ELECTRICITY:-

No separate water or electric point shall be provided, however Agency shall be allowed to draw water / electricity from the available sources. NSPCL does not guarantee the uninterrupted supply of water/ electricity and in case of any interruption of such supply; the Agency shall be responsible for making alternate arrangement for water /electricity at his own cost. No claim or damage will be entertained by the NSPCL on this account what so ever on account of interruption of water / electricity supply or where the Agency makes his own arrangement for water required for the work.


23.0 If the Agency fails to do the job satisfactorily, or unable to complete the job, NSPCL reserves the right to get the job done through other agencies at the risk and cost of the original Agency / agency.

24.0 MISCELLANEOUS:-

Other terms and condition for this contract, which is not covered under special terms and conditions, shall be governed by G.C.C. for civil work. i. Defect liability period of this work is 12 Months.

ii. Time period for completion of work is 18 months.

iii. Each worker must have all necessary tool kits complete.

iv. Sr. D.G.M. (Civil)/RITES/BBSR is the EIC (Engineer in Charge) of this work.

25. Deviation:- The quantity variation shall be considered as (plus or minus +/-20% of contract value. However deviation of the item of BOQ beyond quantity provided will requires prior approval of Competent Authority.

26. For item no. 14 of Schedule-B the rate quoted by agency will be calculated as & above or below basic cost of Rs.30, 000 /- from SOR-1992, SER. Any item may be executed from above schedule with premium/discount as calculated above.

27. For item no. 10 of Schedule-C (i.e. extra item. The item will be executed from DSR-2007 with base cost of Rs. 5, 62,499.00.The quoted amount of agency will be calculated to arrive percentage premium /discount over DSR-2007 and payment will be made for any item from DSR-2007 at above percentage above/below DSR-2007 subject to maximum amount quoted against the subject item.


General Terms & Conditions for Civil Contract 01. The work shall be executed in accordance with CPWD detailed specification

(as amended up to date) and the method of measurement will be in accordance with CPWD practice as outlined in latest CPWD Specifications all volumes (Amended up to date) unless otherwise specially mentioned in the specifications enclosed along with the tender document. The general conditions of contract shall also form part of the contract and may be seen in the Office of Contracts and Materials Department, NSPCL-ROURKELA on any working day.

02. The work is to be executed in NSPCL, CPP-II, SAIL-RSP, ROURKELA, Dist:

Sundergarh (ODISHA). 03. The earnest money shall be forfeited on the following grounds:

a) On revocation of the tenders, or

b) On refusal to enter into a contract after the work is awarded to a contractor, or

c) If the work is not commenced after the work is awarded to a contractor within the stipulated period as mentioned in the scope of work.

04. Any other govt. taxes as applicable from time to time shall be born the tenderer 05. In case of any conflict amongst the various drawing and other tender

documents, the decision of the Engineer-In-charge shall be final and binding. 06. The detailed programme of work shall be drawn by the successful tenderer to

whom the contract will be awarded and submitted to Engineer-In-charge, who shall also have the right to alter the programme, if required.

07. It shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor to ensure accuracy of layout alignment and level of works awarded to him.

08. The consumption of cement shall be as per CPWD's DSR and norm unless otherwise specified.

09. If cement is less consume than required recovery may be made as follows:

SL. No.

Cement Consumption | Basis of Recovery Rate

C.0 Theoretical consumption (without considering any wastage or loss) as per drawing and specification.

No Recovery

C.1 Less Consumption Limited to three percent of aforesaid (CO) theoretical Consumption

Recovery at Single time the rate of cement

C-2 Less Consumption beyond 3% of (CO) above (i.e. beyond C.I above)

Recovery at two time the rate of cement

NOTE: -In case of increase in aforesaid non-levy rate of cement the recovery of cement shall be governed and affected at the increased non-levy rate of cement and sales-tax applicable as on the time of recovery.


10. The cement procured by the contractor shall be stored in a water tight shed made by the contractor at his own cost as per ISI specifications with locking arrangements and in such a manner that if required the same can be checked by the Corporations representative. If considered necessary the corporation may also provide its lock along with the lock of contractor to have double lock system.

11. Structural steel such as angles, plates etc. shall be as per IS: 226/2062. 12. EXTRA ITEMS OF WORKS:

For extra items, if any, necessitated during the course of execution of the work, their rate will be derived on the basis of clause 10 of General Conditions of Contract, where these are to be based on DSR-97 in accordance with clause 10.1 (iii) and 10.1 (iv) of General conditions of contract. The rate of such items will be as per the rates of relevant items of DSR-97

Schedule increased or decreased by the following percentage as given below:

I For percentage rate tender on DSR-97 Schedule

Plus/Minus the percentage on DSR-97 schedule accepted over the DSR-97 schedule

II For tenders comprising of DSR-97 Schedule and non-schedule item

Plus/Minus the percent DSR-97 schedule and non-tage accepted for schedule items

III Item rate under Plus/Minus the percentage by which the contract value is higher or lower than these estimate cost

13. The contractor shall not sublet transfer or assign any part or full work of this

award without prior written permission of NSPCL. 14. Income Tax of the gross value of work and surcharge and other tax as

applicable shall be deducted at source unless Income Tax authorities exempt the contractor.

15 The contractor shall comply with the provision of all applicable labour legislation

/Acts pertaining to payment of wages & shall pay his workers wages not less than minimum wages as applicable in RSP premises.

16. All materials, which are to be used at site of work shall be confirming to

relevant IS code and samples should be got approved from Engineer-In-charge prior to use. The work of sanitary and water supply shall be executed strictly in accordance with CPWD specifications through licensed and approved plumbers only.

17. Sand to be used shall be clean, fine, sharp, siliceous particles free from loam

clay, salts and organic matter and shall conform to the requirement of IS: 1542 for plastering and other works.


18. The rates shall remain firm during the currency of contract including extension

granted, if any, and no escalation is payable on any account. Clause 53 of General conditions of contract regarding reimbursement/refund of variation in price shall not be applicable and shall be deemed as deleted.

19. The contractor should have to submit the license obtained by them under

contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, and ORISSA Rules, 1973, and Inter state migrant workman (Regulation of employment and condition of Service) Act, 1979, if applicable.

20. The contractor shall ensure timely payment of wages as payment of Wages

Act, and other applicable labour law in presence of an authorised representative of NSPCL.

21. The contractor shall be liable to pay all wages/amount to all labours employed

by him as per provisions of labour laws in force from time to time. In case NSPCL as principal employer is held liable to pay any compensation/wages/money etc. to any person or authority or Government under the provisions of a law or any order of competent authority/court established/constituted under any law with respect to his employees than NSPCL shall have a right to deduct such amount from his bills/security deposit or otherwise recover from him who shall be responsible to reimburse such amounts on demand from NSPCL without any demur, reservation, contest or protest.

22. The contractor shall at all time indemnify and keep indemnified corporation

against all claims, damages or compensation under Provisions of payment of Wages Act, 1936, Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Employees liability Act, 1938, the workmen's compensation Act, 1923, Industrial Disputes 1947, ORISSA Industrial Relations Act, 1960. The maternity benefit Act, 1961, Contract Labour (Abolition & Regulation) Act, or any modifications thereof or any other law relating and rules made there under from time to time with respect to any employee of contractor or other persons in or about the works whether in his employment or not, same and except only, where such an accident or injury has resulted from any Act, of the corporation, its agents or service. Further he shall also indemnify against all costs charges and expenses of any suit, action or proceedings arising out of such accident or injury and against all sum or sums which may with his consent be paid compromise or compound any claim without limiting the obligations and liabilities as above provided, shall insure at his risk against all claims damages or compensation payable under the Workmen's compensation Act, 1923, or any modification thereof or any other law relating thereto.

23. The contractor and their workers shall follow all safety rules while working so

that there should not be any accident which may cause loss of life and damage to NSPCL's property. Contractor shall also take insurance cover for workmen compensation for the workers employed by him at his own cost.


24. While engaging workers for performance of the contract, the contractor shall

give preference to those workers who are land outsees. 25. It would be the responsibility of the contractor to give weekly off and other

holidays to their employees as per law in force. 26. If any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever shall arise between the

NSPCL and the contractor arising out of the contract or with respect to it its interpretation, whether during or after its completion or whether before or after its termination, abandonment or breach of the contract, it shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the Business Unit Head of NSPCL/ROURKELA or any Officer duly authorised by him in this behalf and the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties.

27. The contractor should follow all the rules and regulations required under the

Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 and Odisha Govt. Motor Vehicle Rule 1974. 28. The contractor shall observe all formalities as per PF Act. 29. Security deposit (SD) will be collected from the successful tenderer at the rates

mentioned below .This may be recovered by deduction through running bills of the contractors and also by treating the earnest money paid at the time of tender as part of the security deposit. This shall be recovered by deduction through running bills of the contractor and also by treating the earnest money paid at the time of tender as part of security deposit: Sl No.

Contract Award Value SD Amount (% of award value)

1. Up to and including Rs.2 Lakh 1 10 % 2. More than Rs.2 Lakh but not

exceeding Rs.20 Lakh 7.5 % subject to Minimum Rs 20000/-

3. More than Rs.20 Lakh 5% subject to Minimum Rs 1.5 lakh

Note: Security deposits shall not be applicable against the tender with estimate cost up to 50000/-.

30. The material those are issued to contractor shall be reconciled on regular basis

by EIC. The agency has to produce necessary documents for the same. 31. Reconciliation /wastage of structural steel issued from NSPCL free of cost

shall be governed by the provisions/clauses applicable to free issue steel which may be known from EIC prior to submission of quotation.

32. The contractor shall make on his own cost store shed required by him for

successful execution of the work. 33. The contractor shall comply with all labour laws of Central Govt. or state Govt.

as the case may be. The contractor shall be liable under ESI Act or any other legalisation of Govt. or Court decision in respect of the employees of the


contractor, than the contractor would reimburse the amount of such contribution so paid by the Owner.

34. The supplier/contractor is required to manufacture the product/carry out the

work in controlled conditions so as to contain air pollution, water/land contamination within relevant legislative and statutory requirements.

35. All formalities of ESI to be observed as per State Law. 36. The Tenderer has to submit indemnity Bond for indemnifying NSPCL for all

contract labour obligations such as PF, ESI and Any other statutory payment in NSPCL prescribed format.

37. Supplier shall indicate the possible hazard & risk. (Physical, Chemical,

biological) environmental from the product / equipment/ machinery/ services and the control measures to be adopted for the hazard.

38. The motor vehicle deployed for the work shall fulfil all provision of Motor

Vehicle Act including emission etc. Failing which contract can be terminated. 39. For any quantity variation in excess of BOQ, prior approval of competent

authority may be obtained before execution of extra quantity. 40. NSPCL general conditions of contract for civil works shall also form part of bid

documents.

Safety Clauses for Operation & Maintenance Contract 1. The contractor shall comply the provisions of Factories Act 1948, any other

statutory provisions applicable with them to ensure occupational health and safety. NSPCL Electrical & Mechanical Safety Rules and any other Rules made by NSPCL relating to operation & Maintenance of plants. The contractor shall make arrangements at all his work places for ensuring safety and absence of risks to health of the works.

2. The contractor shall ensure that the equipments/electrical installation

system/facilities are provided and maintained by him as required under various statutes. He shall also ensure testing/examination of the equipments wherever required, in accordance with the provisions of the Factories Act or any other prescribed status. The record of such inspection/testing and examination shall be kept at the site and shown to NSPCL Engineer In-charge on demand.

3. The contractor shall ensure that all floors steps, stairs, passages and

gangways are to be properly maintained shall be kept free from obstruction and substances likely to cause persons to slip and fall. Scrap is to be removed from site immediately. Spillage of oil to be avoided & if it occurs, it is to be cleaned immediately.


4. The contractor shall not remove any part of equipments (like guards etc.) or

gangways (like fencing, base etc.) or other systems without the permission of the Engineer In-charge .Wherever any guards/other parts of the system are removed for repair, it will be provided back to its place, before any operating or use of the equipment. The Contractor shall not hand-over/allow operation these equipments till the guards are provided at its place.

5. In case, any opening in gangway/access etc. is caused due to removing any

part of base for lifting of material or otherwise, either the opening shall be suitable fenced or suitable covered to prevent fall of any person in such openings in consultation with Engineer-In-charge. Temporary fencing shall also be provided whenever required along with appropriate caution boards, lighting etc.

6. The employees employed by the contractor should be skilled/competent in

accordance with the job requirement to the satisfaction of the Engineer In-charge shall have a right to remove any employee of the contractor, whom he feels to be incompetent. The contractor shall employ sufficient number of supervisors to ensure supervision at all places of his work at all the times.

7. No person should be allowed to carry, lift, or move any load so heavy which

may likely to cause him injury as prescribed under concerned state factories rules.

II. Working at Heights: 1. All working platforms, ways, and other places of O&M work area shall be free

from accumulations of any material causing obstructions and tripping. 2. Wherever workers are exposed to the hazard of falling into water, the

contractor adequate equipment for saving the employees from drowning and rescuing from such hazard. The contractor shall provide boat or launch equipped with sufficient number of life buoys, life jackets etc. manned with trained personnel at the site of such work.

3. Every opening at elevation from ground level through which a worker, material,

equipment etc. may fall at O&M work area shall be covered and/or guarded suitable by the contractor to prevent such falls.

4. Wherever the workers are exposed to hazards of falling from the height, the

contractor shall provide full harness safety belts fitted with fall arresting system to the employees working at the higher elevation and life line of 8mm diameter wire rope with turn buckles for anchoring of safety belts while working or moving at higher elevations. Safety nets shall also be provided for saving them from fall from heights and such equipment should be in accordance with BIS Standards.


5. Wherever there is a possibility of failing of any material, equipment, or workers while working at heights a suitable and adequate safety net should be provided. The safety net should be in accordance with BIS Standards.

6. The contractor shall provide proper access like ladders etc. where the workers are required to reach higher elevations and ensure the workers and use them as an access for higher elevations where a permanent access is not available. The workers shall be provided with safety belts fitted with suitable fall arresting system (fall arrestors) for climbing/getting down through ladders to prevent fall from height.

III. Opening:

The Contractor shall ensure that vessel, sump, tank, pit or opening in ground or in a floor which by reason of its depth, situation, construction or contains or may be source of danger at his workplace shall be either securely covered or fenced and necessary measures for protection against falling materials/objects or workers from such platform are taken by providing suitable safety nets, safety belts or other similar means.

IV. Fencing of Machinery: The contractor shall not allow any worker to examine any part of the machinery or to carry out the lubrication or other adjusting operation while the machinery is in motion. The workers near the machinery in motion shall be provided with tight fitting clothes as required under State Factory Rules.

V. Scaffoldings and Work platforms:

The contractor shall take all precautions to prevent any accidental collapse of scaffolding or working platforms or fall of person from scaffolding or working platforms. The contractor shall ensure that scaffolding erection and repairs are done under the expert supervision. The scaffolding shall meet the required strength and other requirements for the purpose of which the scaffolding/work platform is erected. The material used for scaffold/work platform should confirm to the BIS Standards.

VI. Confined Space: 1. No person should be allowed to enter any chamber, tank. Wet, pipe, flue or

other confined space at his work area in which any gas, fume, vapour and dust is likely to be present to such an extent as to involve risk to persons unless it is provided with a manhole of the required size or other effective means of egress. The contractor shall take practicable measures to remove any gas, fume, vapour, or dust to bring it its limit within the permissible limits and to prevent any risk to the workers.

2. No portable electrical light or any other electrical appliances of voltage

exceeding 24 volts shall be permitted for use inside any chamber/tank, wet, pit, pipe; flue or other confined space unless adequate safety devices are provided where the inflammable gases, fumes, or dust is likely to be present.

VII. Handling of Hazardous Chemicals and hazardous waste:


1. The contractor shall provide suitable personal protective equipments to the workers who are handling hazardous and corrosive substances including alkalis and acids.

2. As a precautionary measure the contractor should keep the bottles filled with

distilled water in cupboard/Boxes near work place for emergency eye wash by worker exposed to such hazardous chemicals.

VIII. Right to Stop Work: 1. The Engineer I/C shall have right at his sole discretion to stop the work, if in his

opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and endanger the safety of the persons and/or property and/or equipments. In such cases, the contractor shall be informed in writing about the nature of hazards and possible injury/accident and he shall comply to remove shortcomings promptly.

2. The contractors all not be entitled for any damages/compensation for stoppage

of work, due to safety reasons and the period of such stoppage of work shall not be taken as an extension of time for Completion of the Facilities of the Facilities and will not be the ground for waiver of levy of liquidated damages.

IX. Overhead protection: 1. The contractor shall ensure that any area exposed to risk of falling materials,

articles, or objects is roped off or cordoned off or otherwise suitable guarded from inadvertent entry of any person.

2. Wherever there is a possibility of falling of any material, equipment, or construction workers while working at heights a suitable and adequate safety net should be in accordance with BIS Standards.

X. Eye Protection:

The contractor should provide suitable personal protective equipment to his workmen depending upon the nature of hazards and ensure their usage by the workers engaged in operations like welding, chipping, grinding, or similar operations which may cause injuries to his eyes.

XI. Electrical Hazards: 1. The contractor should ensure that all electrical installations/equipments used in

O&M work area comply with the requirements of latest electricity acts/rules. 2. The shall take all adequate measures to prevent any worker from coming into

physical with any electrical equipment or apparatus, machines or live electrical circuits which may cause electrical hazards during the construction work. The contractor shall provide the sufficient ELCBs/RCCBs for all the portable equipments, electrical switchboards, distribution panels etc. to prevent electrical shocks to the workers.

3. The contractor should ensure use of single/double insulated/plastic body hand tools or low voltage i.e. 110 volts hand tools.


4. Wherever NSPCL Electrical & Mechanical Safety Rules prescribed, the Contractor shall not undertake any work till the permit is obtained for the specific work in accordance with NSPCL Rules.

5. All electrical connections are to be taken by using plug top, no tapping of power by booking will be allowed.

XII. Lifting tools and tackles:

The Contractor shall use the lifting appliances, tools & tackles including cranes etc. lifting gear including fixed or movable and any plant or gear, hoists, pressure plant and equipment etc. are in good construction and examined by competent person and certified as per statutory requirements.

XIII. Medical examination: 1. He shall get the medical examination conducted of all his employees including

his sub-contractor employees working in hazardous areas once before the employment and thereafter once in every year by a qualified medical practitioner as per the factories Act. 1948 and concerned State Factories Rules. The necessary registers and records relating to the medical examination of all the employees should be maintained and shown to NSPCL Engineer In-charge/Safety In-charge on demand.

2. If the contractor fails to get the examination conducted as mentioned above, NSPCL will have the right to get the same conducted by NSPCL Medical Officer with intimation to the contractor and deduct the cost and overhead charges.

3. The Contractor shall get the Medical Examination Certificate for all his Employees including Sub-contractor working at NSPCL within 7 days of the work. 1st RA Bill shall be released only after receipt of this certificate.

XIV. Safety Organization: The major O&M contractors who are deploying number of agencies under his control could appoint least one qualified safety officer. The other teams with representative to appointment of number of safety Officer, qualifications, experiences duties, and responsibilities etc. shall be in accordance to the concerned States Factories Rules. The other contractors site In-charge who is directly supervising the job should undergo minimum two days safety training at any reputed institute or at NSPCL training centre before start of the work and obtain the certificate. A copy of the certificate has to submit to Engineer In-charge of NSPCL. After awarding of a contract and before commencement of work contractor along with his workers shall report to Manager (safety) for safety briefing on the job entrusted to him. This briefing shall covert general safety aspects as well as job specific instructions to be given by the EIC. First bill of the contractor shall not be paid, until the protocol is obtained from safety department confirming that the safety briefing has been done.

XV. Reporting of accidents: 1. In case of any injury the contractor shall send the injured person to NSPCL

plant Hospital/Dispensary/First Aid centre where the injured shall be given the first aid treatment and the injured quantum of permanent


disablement/temporary disablement shall be assessed to ensure payment for compensation to be paid, by the contractor to the victim.

2. In case the subsequent treatment given in other than NSPCL Hospitals, the contractor shall submit the full information about the treatment of injured person including the address etc. till the person is certified fit by any Govt./NSPCL doctor. He shall submit such record to NSPCL safety department within 15 days of certified fit by Doctor as above.

3. The contractor shall report immediately about the serious injury/fatality in his work area to the local police station, Dist. Magistrate, Safety Officer In-charge and Engineer In-charge on the prescribed format. In case of near miss accidents minor injury, he shall report the same Safety Officer In-charge and Engineer In-charge immediately after referring the injured to NSPCL Plant Hospital/Dispensary/First Aid Centre.

4. Whenever asked by NSPCL, the contractor shall send his employees to dispose in any enquiry arising out of any injury/fatality/loss etc. without any reservation.

XVI. Personnel Protective equipments: 1. The contractor shall provide safety helmets to all his employees including

contractor Labour of his sub contractor to prevent a danger of falling object. Whenever any worker is engaged on a work at a place from which he is liable to fall more two matters shall with safety belt equipment with lifelines which are secured to a fixed structure. A competent person to ensure that no belt or lifeline that is not in good condition is used shall examine all safety belts and lifelines at frequent interval.

2. Wherever the workers are exposed more than to the noise levels specified in

the concerned State Factory Rules, be provided with suitable ear plugs/ear muffs so as to reduce the exposure below high noise level.

3. Personal protective Equipments as prescribed in the Factory Act/or State Factories Rules, the Contractor shall provide to the workers. In case the Factories Act/State Factories Rules do not specify the personal protective equipments for the concerned work, the personal protective equipments prescribed by NSPCL Engineer In-charge shall be provided by the Contractor. The quality of the personal protective equipments shall be as prescribed in concerning Indian Standards. In case, the Indian Standards do not exist for particular personal protective equipment, the approval of quality shall be obtained from Engineer In-charge/head of safety. It will be the responsibility to ensure that all his employees use these equipments without fail.

4. In case NSPCL officials find that employees of contractors working in NSPCL without use of appropriate safety equipments (personal protective equipments) NSPCL shall have a right to issue the equipment to the workers with intimation to the contractor and deduct the cost and overhead charges as mentioned in the terms of the contract.

5. NSPCL may provide special personnel protective equipments like fall arrestors, Safety Nets etc. on chargeable/ non-chargeable basis, subject to availability to the pretty contractors on his request to Engineer I/C in advance indicating total


no of items quantity and type of equipments required, provided this conditions is specifically included in the contract conditions.

XVII. Training: 1. The contractor shall arrange to provide safety training to all his employees.

Whenever asked by NSPCL also, the Contractor shall send his employees for safety training and for such day the contractor shall pay the employee average daily salary.

2. The contractor shall provide training of use of fire extinguisher and first aid to all his employees and records thereof shall be submitted to Engineer In-charge and Head of Safety of NSPCL. The training may be provided independently or may be nominated to the programmes being organised by NSPCL from time to time.

3. The Contract has to ensure that Safety Training of his employees including the Sub-contractor along with all required PPE to be done within 7 days of Start date of the work. The Safety Training shall be conducted by safety Department and a certificate from the Safety Department shall be issued thereafter. This Safety Certificate shall also be a condition to release the RA Bill.

XVIII. Penalties: 1. If the contractor fails in providing safer working environment as prescribed in

General Conditions of Contract relating to safety and health of continue the work even after being instructed to stop the work by Engineer In-charge, the contractor shall be penalized @ Rs.5000/- per day or part thereof till the instructions are complied with and so certified by the Engineer In-charge. However, in case of accident causing major injury or fatal, the provisions contained below shall also apply in addition to the penalties mentioned in this cause.

2. If the Contractor does not take all safety precautions and/ or fails to comply with the Safety Rules as prescribed by the Employer or under the applicable law for the safety of the plant and equipment and for safety of personal and the contractor does not prevent hazardous conditions which cause injury to this own employees or employees of the other contractors, or the Employers employees or any other person who are at site or adjacent thereto, the contractor shall be responsible for payment of penalty to NSPCL as per the following schedule.

a. For fatal accident/injury Penalty @ 10% of the causing death. Value Rs.5 lakh whichever is less for each fatal accident/injury causing death.

b. Major injury or accident Penalty @ 2.5% of contract causing 25% or more value or Rs.1 lakh whichever permanent disablement to be less for each disablement workmen injury.

3. Permanent disablement shall have the same meaning as indicated in Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923. The penalty mentioned above shall be in addition to the compensation payable to the workmen/employees under the relevant provisions of the Workman Compensation Act and Rules framed there under or any other applicable laws as applicable from time to time.

4. If any contractor worker found working without using the safety equipment like safety helmet, safety shoes, safety belts etc. or without anchoring the safety


belts while working at height the Engineer I/c / Safety Officer of NSPCL shall have the right to penalize the contractor for Rs.200/- per person per day and such worker shall be sent out of the workplace immediately and shall not be allowed to work on that day. Engineer I/c / Safety Officer of NSPCL will also issue a notice in this regard to the contractor.


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


EARTHWORK AND BLANKETING IN RAILWAY FORMATION


EARTHWORK AND BLANKETTING IN RAILWAY FORMATION

1.1 EARTHWORK - GENERAL

1.1.1 Site Clearance : Before work is started, the whole area between the toes of banks or tops of cuttings plus 2m in on both sides shall be properly and effectively cleared by the contractor of all small trees (of girth up to 30 cm), roots, bushes, heavy grass etc; The Contractor shall also clear the site of all buildings, abandoned structures etc as directed by the Engineer, for which extra will be made unless otherwise stated in the agreement The Contractor shall arrange removal of rubbish and other excavated material excluding earth upto a distance of 50 the periphery of the area under site clearance. High portions of the ground shall be cut down and hollow depressions filled up to the required level with the excavated earth so as to give an even neat and tidy look. The work of this nature will be covered by the initial rate for earth work, unless stated to the contrary in the agreement.

1.1.1.1 Trees of girth over 30 cm, measured at a height of 1m above ground level, shall be considered as large trees. Cutting down of large trees shall be paid extra at the rate specified when stumps are grubbed up in addition. Large trees shall not be cut without specific orders from the Engineer. As few trees shall be cut as is absolutely necessary for the execution of work. The roots of trees and saplings shall be removed to a depth of 60 cm below ground level or 30 cm below formation level or 15 cm below sub grade level, whichever is lower. All holes or hollows formed due to removal of roots shall be filled up with earth rammed and leveled. Trees, shrubs, poles, fences, signs, monuments, pipe lines, cable, etc adjacent to the area which are not required to be disturbed during site clearance shall be properly protected by the contractor at his own cost and nothing extra shall be payable. In case any damage to the pipe lines, cables, etc is done due to negligence on part of the contractor the necessary damage charges will be recovered accordingly.

1.1.1.2 Any trees cut down or building materials released from dismantling of structures shall be stacked by the contractor within a distance of 100 metres outside the periphery of the area under site clearance as per instructions of the Engineer. The contractor shall have no claim to the trees or other material removed during site clearance and the same shall be the property of the Employer.

1.1.2 Demarcation and Profiles: The contractor, before starting work, is to demarcate with a deep furrow, at least 20 cm wide and 15 cm deep, 1m away from the toes of slopes of banks and the outside limits of cuttings on both sides of the centre line, the boundaries of the bottom and the top of the slopes of the borrow pits. This is to be considered as part of the setting out of work, and preliminary to contractor being allowed to start the work; and this dag belling is to be maintained and renewed by contractor as and when necessary, or when ordered by the Engineer. The cost of this is included in the initial rate for earth-work.

1.1.2.1 The centre line will be initially set out by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall, at his own expense, provide all building materials as cement, stone chips, sand, bricks, steel plates, nails, markers, stakes, bamboos, strings, pegs and labour necessary for setting out the centre line and profiles required for the correct execution of work and for marking out borrow pits and slopes and will be responsible to ensure that they are maintained in proper order. The costs of providing and maintaining the above including all materials and labour is included in the initial rate for earth-work.

1.1.2.2 The contractor before starting any work, shall take charge of all bench marks, centre line, demarcation and other field stones and reference pegs and be responsible for their subsequent preservation, and should they disappear or be destroyed after he has taken them over, he shall pay the cost of their replacement or replace them at his own level in consultation with the department.


1.1.3 Maintenance: Banks and cuttings are to be correctly dressed and finished in profile with slopes as specified in each case. Where gullies or water-cuts commence to form on the slopes of embankments or cuttings, the erosion is to be checked as early as practicable and made good with suitable material well rammed into place. Where a gully or water-cut has not been checked at its commencement, it may be advisable to cut it out or step it before filling it in, and to further protect the place by turfing, pitching or other means as may be ordered by the Engineer. Work, before being finally paid for, is to be checked by the Engineer as having been correctly brought up, or carried down, to the proper level and to be otherwise complete in all respects in accordance with the specifications, and with the proper allowance for settlement as specified in para 1.2.6.

1.1.3.1 As soon as the work has been satisfactorily completed, the Engineer shall issue a certificate of completion in respect of the work as specified in the General Conditions of Contract. Unless otherwise specified in the Tender conditions, the contractor shall maintain the banks / cuttings for a period of six months or as per conditions of contract and hand over banks / cuttings to Engineer-in-charge in proper condition and where necessary, for their restoration to such condition, at the end of maintenance period. Until then, contractor is responsible for all losses due to subsidence, wastage or guttering due to rain, wind, wear, wash or from any other cause whatsoever and he shall have no claim for any extra work or payment on this account.

1.1.4 Spoil from cutting to bank: Up to the normal lead of 50 metres, material from each end of every cutting shall be led forward into the adjoining bank as a matter of course, and the rate to be paid for such material shall be the rate for cutting only. Both bank and cutting will not be paid for. The Engineer shall specify in each case from what point in each cutting to what point in the adjoining bank, spoil shall be led out, payment being made only for the excess lead over and above the initial lead included in the rate for cutting. The Engineer can modify these limits at any stage of the work and all such changes shall be binding on the contractor without any claim for any extra payment on this account. Dressing and compaction of the bank will, however, be paid for in addition.

1.1.5 Classification of Soils: The classification of soils met with in executing the work shall be made by the Engineer/ Engineers’ representative authorized by the Engineer for this purpose subject to the approval and final decision of the Engineer, if not made by him. The rates to be paid to the contractor in his bills shall be based on these classifications.

Earth work can be divided under the following heads :

1.1.5.1 Soft / Loose Soil : Generally any soil which yields to the ordinary application of pick and shovel, or to phawra, rake or other ordinary digging implements; such as vegetable or organic soil, turf, gravel, sand, silt, loam, clay, peat, etc.

1.1.5.2 Hard/Dense Soil : Generally any soil which requires the close application of picks or jumpers or scarifiers to loosen; such as stiff clay, compact moorum, macadam surfaces of any description, (water bound, grouted, tarmac etc), kankar soil, shingle and boulder studded soil and soft conglomerate etc.

1.1.5.3 Mud (Soil) : A mixture of soil and water in fluid or weak solid state and where inflow of sub soil water is not involved.

1.1.5.4 Soft/Disintegrated Rock (Not Requiring Blasting) : Rock or boulders which may be quarried or split with crow bars. This will also include laterite and hard conglomerate.

1.1.5.5 Hard Rock (Requiring Blasting) : Any rock for the excavation of which blasting is required.


1.1.5.6 Hard Rock (Blasting Prohibited): Hard rock requiring blasting as described under sub para 1.1.5.5, but where blasting is prohibited for any reason and excavation has to be carried out by chiseling, wedging or any other agreed method.

1.1.6 Measurements: Cutting and banks are to be excavated and made up neatly to the lines shown in the cross section as per approved construction drawing. No payment will be made for excess work done outside these lines except when such work is so ordered in writing by the Engineer. However, if any bulges are left in the slopes of cuttings due to practical difficulties and are permitted, deduction as per actual measurements will be made. Similar action will be taken in case of concave surfaces in the slopes of embankments, if permitted.

1.1.6.1 Should the Engineer so desire, he may, at any stage of the work, order the Contractor to increase or reduce the slopes of any cutting or bank or alter the formation level, in which case the amount of work actually done will be paid for in accordance with the specifications and the Schedule of Rates.

1.1.6.2 Unless otherwise specified the initial rate for Earth work is inclusive of an initial lead up to 50 metres and lift of 1.5 metres.

1.1.6.3 Additional lead for the purpose of payment will be measured from the centre of gravity of excavation to the centre of gravity of the bank or spoil heap, and shall be measured along the shortest practicable route and not necessarily the route actually taken.

1.1.6.4 Additional lift for the purpose of payment will be estimated by dividing the cross section of the bank or cutting into successive stages of 1.5m high or deep respectively from the natural ground level and only the quantity contained in each strip shall be paid for at the rate appertaining to its height or depth above or below the natural ground level, respectively. Lift from the borrow-pit to the ground level or from ground level to the spoil bank shall not be taken into account in any payment for lift unless the depth of the borrow- pit or the height of the spoil bank has been made in excess of 1.5m under instructions from the Engineer, and in such cases, only the portion of the borrow-pit below 1.5m depth or of the spoil bank above 1.5m height as measured from the natural ground level, shall be, measured separately for payment of lift on the same basis as for cuttings or banks respectively. No extra payment will be made for descent, ascents, crossing of nallahs and ridges.

1.1.6.5 For purpose of payment, cuttings shall be assumed to be composed of such soil / soils only, as stand exposed on both or one side of the finished cuttings, depending upon whether the cutting is box type or one sided on a transversely sloping ground. The content of each type of soil thus assigned to any cross section shall be determined as indicated below. It is to be noted that no portion of cutting will be payable for any such type of soil as is not exhibited on the finished side slope, where the side slope exists. The only exception will be in cases where a hard or soft rock layer exists in cutting but is not exhibited in the original and finished side slopes. In such cases, the hard / soft rock excavated should be stacked separately and paid for after deducting 30% for voids.

(a) For box type cutting: The centre line of the alignment will be marked vertically on the cross section and the content of each type of soil will be determined by computing the area of the strip, formed by joining the points, which form the extremity of occurrence of the particular soil on the finished side slope of cutting, by straight horizontal lines terminating on the centre line. Figure No.1.1 is illustrative of the manner in which payment is to be made.

(b) For one sided cutting on a transversely sloping ground : Content of each type of soil will be determined by computing the area of the strip, formed by joining the points, which form the extremity of occurrence of the particular soil on the finished side slope of the cutting, by straight lines to the zero point. Figure No.1.2 is illustrative of the manner in which the payment for the cutting will be made.


(c) For widening of existing cuttings for one or more lines where the existing cutting slope disappears and a fresh slope stands : Before undertaking widening of the cutting, pre-classification of the existing cutting slope (which will disappear) should be done after clearing and cleaning the surface and the strata met marked on the cross-section sheets. After completion of the work various strata as stand exposed on the new finished slope of the cutting shall again be marked on the cross-sections. Then the demarcation points of adjacent strata as determined by classification of the existing slope and the final slope should be joined as shown in Figure No. 1.3.

The cross-sectional areas for different strata may be worked out and quantities payable classification-wise assessed accordingly.

(d) For extension to the existing cutting where no fresh cutting slope is available after work: Before execution of the work pre-classification of the existing cutting slope which will not be finally available, should be done and recorded in the initial cross-section. Figure No. 1.4 is illustrative of the manner in which the payment for the cutting is to be made for soil of different classifications.

1.1.6.6 Classification in the above manner shall be made only at such points where the cross sections giving the ground profile have been recorded. The classification as recorded in the above manner in case of cuttings shall be signed by the contractor in token of his acceptance. The classification as recorded by the Authorized representative of the Engineer in the above cases for cuttings is subject to confirmation by the Engineer, whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor. Where there is disagreement between the Contractor and the Authorized representative of the Engineer on classification of soil, payment shall be effected “on account” as per lower classification as made by the Authorised representative of the Engineer. Payment for extra at the rate for higher classification shall be made after final decision by the Engineer on the admissibility of the Contractor’s claim for higher classification.

1.1.6.7 In computing the quantity of earth work in cuttings and side drains, no cognizance will be taken of the additional excavation, which may be necessitated during the progress of the work due to the presence of boulders or other material, and payment will only be made for the quantity as per cross sections required to be provided.

1.1.6.8 Where cutting spoil is utilised for making the bank, stones over 15 cm size, which are not to be used in the bank, shall be stacked separately at a site to be indicated by the Engineer. To determine the quantity of cutting spoil led out for making the bank, the sectional quantity of the cutting shall be reduced by the volume of stones and boulders stacked outside, which will be arrived at by deducting 50% for voids from the stack measurements of these stones and boulders. The stacking of these stones and boulders including lead upto 50 metres and lift upto 1.5 metres is covered by the initial rate of Earth work.

1.1.6.9 Stones and boulders over 15 cm size shall not be used in making embankments. In embankments where payment is made on the basis of cross section measurements, the stones and boulders over 15 cm size shall be stacked separately, and their volume, after deducting 50% for voids from the stack measurements of these stones and boulders, shall be included as extra, for payment for earthwork in excavation from borrow pits.

1.1.6.10 Payment: It must be clearly understood that the Contract rates are intended to cover the full cost of finished work. Banks and cuttings are to be carefully dressed to formation with such slopes as may be specified in each case. The payment for the quantity of earth work in cutting / bank shall normally be made on cross sectional measurements. The existing ground / bank profile shall be taken and plotted by the Authorised representative of the Engineer in the presence of contractor or his authorized agent before commencement of the work. The profile of the bank or the cutting required to be provided including allowance of settlement in case of embankment, shall also be plotted on the same sheets. The levels and cross sections shall be signed by both the Authorised representative of the Engineer and the


contractor / his authorized agent. The profiles of the bank or cutting as required to be provided are for the guidance of the contractor and not for the purpose of measurements.

The profiles of the finished and plotted bank/ cutting shall like-wise be taken in the presence of the contractor or his authorised agent and super-imposed on the original ground profile. These profiles are to be taken at locations as directed by the Engineer, at least at 25m intervals on straight and at least at every 15m on Curves with radii sharper than 600m and at extra locations in special cases such as irregular or side long ground etc. The gross volume of earth work shall be calculated from the original and finished profile of the bank/ cutting. For the purpose of payment the gross quantity thus calculated shall be reduced by 10% towards shrinkage allowance for earth work in embankments only, but no such deductions shall be made for earth work in cuttings. Where the embankment has been compacted by heavy machinery as stipulated in subsequent Para 1.9 or in accordance with any other special specifications, on the specific instructions of the Engineer in writing, shrinkage allowance shall be deducted at the rate of 5% of the gross quantity of earth work. Irrespective of the type of soil, number of monsoons passed over the embankment, shrinkage / compaction which may be caused due to base settlement, wash out, mode of working, i.e. use of trucks, camel carts, donkeys etc, and other reasons, whatsoever and the actual shrinkage allowance provided in setting out the profiles in different sections.

As it may, at times, be difficult to measure by means of cross sections the quantity of rock excavated by blasting or chiseling, owing to its irregular configuration or intermixture with other materials, the quantity of rock may be measured after stacking the excavated rock spoil. The same procedure also applies to any other type of soil, which requires to be measured separately from the material constituting the bulk of the spoil. In all such cases, the payable quantity of the stacked material is to be arrived at by making suitable deductions for voids from the measured cubical contents of the stacks as specified below:-

Type of soil stacked Deduction (a) Rock spoil of different sizes 30 per cent (b) Sandy materials 7 ½ per cent (c) Black cotton soil 20 per cent (d) Other soils, including coal ashes 15 per cent

To facilitate measurement, all stacks to be measured shall be made rectangular in plan and of uniform height, on level ground or ground leveled for this purpose. The stacking of spoil shall be done in a compact manner to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The rates provided shall include all charges on account of such stacking as well as any lead or lift, as also the re-stacking of stacks or portions of stacks which the Engineer considers, in his sole discretion, as not properly stacked.

As far as possible spoils from cuttings fit for embankment shall be used to make up the bank. If however, this is found to be uneconomical due to excessive lead or lift, the earth if available from the borrow pits in the Employer’s land may be used if permitted. If sufficient quantity of good earth fit for embankment is not available from the source of cut spoils and the source of borrow pits, Contractor’s earth shall be utilised. As far as possible each stretch of bank should be made of earth from only one source so as to avoid mix up. If however, this is not possible due to exigencies of work, earth from one source should be utilised first and compaction done before earth from the next source is allowed to be dumped. Initial cross section of bank and cross section after compaction of earth from each of the sources should be taken. Based on the cross sectional areas, the gross quantity of earth work embankment executed by utilising the earth from different sources shall be determined. The net quantity shall be assessed after deduction of shrinkage allowance at the rate of 10%/5% as the case may be, depending upon the type of compaction done.

Final measurements shall be taken only after the bank/ cutting has been completed to the required profile as directed by the Engineer irrespective of the period of completion and


number of monsoons that may pass during execution. Shrinkage allowance shall be applied on these final measurements for banks.

1.1.6.11 At the end of final measurements, following certificate shall be recorded in the Measurement Book by Authorised representative of the Engineer.

“Certified that necessary allowance for shrinkage as prescribed was made while giving profiles to the contractor for doing earth work and the same has been provided by the Contractor”.

1.1.6.12 Where, for any reason at the discretion of the Engineer, borrow-pit measurements are resorted to, all matams and roads and excess earth work, such as bulges in the slopes of the banks / cuttings, shall be excluded from the measurements.

1.1.6.13 Nothing extra shall be paid for:

(i) Excavation for insertion of planking and strutting. (ii) Removing slips or falls in excavations (iii) Bailing out water in excavations from rains, ordinary springs not requiring

pumping etc. (Note: Pumping out water caused by powerful springs, tidal or river

seepage, broken water mains or drains and the like, shall be paid separately if provided for in the Agreement)

(iv) Unauthorised battering or benching of excavations. (v) Forming steps in sides of deep excavations and their removal after

measurements. (vi) Protective measures for protection against risk of accidents to the public due

to open excavation. (vii) Protective measures / precautions taken to avoid damage to existing Signal /

Electrical / Telecom / other Miscellaneous Cables, Pipes, installations etc.

1.1.7 Dressing Surface:

1.1.7.1 This specification is applicable to Surface dressing executed as a separate work for purposes other than Earthwork for Embankment or Cutting. In case of Earthwork for Embankment or cutting, provisions of Para 1.1.1 will apply and the surface dressing will be covered by the initial rate of earthwork unless stated to the contrary in the Agreement. This specification shall also be applicable only to work involving Soft / Loose soil and Hard / Dense soil.

1.1.7.2 The terms “Dressing Surface” shall be taken to mean the cutting down of high portion of a specified area of ground and using the excavated earth to fill up the hollows and the depressions. The maximum depth of excavation or filling shall be restricted to 15 cms.

1.1.7.3 The levels to which the ground is to be dressed shall be such that the quantity filled is nearly equal to the quantity cut and the finished surface is even and tidy with such slopes as may be necessary for proper drainage. Before the work is commenced the proposed levels shall be set up at regular intervals both for the cuts and for the fills, by suitable means as directed by the Engineer and these shall be got checked and approved by him.

1.1.7.4 Unless otherwise provided for in the Contract, the rates shall be inclusive of removal of rubbish up to a distance of 50m outside the periphery of the area cleared.

1.2 EARTH WORK IN EMBANKMENTS

1.2.1 Embankment in Water-logged ground etc. : When embankments are to be carried across water-logged or swampy ground or to be made in soil which requires special protective measures, it rests with the Contractor in all such cases to bring these facts to the notice of the Engineer concerned who will direct on the methods to be adopted and the rates to be paid, and will arrange for a special agreement for the same if necessary.

1.2.2 Selection of Earth: If due to non availability of adequate quantity of earth from the Employer’s land, the contract provides for contractor’s earth the contractor shall get the prior


approval of the Engineer for the quality of earth and where Contract Conditions provide for lead based on the distance from the sources of supply to site, the lead to be paid. The disturbed / undisturbed soil samples along with the test results as per specifications will be submitted by the contractor for approval of the source from where the earth is proposed to be borrowed before the Earth work in embankment is started or in case of change in location of the source.

1.2.3 Formation Width: The formation widths are to be as shown in the drawings.

1.2.4 Side Slopes: The side slopes will ordinarily be 2:1, but the Engineer or his Authorised representative may, by order in writing, vary this slope to suit local conditions. The side slopes shall be carried up simultaneously with the rest of the work and not filled in afterwards. This can only be ensured by insisting on the whole width of embankment from the toes of the slope coming up simultaneously. The slopes of banks composed of sand shall, if directed by the Engineer be covered by a layer of not less than 30 cm thickness of Moorum or other good soil to facilitate turfing and extra payment will be made for the same.

1.2.5 Profiles: Profiles for banks shall be set out where-ever cross section has been taken. These profiles shall be set up atleast every 25m on the straight and every 15m on curves with radii shorter than 600m. Profiles shall also be set up at any additional places if ordered by the Engineer.

1.2.6 Allowance for settlement: In width of formation 50mm extra should be provided for each 30 cm of the height of the bank as shown on the section upto a maximum of 0.60m. This does not affect the width at the toes of the slopes, which will be set out from the height given on the section. In setting up profiles for bank, due allowance for settlement must be made and added to the height of the profile over and above the height of formation as shown in the approved drawing. As a guide the following shrinkage allowances per metre height are suggested for adoption with different classes of soil:-The additional earth has to be removed after final dressing and it can be used elsewhere after a stretch of the work is completed, dressed to final profile and taken over by the Engineer-in-charge.

Shrinkage allowance for work Done manually per metre height

Bank made of rocky fills 0 to 2 cm Bank made of moorum and sandy soils 8 to 12 cm Bank made of fills with considerable clay content 16 to 20 cm

The Engineer will decide the scale of allowance for settlement for each section and shall be at liberty to vary the same during the progress of the work to suit the nature of soil met with, the method adopted for executing the earth work, the consolidation achieved during the progress of the work and any other factors affecting the earth work.

1.2.6.1 The above shrinkage allowances are only for the purpose of setting out of the work. For payment, the deduction for shrinkage shall be as specified in para 1.1.6.10.

1.2.7 Borrow Pits: The Engineer concerned will direct from where material is to be obtained and has powers to refuse to allow any unsuitable material to be put into a bank. As far as possible, Bank should be made of homogeneous material with no mix of rubble or boulders with soil. No excavation for borrow pits shall be made within 2m of the limits of the acquired land. Borrow pits shall not be dug close to level crossings, bridges or culverts, telegraph poles, electric poles, or close to inhabited areas, unless they can be properly drained to prevent water stagnating. Borrow pits within station limits shall be avoided as far as possible. The earth is to be excavated and thrown to such width, depth and height and in such places as may be from time to time decided.

1.2.7.1 During excavation, the contractor shall take particular care to avoid damage to drains, water mains, cables or other underground work. Should any damage be caused, the


Engineer shall be notified immediately and the damage shall be made good at the contractor’s expense.

1.2.7.2 Borrow pits shall be excavated within the limits of the Employer’s land as directed by the Engineer. The pits must be rectangular or conform to the land boundaries. The sides of the pits next to the toe of the bank are to be sloped down at 2:1, and elsewhere at a slope of 1:1 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Any pits wrongly excavated shall be refilled by the contractor at his own cost, and in such a manner as the Engineer directs.

1.2.7.3 Borrow pits are not to be made of uneven depth but the whole area of each pit is to be neatly excavated to the same level. The outer or the most distant half of the borrow-pits is to be excavated first, so that in the event of the pits being flooded by rain, there will still be ground available for work.

1.2.7.4 A berm 15m wide is to be left untouched initially at every 85m between edges of borrow-pits, and is not to be encroached upon for any excavation except under the instructions of the Engineer. If it is necessary for drainage purposes to cut through the berm, the channel will be made on the side remote from the Bank.

1.2.7.5 Inside long ground, the borrow pits are to be dug on the upper side of the bank, and are to be continuous to serve as catch water drains; and, if so ordered, the contractor shall get the earth for the bank exclusively from such pits till the catch water drain is complete to the required length, section and level as prescribed by the Engineer.

1.2.7.6 When doing repair work to banks it is absolutely essential that diagonal bunds be kept, when digging fresh borrow-pits in the old ones, as a precautionary measure for correct assessment of the work. Diagonal bunds are also to be kept in borrow-pits for new works where payments are to be made on borrow-pit measurements. When doing earthwork repairs, Authorised representative of the Engineer should bear this point in mind and refuse to measure up any pit in which a diagonal bund has not been kept. For repair works it would save a large amount of unnecessary detailed measurements if all pits were excavated to a uniform size as far as practicable.

1.2.8 Bank executed manually: All banks, if executed manually shall be made in successive layers, not more than 30 cm in depth, over the whole width and slightly concave in section so as to retain water for subsidence. The subsequent top layer shall be started only when the previous layer has been completed for a length not less than 30m along the embankment.

1.2.9 Clods:- All large clods ( larger the 15 cm ) shall be broken up in the borrow pits or bank by labour specially deputed for this work. This shall be strictly ensured.

1.2.10 Bunding of Bank Top: In banks executed manually/mechanically, before the commencement of monsoon, continuous longitudinal earth bunds, 25 cm high and 30 cm wide on the top with side slopes of 2:1, are to be made on the outer edges of the top of embankments, together with cross bunds of the same dimensions at every 15m, so as to impound rain water to expedite consolidation. This work shall be paid for separately at the rate for soft/loose soil and may be left uncompacted.

1.2.11 Benching : In widening an existing bank, steps 30cm in height and approximately 60 cm wide, shall be cut in the existing bank before any new earth is placed, to form a bond between the new and old earth work. Similar benching is to be provided in side-long ground of which the slope at right angles to the alignment of the banks is 3 Horizontal to 1 vertical or steeper or if ordered by the Engineer. The benching in side long ground will not be separately measured or paid for, but is deemed to be covered by the initial rate for earth work.

1.2.12 Stream diversions : When it has been decided to divert a stream adjoining the bank, the excavation for this work is to be undertaken and completed before any borrow pit work is done at site and all earth from such diversion is to be put into the main bank, if so ordered. If earth excavated from the drain is led into the bank, payment will only be made for the quantity excavated including lead and lift if any and not for both cut and fill. In excavating


for diversion of stream, care must be exercised by the Engineer that such diversion does not start a land slip.

1.2.13 Backing to bridges: In carrying embankments over a bridge or a culvert intended to be covered by the work, the earth work shall be brought up evenly on both sides of the structure so that the pressure may be equalised. In filling in the approaches of a bridge, or the spandrels between small arches, the earth filling shall be raised simultaneously with the wing walls in the former case and with the face walls in the latter, in order that the filling may be well trodden down under the feet of the labourers; and in filling in foundations and backing to revetments, the earth work shall similarly be brought up level as the masonry proceeds. Filling for the backing of bridges or culverts will conform to specifications under Para 1.6, and subsequent sub paras, or as ordered by the Engineer. Cast iron rammers should be used to consolidate the earthwork where meachanical compaction can not be done due to practical constraints.

1.2.14 Dressing: After completion of earth work the slopes shall be neatly dressed to the correct profiles, and shall be made up where required during the maintenance period. The top should be neatly dressed off sloping at an inclination of 1 in 30 either side from the centre line unless otherwise specified in the drawings.

1.2.15 Turfing : Turfing of banks shall be done during the monsoon season, preferably after a heavy shower, when it can be ensured that the bank slopes will remain wet for a long time after planting the grass. Turfing shall be paid for separately. Turfing shall not be commenced without the prior written permission of the Engineer. The stretch of embankment where turfing is to be done should be completed in all respects and should be so recorded in the level books and profiles. Contractor should be given permission in writing to this effect before starting the Turfing.

1.2.15.1 Before turfing is commenced, the side slopes are to be dressed to the specified section. This dressing is included in the initial rate for earth work, and should a contractor stop work before dressing the bank, he shall be debited with the estimated cost of the dressing to be done by another contractor or departmental labour, as decided by the Engineer. Where the slope is already consolidated, it should be loosened for a depth of about 4 cms before the sods are laid.

1.2.15.2 Turfing shall consist of sods, not less than 10 cm thick and 20 cm square well beaten into the bank till they get a proper hold and form a level and compact mat. The contractor shall be responsible for watering where necessary to ensure that the turf grows properly; and in the event of it not doing so, he will returf such parts as have not grown, at his own cost. The turfing shall be measured and taken over only after the grass has rooted well and has formed a sufficiently dense growth over the earth slopes. Turing with sarkanda or other varieties of locally available grass may also be permitted by the Engineer incharge depending upon the local conditions.

1.2.15.3 Turfing of side slopes of cuttings if ordered by the Engineer shall be carried out in a manner similar to Turfing of bank.

1.2.16 Sarkanda or similar type of planting on bank slopes : Where Sarkanda is planted on bank slopes, the minimum distance centre to centre in rows shall be 40 cm in either direction. The plantation in adjacent rows will be staggered for proper coverage of the area. For other types of plantation, the local practice shall be followed as directed by the Engineer. Where directed to be done, this item will be paid for extra.

1.3 EARTH WORK IN CUTTINGS

1.3.1 Formation width : The formation widths, exclusive of side drains, are to be as shown in the drawings :


The top width of each side drain will ordinarily be 120 cm at formation level and depth 30 cm, unless shown otherwise in the drawing. For longer drains specially designed sections will be adopted depending upon the catchment area, length and slope of the drain which should be finalized before completion of the cuttings.

1.3.2 Side Slopes: The side slopes will ordinarily be 1:1 unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer.

1.3.3 Excavation:

1.3.3.1 When so ordered, the centre portion of gullet of the cutting shall be first taken out to the full width of formation to enable the Engineer to determine the slopes suitable to the full length of the particular cutting or to different lengths of it. When the gullet is cut out to its full depth in shallow cuttings, or to the depth of the first cut in deep cuttings, the side portions or triangular sections up to the slopes may be excavated. In deep cuttings, the, second cut will not be started until the top portion is thus completed.

The necessity of excavating cuttings in this manner is evident as, in the event of heavy rain occurring with work partly completed, and the bottom of the excavation uneven and incapable of drainage, excessive delay might occur or excessive pumping might become necessary. The contractor is solely responsible for any such contingency and the Employer will not be liable for any compensation.

1.3.3.2 All cuttings shall be taken down carefully to the precise level and section as delineated in the drawings or as ordered by the Engineer. In case the bottom of the cutting is taken down deeper than is necessary by over sight or neglect of the contractor or due to blasting operations, the hollow must be filled up to true depth with selected material and rammed, at contractor’s expense. Cuttings with the formation in rock will be excavated upto 15 cm (Max.) below the true formation and filled up to true level with cutting spoil to ensure that no lumps of solid rock project above formation level. The bottom sloping from centre towards side drains shall be as given in Sub Para 1.3.3.3 below. Payment will, however be made for earth work in cutting up to the true formation level only.

1.3.3.3 In soft soil the excavation of cuttings shall, in the first instances be carried to about 15 cms short of the full depth, so much being left for dressing the bottom true to the formation. The side slopes shall be dressed true and straight and the bottom shall then be completed by sloping if from the centre line towards the side drains to a slope of 1 in 30 or any other slope as shown in the drawing.

1.3.4 Drainage of cuttings :

1.3.4.1 In excavating cuttings, special precautions are to be taken to ensure that the excavations drain themselves automatically. To ensure this, the central block of earth or gullet is to be excavated first. This will be done in such a manner that the bottom of the excavation shall, where possible, slope downwards from the centre of the cutting towards the ends. It will be made in such cuts or steps as may from time to time, be directed. Generally, in deep cuttings the first cut or step will approximately follow the surface of the ground, where this will secure the necessary slope for drainage, and will be excavated to such depth not exceeding 3m as may be ordered, with perpendicular sides leaving pathways for workmen along the sides of the cut parallel to the central line about every 15 m. In shallow cuttings, not exceeding 2m in the deepest part, the gullet may be cut out at once to formation level.

1.3.4.2 Side drains according to the cross section shown in the drawing shall be provided at the toe of the slope in all cuttings to ensure proper drainage. Excavation to the required cross section and longitudinal slope to form the side drain will be paid for at the same rates for cutting.

1.3.5 Catch-water drains : Where required, catch water drains cut to the section and profile prescribed, shall be constructed on the up hill side leaving a berm of one metre from the boundary of the Employer’s land or as decided to suit the local conditions and shall be


paid for at the same rates as for cutting. The cross sectional area of the catch water drain shall normally not exceed 0.75 sqm.

The spoil from the catch water drain will be deposited to make a uniform slope from the edge of the cutting towards the drain. The material derived from the catch water drain will be used to the extent required to provide the slope and the surplus earth should be deposited in the spoil bank of the cuttings. Unless ordered to the contrary by the Engineer, the Catch water drain must be excavated before the cutting is started.

1.3.6 Berms and spoil banks: No spoil shall be deposited within a distance of 10 m from the top edge of the slope of any cutting duly taking into account the location of the catch water drain, if any. While doing so, the Engineer may bear in mind the side on which the doubling may eventually be done and may be suitably increased.

1.3.6.1 The spoil heap shall be roughly but neatly dressed off to a slope of 1 ½: 1, and shall form a continuous bund along the top of the cutting. In country where there is any cross fall, sufficient spoil shall be thrown on the uphill side of the cutting to supplement the catch water drain and assist in keeping drainage out. This work must be done first.

1.3.6.2 (a) All material excavated from cuttings suitable for pitching, ballast, masonry or any other purpose whatever, shall be the property of the Employer, and shall be stacked, as also disposed off, as directed by the Engineer, within the limits of lead specified for stacking of spoil. This is included in the rate for cutting.

(b) Any finds of archaeological interest such as relics of antiquity, coins, fossils or other articles of value shall be delivered to the Engineer and shall be the property of the Employer.

1.3.7 Springs or Inflow: Should springs or inflow of water appear in cuttings, or should they be flooded, the contractor must arrange for bailing, pumping or drainage of water, without obstruction to adjacent works. Payment for the same shall not be made unless otherwise provided for in the Agreement with the Contractor.

1.3.8 Protections: Excavation, where directed by the Engineer, shall be securely fenced and provided with proper caution signs, conspicuously displayed during the day and properly illuminated with red lights during the night, to avoid accidents. The Contractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation operations do not damage the adjoining structures or dislocate the services. Water supply pipes, sluice valve chambers, sewerage pipes, manholes, drainage pipes & chambers, communication cables, power supply cables etc. met within the course of excavation shall be properly supported and adequately protected, so that these services remain functional. No extra payment will be made for taking such measures unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Contract.

Excavation shall not be carried out below the foundation level of adjacent buildings untill underpinning; shoring etc. is done as per the directions of the Engineer for which payment shall be made separately. The temporary arrangement drawings should be submitted by the contractor and got approved before undertaking such excavation.

1.3.9 Blasting: If any blasting operations are necessary, they shall be carried out in accordance with the Explosives Act and the Rules as amended upto date. Extracts from the Explosives Rules 1983 are kept at Annexure 1.1 for strict adherence by the Contractor’s staff as well as other employees engaged in blasting operations. For general guidance, the instructions contained in Chapter X of Indian Railways Works Manual may be referred to. The following specifications are supplementary to the above.

1.3.9.1 Where hard rock is met with and blasting operations are considered necessary, the contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer in writing for resorting to blasting operation.


Note: In ordinary rock, not requiring blasting, blasting operations shall not be generally adopted. However, the contractor may resort to blasting with the permission of the Engineer, but nothing extra shall be paid for such blasting operations.

The contractor shall obtain licence from the competent authority for undertaking blasting work as well as for containing and storing the explosive as per the Explosive Act, 1884 as amended up to date and the Explosive Rules, 1983. The contractor shall purchase the explosives fuses, detonators etc. only from a licenced dealer. Transportation and storage of explosive at site shall conform to the aforesaid Explosive Act and Explosive Rules. The contractor shall be responsible for the safe custody and proper accounting of the explosive materials. Fuses and detonators shall be stored separately and away from the explosives. The Engineer or his authorised representative shall have the right to check the contractor’s store and account of explosives. The contractor shall provide necessary facilities for this.

The contractor shall be responsible for any damage arising out of accident to workmen public or property due to storage, transportation and use of explosive during blasting operation.

1.3.9.2 Blasting operations shall be carried out under the supervision of a responsible authorized agent of the contractor (referred subsequently as agent on duty), during specified hours as approved in writing by the Engineer. The agent shall be a licensed blaster. In case of blasting with dynamite or any other high explosive, the position of all the bore holes to be drilled shall be marked in circles with white paint. These shall be inspected by the Contractor’s agent. Bore holes shall be of a size that the cartridge can easily pass down. After the drilling operation, the agent shall inspect the holes to ensure that drilling has been done only at the marked locations and no extra hole has been drilled. The agent shall then prepare the necessary charge separately for each bore hole. The bore holes shall be thoroughly cleaned before a cartridge is inserted. Only cylindrical wooden tamping rods shall be used for tamping. Metal rods or rods having pointed ends shall never be used for tamping. One cartridge shall be placed in the bore hole and gently pressed but not rammed down. Other cartridges shall then be added as may be required to makeup the necessary charge for the bore hole. The top most cartridge shall be connected to the detonator which shall in turn be connected to the safety fuses of required length. All fuses shall be cut to the length required before being inserted into the holes. Joints in fuses shall be avoided. Where joints are unavoidable, a semi-circular nitch shall be cut in one piece of fuse about 2 cm deep from the end and the end of other piece inserted into the nitch. The two pieces shall then be wrapped together with string. All joints exposed to dampness shall be wrapped with rubber tape.

The charges shall be fired successively and not simultaneously. Immediately before firing, warning shall be given and the agent shall see that all persons have retired to a place of safety. The safety fuses of the charged holes shall be ignited in the presence of the agent, who shall see that all the fuses are properly ignited.

Careful count shall be kept by the agent and others of each blast as it explodes. In case all the charged bore holes have exploded, the agent shall inspect the site soon after the blast but in case of misfire, the agent shall inspect the site after half an hour and mark red crosses (X) over the holes which have not exploded. During this interval of half an hour, nobody shall approach the misfired holes. No driller shall work near such bore until either of the following operations have been done by the agent for the misfired boreholes.

(a) The contractor’s agent shall very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay) extract the tamping with a wooden scraper and withdraw the fuse, primer and detonator.

(b) The holes shall be cleaned for 30 cm of tamping and its direction ascertained by placing a stick in the hole. Another hole shall then be drilled 15cm away and parallel to it. This hole shall be charged and fired. The misfired holes shall also explode along with the new one.


Before leaving the site of work, the agent of one shift shall inform the agent relieving him for the next shift, of any case of misfire and each such location shall be jointly inspected and the action to be taken in the matter shall be explained to the relieving agent.

The Engineer shall also be informed by the agent of all cases of misfires, their causes and steps taken in that connection.

1.3.9.3 General Precautions: For safety of persons, red flags shall be prominently displayed around the area where blasting operations are to be carried out. All the workers at site, except those who actually ignite the fuse, shall withdraw to a safe distance of atleast 150 metres from the blasting site. Audio warning by blowing whistle shall be given before igniting the fuse.

Blasting work shall be done under careful supervision of a licensed blaster and trained personnel shall be employed. Blasting shall not be done within 100 metres of an existing structure, unless specifically permitted by the Engineer in writing. In such cases, the Authorised representative of the Engineer must be present to ensure that special precautions as may be prescribed by the Engineer and those stipulated by the licensing authority are taken and that necessary warning is given to the inhabitants.

All procedures and safety precautions for the use of explosives drilling and loading of explosives before and after shot firing and disposal of explosives shall be taken by the contractor as detailed in IS 4081, Safety code for blasting and related drilling operation.

1.3.9.4 Precautions against misfire: The safety fuse shall be cut in an oblique direction with a knife. All saw dust shall be cleared from inside of the detonator. This can be done by blowing down the detonator and tapping the open end. No tools shall be inserted into the detonator for this purpose.

If there is water present or if the bore hole is damp, the junction of the fuse and detonator shall be made water tight by means of tough grease or any other suitable material.

The detonator shall be inserted into the cartridge so that about one-third of the copper tube is left exposed outside the explosive. The safety fuse just above the detonator shall be securely tied in position in the cartridge. Water proof fuse only shall be used in the damp bore hole or when water is present in the bore hole.

If a misfire has been found to be due to defective fuse, detonator or dynamite, the entire consignment from which the fuse, detonator or dynamite was taken shall be got inspected by the Engineer or his authorised representative before resuming the blasting or returning the consignment.

1.4 EARTH WORK BY DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL TRAINS; since earthwork is not done by DMT these days, specifications has not been included.

1.5 EXCAVATION OF FOUNDATIONS FOR BUILDINGS / TRENCHES FOR PIPELINES ETC.

1.5.1 Clearance of Site : The contractor will, at his own expense, clear the site of all obstructions to enable the setting out to be done, and will also provide all necessary labour, pegs, string ,building materials including cement etc. required for the proper setting out of the work. If any huts or other structures, trees (girth 30 cm and above) etc. are to be removed they will be paid for separately.

1.5.2 Setting out : The centre longitudinal or face line and atleast one main cross line shall be marked by means of small masonry pillars built clear of the point to which the slopes of the excavation will extend. On each pillar there shall be an accurate mark to enable a theodolite being set up over it for setting out purposes. These pillars shall be adequately protected from any possibility of damage during the course of the work. The provision and


protection of the pillars shall be at the expense of the contractor, for which nothing extra shall be paid.

1.5.3 Size and Form of Excavation: The excavation for the foundations of bridges, culverts, columns and buildings and all other structures as well as trenches for sewers, drains and pipes, shall be executed to the depths shown on the drawings, or to such greater or lesser depth as the character of the ground necessitates to ensure a stable and solid foundation, and as directed by the Engineer. Should the trenches be excavated by the contractor by negligence or mistake to greater dimensions than are necessary, no payment shall be made for this extra excavation and the contractor will bear the cost of the concrete of the mix proportion stipulated for bed concrete and for leveling the concrete required to fill up the excess excavation.

1.5.4 Sides and Shoring : Excavations for foundations and trenches shall be executed with sloping sides, or shall be properly timbered with vertical sides as may be necessary and as directed by the Engineer. Whatever be the method adopted for the excavation, it shall be efficiently carried out to ensure its stability and safety of adjoining lands, railway line, pipes and other structures, as also the safety of the labourers employed on excavation work. No excavation shall be carried out below the foundation level of adjacent structures until adequate safety measures, as directed by the Engineer, have been taken. Any measures as may be necessary or as directed by the Engineer for protection against risk of accidents to the public due to open excavation shall be provided by the Contractor. These may include temporary fencing, lighting of site etc.

1.5.5 Trenches for Sewers, Pipe lines or drains: The excavation of the trench shall be carried out accurately to the depths, gradients, lengths and directions shown in the drawing. All trenches which are to be with gradients must be excavated commencing from the lowest point and advancing towards the highest point, the excavation of man-holes, chambers, etc. at the different points being completed before the excavation of the trench advances beyond those points. Trenches for laying of pipes shall be excavated wide enough to allow a space of 22.5cm unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, on either side of the collars, sockets or flanges of the pipes when laid, so as to provide walking space for workmen. No extra payment shall be made for making a trench to any special shape as may be specified in the case of drains, pipes bedded on earth etc.

1.5.6 Sight rails etc.: The Contractor shall supply and erect proper sight rails and supply boning rods, as necessary for the proper execution of the excavation work. Boning shall be done at intervals not exceeding 1.8m along the length of the trench. In the case of trenches for pipes and drains, where the boning rod is devised to show the invert level, a block of wood of height equal to the difference in level between the invert and the bottom of foundation should be used in boning the excavated trench.

1.5.7 Wet Excavation : All excavations in foundations shall be paid for as “dry”, except such as is actually below sub-soil water level and requiring continuous bailing or pumping. The contractor will be responsible that no work in excavation at the increased rate for “wet” excavation is commenced, until the work has been inspected by the Engineer or the Authorised representative of the Engineer, and approval obtained stating the point from which the “wet” excavation commences.

1.5.7.1 In all pumping and other operations, special care shall be taken to prevent “blowing” and to ensure that sand or other material is not withdrawn from the bottom or sides of the trenches and the adjoining ground. The contractor shall take adequate measures for bailing and / or pumping out water from excavations and construct diversion channels, bunds, sumps, coffer dams etc. as may be required. Pumping shall be done directly from the foundation trenches or from a sump outside the excavation in such a manner as to preclude the possibility of movement of water through any fresh concrete or masonry and washing away parts of concrete or mortar. During laying of concrete or masonry and for a period of atleast 24 hours thereafter, pumping shall be done from a suitable sump separated from


concrete or masonry by effective means. Capacity and number of pumps, locations at which the pumps are to be installed, pumping hours etc. shall be decided from time to time in consultation with the Engineer.

Pumping shall be done in such a way as not to cause damage to the work or adjoining property by subsidence etc. Disposal of water shall not cause inconvenience or nuisance in the area or cause damage to the property and structures nearby.

1.5.7.2 The rate for dry excavation includes seepage water standing up to a maximum of 15 cm in depth in 3 hours when work is not in progress. The rate for wet excavation includes the cost of pumping or bailing out water with the contractor’s tools, plants, fuel and labour.

1.5.7.3 Should it be necessary to do “Shoring” as approved by the Engineer the same will be paid for as extra.

1.5.8 Bottom of foundations: The bottom of all foundations and trenches shall be accurately excavated to the form of the permanent work, and carefully levelled and cleaned, and if dry, shall be well watered and thoroughly rammed, and all loose or soft material of every kind shall be entirely removed before building work is started. Where the excavation is in rock, the sides of the trenches shall be properly sheared and cut, and the bottom shall be dressed and stepped for proper bearing as per plans or as directed by the Engineer, all without any extra payment beyond the contract rates.

1.5.9 Special measures: When a safe and solid foundation cannot be obtained at the depth shown in the plans, special measures (to be determined in all cases by the Engineer) may be necessary, and the carrying out of these must be made the matter of a special agreement before hand.

1.5.10 Disposal of soil: All spoil from excavation of foundations shall be neatly spread to make up the adjacent ground, or otherwise disposed of as directed by the Engineer. Nothing extra shall be paid for the neat spreading of the spoil.

1.5.10.1 No excavated earth is to be heaped within 2 m of the edge of the trench or half the depth of the trench, whichever is more.

1.5.11 Inspection: Foundation trenches shall be passed by the Engineer or the Authorised representative of the Engineer before laying the concrete. The bottom of the excavation shall be carefully examined for any soft spots. Should any such places be found, all the soft earth must be removed and the hollow space filled with concrete with the same mix as the foundation concrete or as directed by the Engineer. If differences of level have to be provided for, it shall be done by means of vertical steps.

1.5.12 Measurements: The quantity of excavation to be paid for is to be the product of the area of the foundation trench as shown in the plan and the depth to which the trench has been carried, and is not to include slopes and slips due to the falling in of the sides or due to undermining, or any other cause whatsoever. Where shoring is considered necessary and approved by the Engineer, it shall be paid for at the rate as provided for in the Contract.

However, in case where excavations with sloping sides or with varying widths at different depths has been specifically permitted by the Engineer, the quantity of earth work in excavation will be paid for as actually executed.

1.6 EARTH FILLING IN FOUNDATION TRENCHES AND PLINTH, UNDER FLOORS AND BEHIND ABUTMENTS ETC.

1.6.1 Foundation Trenches : The space between the sides of the foundation trenches and the masonry is to be filled with sound impervious material such as moorum, chips, spawls, gravel or other sandy material well rammed in layers not exceeding 15 cm, each layer being watered, rammed and consolidated before the succeeding one is laid. Earth shall be rammed with iron rammers where feasible, and with the butt ends of crow bars / wooden ballies where


rammers cannot be used. Earth used for filling shall be free from salts, organic or other foreign matter. All clods of earth shall be broken or removed.

1.6.1.1 Where there is likelihood of rain, the earth filling may closely follow the masonry until ground level is reached, but the contractor shall only do this after obtaining the written permission of the Engineer.

1.6.1.2 Where concrete foundations are brought up in reducing off-sets, it will be necessary to bring the earth filling up with the form walls but in such cases special care shall be taken that no earth is allowed to fall on the concrete surface, on which further concrete is to be laid.

1.6.2 Plinth filling or filling under floors: After allowing 7 days / 14 days setting time respectively for Cement / Lime masonry, filling in plinth or under floors shall be similarly done with earth in layers not exceeding 15 cm, watered and consolidated by ramming with iron rammers and with butt ends of crow bars / wooden ballies. Only sandy soil, free from salts, organic or other foreign matter and white ants shall be used for such filling. Where there is black cotton soil, this shall be removed to a depth of 60 cm as it is liable to absorb moisture and expand and thus ruin a floor. The top 30 cm immediately below or as shown in the drawings the floor shall be filled with sand or cinder. If earth of good quality fit for this filling is not available from earth generated by excavation for foundation etc, or from borrow pits from within the Employer’s land, good contractor’s earth should be used.

1.6.2.1 To prevent future sinkage, and damage to the floor it is necessary, when convenient to do so, that the plinth area be flooded with water for minimum 3 days so as to enable the earth filling to consolidate thoroughly. In this case, however, the earth filling shall be allowed to dry and then rammed and consolidated, before the pucca flooring is laid.

1.6.2.2 In all fillings sufficient allowance shall be made for settlement of all materials and restoration of the surface to the required level.

1.6.2.3 The filling shall not be commenced until the recording of levels, measurements etc as maybe necessary in respect of the existing ground or of any work to be filled over or likely to be hidden by the filling has been completed and permission in writing has been given to the contractor by the Engineer to start the filling.

1.6.2.4 The finished level of the filling shall be kept to slope intended to be given to the floor.

1.6.3 Filling behind abutments etc. : Unless otherwise specified, the space next to the masonry at the back of all bridge abutments, wing walls and return walls is to be “Backed” or filled by hand packed graded coarse material such as boulders and cobbles, quarry rubbish, chips, spalls, hand packed dry rubble or other hard and drainable materials for a thickness of at least 60 cm. or to such thickness as may be shown in the drawings, or as directed by the Engineer with the smaller size material towards the back.

1.6.3.1 The space at the back of this packing is to be filled with granular material such as moorum, sand or sandy oil, well watered and rammed in layers 15 cm or less thick. Under no circumstances is black cotton soil or any clayey or silty soil to be used for backing. Each layer shall have a slope of about 45o towards the ground level, toe slope to commence from immediately behind the abutments. Compactions of the layers shall be done by vibratory plate compactors or as directed by the Engineer.

1.6.4 Dressing of surrounding ground : On the completion of a building, the ground all round up to a distance of 15m is to be carefully dressed, and when practicable, given a gentle slope outwards. This dressing will be paid for separately.

1.6.5 Use of earth from excavation: If the excavated earth from the foundations of a bridge is thrown up to form part of the guide bund, embankment or backing of a bridge, it is to be understood that the only items (over and above the rate for the excavation) to be paid for are any extra “Lift”, “Lead” “Dressing” and “Compaction” which may be thus necessitated.


1.6.6 Filling of Trenches for Pipes etc. : The filling back of pipe-line trenches shall not be commenced until any testing as required to be done has been carried out and the pipe-line passed. The filling shall generally be done using the material excavated from the same trench. But any excavated rock used for filling back shall be mixed with finer material so as to fill up all the voids. In refilling, care shall be exercised to avoid damaging or disturbing the pipe line or other work being covered up. The manner in which filling and consolidation are to be done shall, in other respects, be the same as laid down for foundation trenches. Where the trench carries a pipe-line or an arch barrel, sand or other stable soil approved by the Engineer shall be used up to a height of 15 cm above the top of the pipe or barrel. This height shall be increased to 30 cm in the case of trenches cut in rock. In case of sand filling as per drawing additional payment as per relevant item will be made.

1.6.7 Measurement: The measurement shall in all cases be of the space filled and all the hidden details required for the same shall be measured up before being filled over and deductions made accordingly. No deduction shall be made for shrinkage or subsidence, provided the Engineer is satisfied that the consolidation has been done properly, as specified in each case. In the filling for foundations and other trenches, any extra work done on account of over cuts, slips, etc. shall not be paid for.

1.6.8 Rates: The rate for each type of filling shall include the cost of all the operations as described above for each, except that in cases where the excavated earth available within the initial lead and lift is not adequate for the filling, the procurement of the extra earth required will be a matter of special agreement.

1.7 SHORING OR TIMBERING FOR TRENCHES

1.7.1 General: In case of deep trenches, exceeding 2 metres or where the soil is soft or slushy, the sides of trenches shall be prevented from collapsing by stepping, sloping and / or shoring or timbering as may be decided by the Engineer or the Authorized representative of the Engineer. Timbering shall be “Close” or “Open” depending on the nature of soil and the depth of the trench and the type of timbering shall be determined by the Authorised representative of the Engineer or the Engineer. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to take all necessary steps to prevent the sides of trenches from collapsing. Guidance may be taken from IS 3764 for designing the shoring and strutting arrangements.

1.7.2 Close Timbering: Close timbering shall be done by completely covering the sides of the trench generally with short, upright members called ‘polling boards’. These shall be 25 cm x 4cm section or as directed by the Engineer. The boards shall generally be placed in position vertically in pairs, one board on each side of cutting, and shall be kept apart by horizontal wallings of strong wood at 1.0 to 1.2m spacing, cross strutted with ballies or as directed by the Engineer. The length of the ballies shall depend upon the width of the trench. Typical sketch of close timbering is given in Figure Nos. 1.5A & 1.5B.

1.7.2.1 In case the soil is very soft and loose, the boards shall be placed horizontally against the sides of the excavation and supported by vertical wallings, which shall be strutted to similar timber pieces on the opposite fact of the trench. The lowest boards supporting the sides shall be taken into the ground. No portion of the vertical side of the trench shall remain exposed, so that earth is not liable to slip out.

1.7.2.2 The withdrawal of the timber shall be done very carefully to prevent the collapse of the trench. It shall be started at one end and proceed systematically to the other end. Concrete or masonry shall not be damaged in the removal of timber. Where planking and strutting are required to be left permanently in position as directed by the Engineer, extra payment will be made under the relevant schedule item. In cases where there is no such specific directive of the Engineer no claim shall be entertained for any timber, which cannot be withdrawn and is lost, damaged or buried.


1.7.3 Open Timbering: In case of open timbering, the entire side of the trench is not required to be covered. The vertical boards of 25 cm width shall be spaced sufficiently apart to leave unsupported strips of 50 cm average width. The detailed arrangement, sizes of the timber and the distances apart shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. In all other respects, specifications for close timbering shall apply to open timbering. A typical sketch of open timbering is given in Figure Nos. 1.5A & 1.5B.

1.7.4 Measurements: The area of longitudinal section of the timbered trench shall be measured for the purpose of payment. This shall be the area of one side of the trench timbered on both sides. In case of basements, where the opposite sides, are not connected by struts but, each side is supported by slanting struts and toe supports, the measurements for timbering shall be taken for the area of all the walls supported by timbering. The dimensions shall be measured correct to a cm.

1.8 PUDDLE

1.8.1 Composition: Puddle shall consist of good adhesive and stiff clay containing nearly 20% sand by weight. So called ‘Sodium Clays’, containing sodium carbonate shall generally be preferred. If adequate quantity of sand is not present in the clay, suitable amount of sand may be mixed with the clay after it has been weathered and pulverised. The clay shall be free from roots, turf, shale and other injurious materials, and should be approved by the Engineer.

1.8.2 Preparation: The clay should be dry and exposed to the sun and pulverised with rammers. Additional sand if necessary shall be uniformly mixed with the powdered clay two days previous to that on which the clay is required for use. The clay and sand mixture shall be wetted and thoroughly worked up into a plastic homogeneous mass of the toughest consistency, in a pug mill or under men’s feet.

1.8.3 Laying As soon as possible after it has been worked up into puddle it shall be deposited in place, spread in even layers 15 cm thick, each layer laid out to its full extent, rammed, trodden and if necessary, cross cut and made perfectly water-tight.

1.8.3.1 The puddle shall be carried in baskets or wheel-borrow as convenient. Each batch shall be well consolidated with rammers or trodden under feet until it is thoroughly integrated with the batch already in place. Stones, bricks, roots, grass, etc. shall not be allowed to remain in the puddle.

1.8.3.2 If at any time the puddle surface should become dry/hard or soft, it shall be excavated and removed from the work before another layer is laid. Puddle walls must be supported on each side by selected material.

1.8.4 Protection: All puddle after placing shall be protected from the strong rays of the sun by covering with wet gunny bags or mats.

1.8.4.1 Contractor’s liability and maintenance : The contractor shall make good at his own expense any defect that may occur either in the puddle or in its junction with the ground or walls whether during the construction stage or during the period of maintenance.

1.9 MECHANICAL COMPACTION OF EARTHWORK

Note: Based on RDSO’s “Guidelines for Earthwork in Railway Projects” (July 2003 – Guideline No.GE:G-1 to which reference may be made for further details.)

1.9.1 Orders for compaction: Depending upon the height of the embankment the type of the soil, time available for completing the embankment, the importance of the line and other relevant factors such as axle load, permitting higher speeds within a limited time etc, the Engineer shall decide whether Mechanical compaction is to be done for the full or part height of the embankment.

1.9.2 Advantages of Compaction :


1.9.2.1 Compaction is the process of increasing the density of soil by mechanical means by packing the soil particles closer together with reduction of air voids and to obtain a homogeneous soil mass having improved soil properties. Compaction brings many desirable changes in the soil properties as follows:

a) Helps soils to acquire increase in strength in both bearing resistance and shear strength.

b) Reduces compressibility, thus minimising uneven settlement during services. c) Increased density and reduces permeability, thereby reducing susceptibility to

change in moisture content. d) Reduction in erodibility e) Results in homogeneous uniform soil mass of known properties. f) Reduction in frost susceptibility in cold regions.

1.9.3 Factors affecting Compaction in the field :

Compaction of a particular soil is affected by moisture content, compacting effort, type of roller etc as explained below:

(a) Compacting Effort: In modern construction projects, heavy compaction machinery is deployed to provide compaction energy. Types of machinery required are decided based on type of soil to be compacted. The method of compaction is primarily of four types viz kneading compaction, static compaction, dynamic or impact compaction and vibratory compaction. Different type of action is effective in different type of soils such as for cohesive soils, Sheep’s foot rollers or pneumatic rollers provide the kneading action. Silty soil can be effectively compacted by Sheep’s-foot roller / pneumatic roller or smooth wheel roller. For compacting sandy and gravelly soil, vibratory rollers are most effective. If granular soil has some fines both smooth wheeled and pneumatic rollers can be used.

(b) Moisture Control: Proper control of moisture content in soil is necessary for achieving desired density. Maximum density with minimum compacting effort can be achieved by compaction of soil near its OMC (Optimum Moisture Content). If natural moisture content of the soil is less than the OMC, calculated amount of water should be added with sprinkler attached to water tanker and mixed with soil by motor grader for uniform moisture content. When soil is too wet it is required to be dried by aeration to reach up to OMC.

(c) Soil Type: Type of soil has a great influence on its compaction characteristics. Normally, heavy clays, clays and silts offer higher resistance to compaction, whereas, sandy soils and coarse grained or gravelly soils are amenable for easy compaction. Coarse-grained soils yield higher densities in comparison to clay. A well-graded soil can be compacted to higher density.

(d) Thickness of Layer: Suitable thickness of soil of each layer is necessary to achieve uniform compaction. Layer thickness depends upon type of soil involved and type of roller, its weight and contact pressure of its drums. Normally, 200-300mm layer thickness is optimum in the field for achieving homogeneous compaction.

(e) Number of Passes: Density of soil will increase with the number of passes of roller but after optimum number of passes, further increase in density is insignificant for additional number of passes. For determination of optimum number of passes for given type or roller and optimum thickness of layer at a predetermined moisture content, a field trial for compaction is necessary which will be arranged by the Engineer for which the Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear the cost of test / tests as required.


1.9.4 Compaction procedure for Different soils

The embankments are constructed with locally available soil provided it fulfills the specified requirements. Procedure of compaction to be adopted will depend on the type of soil being used in construction. General guidelines to deal with compaction of various types of soils for attaining optimum dry density/ relative density at minimum effort, have been briefly given as under. The procedure to be adopted will be decided by the Engineer for strict adherence by the Contractor.

1.9.4.1 Compaction of Cohesion less gravely and Sandy soil

i) Sandy & gravely soils should be compacted with vibratory rollers. If fines are less in these types of soils, it can be compacted with minimum number of passes of vibratory rollers without strict control of moisture to achieve desired Relative Density. With higher percentage of fines, sandy and gravely soils need to be brought to OMC level to get effective compaction. Uniformly graded sand and gravel are difficult to be compacted. Top layer of sand and gravel remains loose in vibratory compaction. Therefore, in final pass the roller should move smoothly without vibration. Dry densities attained in field trials normally should be around MDD/ specified Relative Density as obtained from laboratory tests and should form the basis for specification and quality control.

ii) Poorly graded sand and gravel with Cu<2.0, should not be used in earthwork for the banks to safeguard against liquefaction under moving loads or especially due to earthquake tremor. Generally, fine sand is prone to liquefaction. This aspect should be specifically examined to prevent possibility of any liquefaction.

1.9.4.2 Compaction of Silty- Clayey Soils

Silty soil is a fine-grained soil. These can be plastic or non-plastic depending upon the clay content in it. Silts and fine sands with high water content have a tendency to undergo liquefaction under vibrating rolling due to the pore water pressure generated by mechanical work. Silty soils can be compacted satisfactorily near about OMC either with smooth rollers or vibratory rollers. Vibratory roller will give high degree of compaction and higher lift. Compaction of silty clays will have to be handled in a manner similar to clays.

1.9.4.3 Compaction of Clays

i) Water content plays very important role in compaction of clays. Main objective of compacting predominantly clays is to achieve uniform mass of soil with no voids between the lumps of clays. If moisture content is too high, roller tends to sink into the soil and if too low the chunks would not yield to rolling by rollers. Appropriate water content i.e. OMC of the soil is in the range of about plastic limit plus two percent. Sheeps-foot rollers are most effective in breaking the clods and filling large spaces.

ii) Thickness of layer should not be more than depth of feet of roller plus 50mm. Pad foot vibratory roller with drum module weight of 7 tonne (total static weight of 11 tons) for a lift thickness of 30 cm is found quite effective for compaction of clays. For better results, initial rolling with static pad foot roller followed by 15 tons vibratory roller can be tried.

iii) In case of such soils, the MDD and OMC as determined in the Laboratory may not be very relevant and therefore achievable MDD and practicable moisture content at which such soils can be compacted should be determined by conducting field trials for which the Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear the cost of field trials as required.

1.9.5 Selection of Compacting Equipment :

The performance of roller is dependent mainly on type of soil used in construction. Guidelines on selection of compacting equipment are given in Annexure 1.2. Vibratory rollers which can be used in static as well as dynamic mode with plain and pad drum, are now being manufactured by reputed Indian Companies also. Salient features of some of models are given in Annexure 1.3. The Contractor should get the Engineer’s approval for the type of equipment to be deployed for compaction.


1.9.6 General aspects of Mechanical Compaction

a) The spreading of material in layers of desired thickness over the entire width of embankment should be done by mechanical means and finished by a motor grader. The motor grader blade shall have hydraulic control suitable for initial adjustment and maintain the same so as to achieve the slope and grade.

b) Thickness of layer is decided based on field compaction trials. However, as a good practice thickness of layer should be generally kept as 300mm for fill material and 250mm for blanket material in loose state before compaction.

c) If natural moisture content (NMC) of the soil is less than the OMC, calculated amount of water based on the difference between OMC and NMC and quantity of earthwork being done at a time, should be added with sprinkler attached to water tanker and mixed with soil by motor grader or by other means for obtaining uniform moisture content. When soil is too wet, it is required to be dried by aeration to reduce moisture content near to OMC. Efforts should be made to keep moisture content level of the soil in the range of OMC + 2% at the time of compaction.

d) Fill shall be placed and compacted in layers of specified thickness. The rate of progress should be, as far as possible, uniform so that the work is completed to final level almost at the same time.

e) The rolling for compaction of fill material should commence from edges towards center with minimum overlap of 200mm between each run of the roller. In final pass, roller should simply move over the surface without vibration so that top surface is properly finished.

f) Extra bank width of 500mm on either side shall be rolled to ensure proper compaction at the edges. The extra soil would be cut and dressed to avoid any loose earth at the slopes. This should preferably be done with help of grade cutter. The earth so cut in final stages will not be paid but can be used at other places by the contractor.

g) At the end of the working day, fill material should not be left uncompacted. Care should be taken during rolling to provide suitable slope on toe of the bank to facilitate quick shedding of water and avoid ponding on formation.

h) During construction of formation, there may be rainfall to the extent that rain cuts may develop on the surface of formation due to erosion of soil. Care should be taken that these rain cuts are not allowed to develop wide and deep otherwise these locations will remain weak spots.

i) Top of the formation should be finished to cross slope of 1 in 30 from one end to other towards cess / drain in multiple lines and from center of formation to both sides in single line.

j) Once the top surface of the formation has been finished to proper slope and level, movement of material vehicle for transportation of ballast, sleepers etc. should be avoided since these movements will cause development of unevenness, ruts on the surface which will accumulate water and weaken the formation.

k) In conversion / doubling / rehabilitation projects, suitable benching of existing slope shall be done as provided for in the contract before new earthwork is taken up to provide proper bonding between old and new earthworks. It should be ensured that there is no humus material left on the benched slope. Care needs to be taken to avoid entry of rainwater into the formation from this weak junction, otherwise this would result in development of weak formation, slope failure, maintenance problem due to uneven settlement etc.


l) At locations where the water table is high and the fill soil is fine-grained, it may be desirable to provide a granular layer of about 30 cm thickness at the base, above subsoil across the full width of formation. This work will be carried out if directed by the Engineer for which extra rate will be paid.

1.9.7 Quality Control of Compacted Earth / Blanket layer

1.9.7.1 Compacted Earth: Degree of compaction of each layer of compacted soil should be ascertained by measurement of dry density / Relative Density of soil at locations selected in specified pattern. The method of sampling, frequency of tests, method of tests to be conducted and acceptance criteria to be adopted are as under.

a) Method of Sampling:

i) Various methods of selection of sample points for check of in-situ dry density are in vogue. The sampling adopted has to be such that effectiveness of proper compaction having been done for the entire area under consideration can be judged. For this, the Engineer will lay down in detail the method to be adopted in detail depending on site conditions and accordingly records of checks done are to be properly maintained. However, in absence of such procedure laid down, following method should be adopted.

Suggested Method of Sampling : For each layer, a minimum of one sample at a predetermined interval (in compliance with the requirement stated in next para) along the centre line of the alignment, would be taken in a staggered pattern so as to attain a minimum frequency of tests as given in sub para “b” below. For subsequent layer, the stagger should be such that the point of sampling does not fall vertically on the earlier sampling points of the layer immediately below. Additional sampling points can be taken, as considered necessary.

ii) In case of bank widening, sampling should be done at an interval of minimum 25 metres on widened side(s) of embankment.

b) Frequency of Tests :

Density check would be done for every layer of compacted fill / blanket material as per following minimum frequency:

i) At least one density check for every 200 sqm for blanket layers and top one metre of sub-grade.

ii) Atleast one density check for every 100 sqm for other than blanket and one metre of sub-grade.

In case of bridge approaches or special locations closer frequency may be adopted.

c) Method of In-situ Dry Density Measurements

Any of the following methods could be adopted as per the requirements at site. RDSO’s guidance may be taken for adoption of other methods such as by use of Nuclear Moisture Density gauge and Compact Meter fitted on rollers.

Method Of Measurement

Procedure Of Test

Parameters To Be Measured

Remarks

i) Sand Replace-ment Method

As per IS-2720 (Part 28) 1974

a) In-situ Dry Density

b) Moisture content

May be adopted for all type of soils

ii) Core Cutter

As per IS-2720 (Part 29) 1975

a) In-situ Dry Density

In some of the coarse grained soils (with little


Method b) Moisture content

fines) taking core cutter samples is difficult. In such cases, sand replacement method may be used for density measurement.

d) Acceptance Criteria:

i) Coarse grained soils which contains fines passing 75 micron IS Sieve, up to 5 percent should have the Density Index (Relative Density) a minimum of 70% as obtained in accordance with IS:2720 (Part-14)-1983.

ii) For other soils, field dry density should not be less than maximum attainable dry density obtained in field compaction trial. However, in field compaction trial, the maximum attainable dry density should not be less than 98% of MDD values as obtained by Heavy Compaction Test (IS 2720 (part 8) – 1983) in the laboratory.

In case, there are difficulties in achieving 98% of the MDD values as obtained by Laboratory test, in the field trials, the same may be relaxed up to 95% of MDD with the specific approval of the Engineer, recording reasons of such relaxation.

iii) During widening of bank in case of gauge conversion and rehabilitation of unstable formation, compaction of earthwork should be minimum 95% of MDD as obtained by Laboratory test as per Heavy Compaction Test (IS:2720 (part 8) – 1983) or 70% Relative Density for cohesion less soil (IS:2720 (Part 14) –1983).

1.9.7.2 Formation Level: Finished top of sub-grade level may have variation from design level by + 25 mm and finished top of blanket layer may also be permitted to have variation from design level by plus 25mm. The ballast should be placed only on level formation without ruts or low pockets.

1.9.7.3 Cross Slope: Cross slope should be within 1 in 28 to 1 in 30.

1.9.7.4 Side Slopes: Side slope should in no case be steeper than designed side slope. Provision of berm width should not be less than the designed width.

1.9.7.5 Formation Width: Formation width should not be less than the specified width.

1.10 BLANKETING

Note: Based on RDSO’s Specification No. GE.IRS.2 (Final) dated July 2005 on “Mechanically produced Blanketing Material for Railway formation including Guidelines for Laying” to which reference may be made for further details.

1.10.1 Scope: Where the drawings provide for a Blanket of coarse and granular material of thickness as shown therein over the full width of formation, the contractor shall arrange for the supply of the materials at site, spreading over the formation earthwork and for consolidation as detailed below. The thickness of blanketing layer shall be fixed in light of the Guidelines dated July 2005 of RDSO referred to in the Note above.

1.10.2 Sample for Material: The successful contractor should submit for approval by the Engineer samples of the Blanketing material in three wide mouth sealed glass jars of a quantity of 0.035 Cum. each. The material to be used by the contractor for blanketing should strictly adhere to the quality of material as approved by the Engineer.

1.10.3 Specifications of Blanket Material


Blanket material produced in a plant should generally conform to following specifications:

a) It should be coarse, granular and well graded. b) Skip graded material is not permitted. c) Non -plastic fines (particles of size less than 75 micron) are limited maximum to

12%, whereas plastic fines are limited maximum to 5%. d) The blanket material should have particle size distribution curve within one of the

bands of enveloping curves shown in Figure 1.6 or the percent passing of the material through each IS sieves should lie between the upper and lower limit of blanket material as given in the Table 1.1

e) The material should be well graded with Cu & Cc as under : Uniformity coefficient, Cu = D 60/D10 > 7

Coefficient of curvature, 1060

230

xDD

DCC between 1 and 3

f) Particle size distribution must follow one of the gradation ranges tabulated below. Table 1.1: Particle size distribution ranges for different grades of

blanket material

1. 40mm 100 95-100 95-100

2 20mm 100 93-100 80-100

3 10mm 95-100 85-95 65-85

4 4.75mm 92-99 70-92 43-70

5 2mm 65-90 46-65 22-46

6 600 micron 33-50 22-33 08-22

7 425 micron 28-40 18-28 05-18

8 212 micron 16-27 10-16 00-10

9 75 micron 00-12 00-10 00-08

1.10.4 Selection of Blanket Material

Depending on the source of material, the blanket material can be categorized in the following categories:

Natural material Machine manufactured material Crushed material Blended material

1.10.4.1 Proper survey of area close to projects needs to be carried out to identify suitable sources of blanket material required for the project. Aim of such source identification survey is to use naturally available material, or select alternatives of machine manufactured blanket material through crushing, blending or a combination, which is cheap and conforms to the specifications laid down.

1.10.4.2 The parent material of the blanket material so chosen should be chemically inactive and sturdy in normal working environment. Brickbats, factory slag, weak dissolvable stones like lime, shale, laterite etc. need not be selected as blanket material.

1.10.4.3 The choice of gradation as provided in 1.10.3 (f), above, may be exercised judiciously, based on the availability of material. It may be


advisable to choose the grade A for finest subgrade soils (requiring 1.0m thick layer of blanket), and grade B or C for coarser subgrades (requiring less thickness of blanket).

1.10.5 Mechanical Production:

The Blanket can be produced by adopting either crushing methodology or Blending Methodology as described in Paras 6.1 and 6.2 respectively of RDSO’s Specification No.GE.IRS.2 (Final) dated July 2005 and to which reference can be made for any details. Crushing Methodology is resorted to in the event of non availability of natural source of blanket materials and involves crushing the rock / boulder to produce crushed blanket material. Blending methodology involves proper blending of two or more soils or in combination with soils crushed material like stone chips or quarry dust.

1.10.6 Quality Control on Blanket Material at Production site

1.10.6.1 The source of blanket material, detailed in para 1.10.4, needs to be identified based on tests & studies conducted and conformity of the material to the Specification as laid down in para 1.10.3.

1.10.6.2 It is desirable to have a check on quality of material at source/manufacturing point so that major deviation in quality of the material being sent to site does not exist. It would be in the interest of the supplier to have such tests conducted on his own to avoid any complication at a later stage.

1.10.6.3 The frequency of such test could be laid down by the engineer in-charge, if need be. In the absence of any other instructions, at least one test may be performed per day to check the particle size gradation at the point of loading into the trucks. However, the final acceptance of the blanket material should be at the site where it is laid, as per para 1.10.6.6.

1.10.6.4 The supplier/ Engineer may also lay down proforma for 'Incoming Material Register ' to be maintained at manufacturing point for having a control on utilization of different grades of material, especially where blending is done using crushed as well as local material.

1.10.6.5 Test for Quality : Blanket material should be tested as per IS: 2720 (Part 4) of a minimum of one test per 500 cum. or part thereof to plot particle size distribution curve, so as to assess its suitability. It would be necessary to carry out wet analysis to assess actual percentage of fines. To expedite testing work, dry sieve analysis may be carried out if variation between results of dry and wet analysis is not significant and adequate margin exists with respect to acceptance criteria. However, in such cases also, wet analysis has to be carried out at frequent interval to verify the extent of variation. In any situation, acceptance of blanket material would be based on wet analysis only. The sample for wet analysis should be prepared as per para 4.3 of IS: 2720 (Part 4).

1.10.6.6 Acceptance Criteria :

The material should generally conform to specification as given at para 1.10.3.

1.10.7 Transportation:

The blanket material should be transported wet after mixing water in order to achieve OMC, in tippers for direct unloading on formation.

1.10.8 Laying, Spreading and Compacting

1.10.8.1 The blanket material must be spread with a tractor mounted grader or a paver-finisher in layers of uniform thickness, before allowing compaction.

1.10.8.2 Compaction to specified levels of RD or percentage of MDD (para 1.10.10.3) will be carried out through a number of passes of vibratory rollers of 100-120 kN static weight or equivalent capacity. A combination of vibrating rolling initially and static finishing rolling may be established through trials. Speed of roller shall not exceed 5 km/hr.


1.10.8.3 Proper control of moisture is required to optimize the compaction effort. Optimum moisture content may be established through Modified Proctor Apparatus (IS: 2720, part 8) and moisture may be added by sprinkling at the plant or at site as per the requirement.

1.10.8.4 Rolling is to be carried out in layers of not more than 300 mm each, following the same camber profile as provided in the sub grade layer and to be maintained upto the top layer.

1.10.8.5 No provision for uncompacted portion may be made on the edges of embankment. The sides may be hand rammed with a suitable rammer.

Note: The engineer should generally expect to get MDD above 2.1 gm/cc, and OMC in the range of 5-9%, as matter of guidance.

1.10.9 Quality Control Checks on Finished blanket work:

1.10.9.1 Degree of compaction of each layer of compacted blanket should be ascertained by measurement of dry density/Relative Density of soil at locations selected in specified pattern. The method of sampling, frequency of tests, method of tests to be conducted and acceptance criteria to be adopted are as under.

1.10.9.2 Method of Sampling:

(a) The sampling adopted has to be such that effectiveness of proper compaction having been done for the entire area under consideration can be judged. For this, the Engineer in-charge should lay down the method adopted in detail depending on site conditions and accordingly records of checks done are properly maintained. However, in absence of such procedure laid down, following method should be adopted:

(b) Suggested method of sampling: For each layer, a minimum of one sample at a predetermined interval (in compliance with the requirement stated in next para) along the centre line of the alignment would be taken. The checking points may be staggered to the extent possible.

(c) Frequency of Tests: Density check would be done for every layer of blanket material as per following minimum frequency:

At least one density check for every 200 sqm of blanket layer. (say, every 18 to 30 m for single line, or doubling work and every 12 to 16 m for a double line construction.)

1.10.9.3 Method of in-situ dry density measurements:

Any of the following methods could be adopted as per the requirements at site –

Method of measurement

Procedure of test

Parameters to be measured

Remarks

i) Sand Replacement Method

As per IS-2720

(Part 28) 1974

a) Insitu Dry Density

b) Moisture content

May be adopted for all type of material

ii) Core Cutter Method

As per IS-2720

(Part 29) 1975

-do-

In some of the coarse-grained soils (with little fines) taking

core cutter samples is difficult. In such cases, sand

replacement method may be used for density measurement.

iii) Nuclear Moisture

As issued by RDSO

a) Bulk density b) Moisture

May be used in consultation with RDSO


Density Gauge content c) Dry density d) Degree of

compaction

iv) Compactor meters fitted on roller (On roller continuous compaction control)

As issued by RDSO

As issued by RDSO

May be used in consultation with RDSO

1.10.10 Acceptance Criteria :

1.10.10.1 1.10.1 to 1.10.4 above.

1.10.10.2 The blanket material, which contains fines passing 75 micron IS Sieve, up to 5 percent should have the Density Index (Relative Density) a minimum of 70% as obtained in accordance with IS: 2720 ( Part 14) – 1983.

1.10.10.3 For other materials, field dry density should not be less than maximum attainable dry density obtained in field compaction trial. However, in field compaction trial, the maximum attainable dry density should not be less than 98% of MDD values as obtained by Heavy Compaction Test (IS: 2720 (part 8) – 1983) in the laboratory. In case, there are difficulties in achieving 98% of the MDD values as obtained by Laboratory test, in the field trials, the same may be relaxed up to 95% of MDD with the specific approval of Chief Engineer/construction, recording reasons of such relaxation.

1.10.10.4 During widening of bank in case of gauge conversion and rehabilitation of unstable formation, compaction of blanket layer should be minimum 95% of MDD as obtained by Laboratory test as per Heavy Compaction Test (IS: 2720 (part 8) – 1983) or 70% Relative Density for cohesionless soil (IS: 2720 ( Part 14) – 1983).

1.10.11 Measurement:

1.10.11.1 Measurement of blanket material should be done on the basis of finished cross section after the material and workmanship have been accepted as per the above criteria. No deduction is to be made towards voids.

1.10.11.2 In very rare cases, where it is not possible to take blanket material on finished sub grade, measurement may be done on the basis of stack measurement with the permission of Chief Engineer in-charge. It may be necessary to frame different schedule items for different methods of measurement. There should be no occasion to change the method of measurement unless specifically provided for in the tender documents duly approved by competent authority.

1.10.11.3 Method of measurement in case of stack measurement may be the same as in case of ballast incorporated in "Specification for track ballast-1999".

1.10.11.4 It is advisable to tally the quantity and quality measured at site with the ' Incoming Materials Register' maintained at plant (para 1.10.6.4) as a means of double check.

1.11 SPECIFICATIONS OF BIAXIAL GEOGRIDS FOR TRACKBED STABILIZATION

Biaxial Geogrids of Punched & oriented type with large aperture with below mentioned specifications are to be used for trackbed stabilization application.

Biaxial Geogrids shall be manufactured from carefully selected polypropylene (PP). Grade of PP used shall in manufacturing of Geogrids shall combine optimum values of strength, stiffness, toughness and durability. Biaxial Geogrids shall be made by extruding a sheet of PP


to very precise tolerances, punching an accurate pattern of holes, then stretching the sheet under controlled temperature, firstly in longitudinal direction, then in transverse direction. Process shall create a geogrid with square or almost square apertures by stretching in two orthogonal directions.

The polymers long chain molecules shall be orientated in the direction of stretching resulting in a dramatic increase in both strength and stiffness. This orientation shall pass through both the narrower ribs and the thicker nodes. The resulting product shall be monolithic grid with square edged ribs and integral junctions which possesses both geometrical and molecular symmetry; critical for consistency in manufacture and efficient load transfer in service.

The geogrid shall be supplied in standard width of 3.8m and roll length of minimum 40m.

SL Property Test Method Values Testing Facilities At

General Properties :

1. Polymer Polypropylene / HDPE or similar polymer

IIT-Chennai, IIT-Delhi, IIT-Bombay, BTRA-Mumbai, BICS-Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, SASMIRA-Mumbai, CBRI-Roorkee, CIPET-Chennai

3. Carbon Black BS 2782 Part-4

Method 452B:1993 2% (min.)

2. Mass Per Unit Area

IS:14716 / ASTM D : 3776

320 g/m2

(min.)

IIT-Chennai, IIT-Delhi, IIT-Bombay, BTRA-Mumbai, BICS-Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, SASMIRA-Mumbai, CBRI-Roorkee

4. Aperture Size

Square opening of suitable size with tolerance of ±10% : Size of 60mm to 70mm at the interface of ballast & blanket, i.e. for ballast reinforcement application, such that effective interlocking takes place with existing ballast particles.

5. Rib Profile & Thickness

Rectangular with 1.5mm rib depth (min.)

6. Roll Width 3.8m to 4.0m, as per site requirement and width attachment to BCM

Not Applicable

7. Roll Length

40m to 50m (However, it has to be ensured that final roll dia does not exceed 350mm or else geo-grids may get struck underneath the sleepers during installation on existing tracks)

Not Applicable

Mechanical Properties :

8. Ultimate Tensile Strength (CD & MD)

IS:13162 Part-5 & IS:13325

30 kN/m (min.)

IIT-Chennai, IIT-Delhi, IIT-Bombay, BTRA-Mumbai, BICS-


9. Strain at Ultimate Tensile Strength (CD & MD)

And ASTM D 6637/ BS

EN ISO 10319:1996

8% To 12% Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, SASMIRA-Mumbai, CBRI-Roorkee

10. Load at 5% Strain (CD & MD)

21.0 kN/m (min.)

11. Junction Efficiency (CD & MD)

GRI-GG2-87 and GRI-GG1-87

95 %

IIT-Chennai, IIT-Delhi, IIT-Bombay, BTRA-Mumbai, BICS-Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, CBRI-Roorkee

12. Radial Stiffness at low strain, (@ 0.5% strain)

ISO 10319:1996 350 kN/m

(min.)

IIT-Chennai, IIT-Delhi, IIT-Bombay, BTRA-Mumbai, BICS-Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, SASMIRA-Mumbai, CBRI-Roorkee

13. Aperture Stability

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

Methodology for measurement of Torsional Rigidity

3.5 Kg-cm/deg (min.)

BICS-Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, Tensar – UK

14. Resistance to Installation Damage

BS 8006:1995 & ISO 10319:1996

> 90 %

IIT-Chennai, IIT-Delhi, IIT-Bombay, BICS-Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, CBRI-Roorkee

15. Resistance to Chemical Degradation

EPA 9090 100 % IIT-Chennai, IIT-Delhi, IIT-Bombay, BTRA-Mumbai, BICS-Hyderabad, BTTG-Ahmedabad, SASMIRA-Mumbai, CBRI-Roorkee, CIPET-Chennai

16. Resistance to UV Light Weathering

ASTM D4355 100 %

1.11.1 Installation Methodology

The formation shall be prepared as per Indian Railway standards. It shall be free from stumps, stones or other large protrusions which could cause damage to the grids.


Biaxial Geogrids shall be placed over the formation just below the ballast.

Adjacent rolls are secured along both the longitudinal and transverse edges by forming 300mm overlaps. Ballast must be placed over Geogrid so that it is able to fully interlock with the grid to ensure continuity of strength between adjacent rolls.

1.12 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE AS SEPERATOR TO SUBGRADE AND BLANKET LAYER

The geotextile shall be made from polypropylene multifilament yarns, woven together into a stable fabric structure with a superior combination of mechanical and hydraulic properties. Finished product shall have excellent resistance to biological and chemical environments normally found in soils and shall be stable against short-term exposure to ultraviolet radiation.

The woven geotextile shall conform to property values listed below :

Specifications of Multifilament Woven Geotextile

SL Property Test Method Value (MARV)

I Polymer Composition, Structure and Physical Properties

1 Polymer Polypropylene

2 Structure Woven with multifilament yarn in both

warp and weft directions

3 Mass per unit area ASTM D 5261 240 g/m2

II Mechanical Properties

1 Tensile strength Warp

IS 1969

55 kN/m

Weft 40 kN/m

2 Elongation at specified Tensile Strength

Warp 25 %

Weft 25 %

3 Trapezoid tearing strength Warp

ASTM D 4533 1100 N

Weft 750 N

4 Puncture strength ASTM D 4833 600 N

III Hydraulic Properties

1 Apparent opening size ASTM D 4751 150 microns

2 Water flow rate normal to the plane

ASTM D 4491 32 l/m2/s

Roll Dimensions Standard roll length : 100m, Standard roll width : 5m

1. Values listed are minimum average roll values except for II-2 and III-1, which are maximum average roll values.

2. The elongations reported are the actual fabric elongations at the specified tensile strength measured over a gauge length of 100mm marked at the center of specimen.

3. Roll length and Roll width may vary as per requirement.


1.12.1 Installation of Woven Geotextile as Separator

The woven geotextile shall be laid directly on the site, having removed major protrusions such as rocks and bush stumps and also having filled local hollows and depressions with the approved fill.

The geotextile rolls of specified width shall be laid in the longitudinal direction (parallel to the track) on the prepared subgrade. A 300mm overlap shall be provided between any joint of two geotextile rolls (transversely or longitudinally).

After laying the geotextile, first layer of blanket layer as per drawing is to be constructed and compacted.

1.13 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS – WORKS NEAR RUNNING TRACK

1.13.1 When any work is required to be carried out near a Running Track (Track which is in use for train or shunting movements) extra care is required to be taken to ensure safety of the moving rail traffic as well as of the Contractor’s working personnel. Brief details of the precautions to be taken are detailed below. 1.13.2 The contractor shall, at all times, adopt such safe methods of works as will ensure safety of structures, equipment and labour. If at any time the Employer finds the safety arrangements inadequate or unsafe the Contractor’s attention shall be drawn to the same and the contractor shall take immediate corrective step at site. The absence of any such warning by the Engineer-in-charge shall in no way absolve the contractor of his sole responsibility to adopt safe working methods. 1.13.3 The contractor shall not allow any road vehicle belonging to him or his suppliers etc., to ply in Railway land next to the running line. If, for execution of Earthwork, Minor bridges, platforms and other works, road vehicles are necessarily to be used in Railway land next to the Railway line, the contractor shall apply to the Engineer-in-charge for permission giving the type and No. of individual vehicles, names and license particulars of the drivers, location, duration and timing of such work/movement. The Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative will arrange for the Railway representative to personally counsel, examine and certify the road vehicle drivers, contractor’s flagmen and supervisor and give written permission giving names of road vehicle drivers, contractor’s flagmen and supervisors to be deployed on the work as well as location, period and timing of the work. This permission will be subject to the following obligatory conditions.


i) The road vehicles can ply along the track after suitable cordoning of track with minimum distance of 6.00metres from the center of nearest track. For plying of road vehicles during night hours, adequate safety measures will have to be followed which will be communicated in writing by the Railway representative through Engineer-in-charge, along-with a sketch, to the contractor/contractor’s representative and controlling engineer/supervisor-in-charge of the work and concerned Railway officers and the in-charge of the section. ii) Nominated vehicles and drivers will be utilised for work in the presence of at least one flagman and one supervisor certified for such work. iii) The vehicles shall ply 6 m. clear of track. Any movement or work at less than 6 m. and up to minimum 3.5 m. clear of track center shall be done only in the presence of Railway employee authorised by the Railways. No part of the road vehicle will be allowed at less than 3.5 m. from track center. Cost of such Railway employee shall be borne by the Employer. iv) The contractor shall remain fully responsible for ensuring safety and in case of any accident, shall bear cost of all damages to his equipment and men and also damages to Railway and its passengers. 1.13.4 When the vehicle is to be worked closer to 6 Mt but not less than 3.5 Metres from centerline of running track due to site conditions or requirement of work, following further precautions shall be observed: i) In no case the road vehicle shall run or machinery shall work at distance less than 3.5m from center line of track. ii) Demarcation of land shall be done by bright colored ribbon/nylon chord suspended on 75 cm. High wooden/bamboo posts at distance of 3.5m from center line of nearest running track. iii) Presence of an authorised Railways representative shall be ensured before plying of vehicle or working of machinery. iv) Railway’s supervisor shall issue suitable caution order to drivers of approaching trains about road vehicles plying or machineries working close to running tracks. The train drivers shall be advised to whistle freely to warn about the approaching train. Whistle boards shall be provided wherever considered necessary. v) Lookout men shall be posted along the track at a distance of 800m from such locations who will carry red flag and whistles to warn the road vehicle/machinery users about the approaching trains. vi) On curves where visibility is poor, additional lookout men shall be posted. 1.13.5 When the vehicle is to be worked closer to 3.5 Metres from centerline of running track, the following provisions will apply. i) Plying of vehicle or working of machinery closer to 3.5m of running track shall be done

only under protection of track. Traffic block shall be imposed wherever considered necessary. The site shall be protected as per provisions of Para Nos.806 & 807 of Permanent-Way manual as the case may be.

ii) Presence of a Railway’s supervisor shall be ensured at work site.


iii) Railway’s supervisor shall issue suitable caution order to drivers of approaching train about road vehicles plying or machineries working close to running tracks. The train drivers shall be advised to whistle freely to warn about the approaching train. 1.13.6 The following general safety measures should invariably be adopted when any work is to be carried out in the vicinity of running trade. i) The contractor shall not start any work without the presence of railway supervisor at site. ii) Wherever the road vehicles and/or machinery are required to work in the close vicinity of railway line, the work shall be so carried out that there is no infringement to the Railway’s schedule of dimensions. For this purpose the area where road vehicles and/or machinery are required to ply, shall be demarcated and acknowledged by the contractor. Special care shall be taken for turning/reversal of road vehicles/machinery without infringing the running track. Barricading shall be provided wherever justified and feasible as per site conditions. iii) The look out and whistle caution orders shall be issue to the trains and speed restrictions imposed where considered necessary. Suitable flagmen/detonators shall be provided where necessary for protection of trains. iv) The supervisor/workmen should be counseled about safety measures. A competency certificate to the contractor’s supervisors as per proforma below shall be issued by the Assistant Engineer of the Railway which will be valid only for the work for which it has been issued. Certified that Sri __________________________________ P.way supervisor of M/s. ________________________________ has been examined regarding P.way working on ____________________ work. His knowledge has been found satisfactory and he is capable of supervising the work safely. v) Ballast/rails/sleepers/other P-way materials, after unloading along track, should be kept clear of moving dimensions and stacked with stack heights and distance from the running track as directed by the Railway representative. vi) Supplementary site specific instructions, wherever considered necessary, shall be issued by the Engineer-in-charge for any particular worksites.


ANNEXURE 1.1 EXTRACTS FROM THE EXPLOSIVES RULES, 1983

4. Safety distance categories of explosives — (1) Explosives are divided into tour categories according to the risks which they present when initiated, namely—

(i) Category X — those explosives which have a fire or a slight explosion risk or both but the effect of which will be local.

(ii) Category Y — Those explosives which have a mass fire risk or a moderate explosion risk, but not the risk of mass explosion.

(iii) Category Z — Those explosives which have a mass explosion risk and major missile effect.

(iv) Category ZZ. — Those explosives which have a mass explosion risk and minor missile effect.

(2) If any question arises as to whether any explosive belongs to Category X, Category Y, Category Z or Category 22, the matter shall be referred to the Chief Controller whose decision shall be final.

General Provisions

7. Restriction on delivery and dispatch of explosives — (1) No person shall deliver or dispatch any explosive to any one other than a person who —

(a) is the holder of a licence, to possess the explosives or the agent of a holder of such a licence duly authorised by him in writing in this behalf; or

(b) is entitled under these rules to possess the explosives without a licence.

(2) The explosives so delivered or dispatched shall in no case exceed the quantity which the person to whom they are delivered or dispatched is authorised to possess with or without a licence under these rules.

(3) (i) No person shall receive explosives from any person other than the holder of a licence granted under these rules.

(ii) No person shall receive from or transfer explosives to any person for a temporary storage or safe custody in a licensed premises, unless prior approval is obtained from the Chief Controller.

11. Competent person to be Incharge of operations — Every person holding or acting under a licence granted under these rules shall, whenever explosives are loaded, unloaded or handled, depute a competent person experienced in the handling of explosives to be present at and to conduct the operations in accordance with these rules.

12. Precautions to be observed in handling explosives — (1) The floor of any place or any carriage or vessel in which any explosive is or is to be laid and the ground gangway, decks and other places over which the explosive is to be conveyed during loading or unloading shall be —

(i) carefully examined to ensure that there is nothing thereon in contravention of these rules or likely to endanger the safety of the consignment;

(ii) thoroughly cleaned and swept before and after use,

(2) The packages containing the explosives shall not be thrown or dropped down or rolled or pulled along the ground or floor but shall be passed from hand to hand and carefully deposited and stored.

(3) Where a package is to be slung, due precaution shall be taken to slung it in such a manner as effectively to prevent the possibility of a fall.

(4) After the handling of explosives has commenced, the operations shall proceed with due diligence and without unnecessary stoppage.


13. Restriction on handling of explosives after sunset — No person shall handle or cause to be handled any explosive between the hours of sunset and sunrise:

Provided that nothing in this rule shall apply to handling of explosives during the dark hours if proper illumination is provided in the area and the place is guarded,

14. Prohibition of smoking, fires, lights and dangerous substances — No person shall smoke, and no fires, lights or articles or substances of a flammable nature or liable to spontaneous ignition, or to cause or communicate fire or explosion such as acids, petroleum, carbide of calcium, compressed gases or such other hazardous substances, shall be allowed —

(a) at any time within 15 metres from a place where an explosive is stored; or

(b) at any place where an explosive is handled, during transport, one hour before and during such handling:

Provided that nothing in this rule shall apply to the use on a ship of — (i) an engine room fire, if such fire has been previously carefully banked up or

(ii) any artificial light or ship's signal lights or of a type approved in writing by the Chief Controller in areas outside port limits and by the Conservator of the Port within port limits.

15. Prohibition of matches etc. — No person on, in, or near any place where explosives are stored or handled or on any carriage conveying explosives shall —

(a) have in his possession any matches, fuses or other appliances for producing ignition or explosion or any knives or other articles made of iron or steel; or

(b) wear boots or shoes with iron nails or shod or strengthened with iron, unless such boots or shoes are covered with leather, rubber, felt or other material, in the form overshoes or other.

41. Protection from fire or explosion —

(1) No carriage or aircraft or vessel shall be used for transporting explosives unless all iron or steel therein with which a package containing any explosive is likely to come in contact is effectually covered with lead, leather, wood, cloth or other suitable material.

(2) Where the weight of the explosives transported in any carriage exceeds 1000 kg, they shall be placed in the interior of the carriage which shall be enclosed on all sides with wood or metal so as effectually to protect the explosives from communication of fire and the carriage shall be locked.

(3) Where the weight of explosives transported in any vessel exceeds 1000 kgs. they shall be placed in the hold of the vessel which shall have a closed deck and closely fitting hatches and double water-tight bulk heads shall be provided at each end of the hold where the explosives are stowed and the hatches shall be locked.

(4) Where the explosives carried in carriage or vessel do not exceed 1000 kgs. in weight, the explosives shall, unless they are conveyed in the manner specified in sub-rule (2) or sub-rule (3), as the case may be, be completely covered with fireproof cloth tarpaulin or any other suitable material as effectually to protect the explosives from communication of fire.

(5) All doors, hatches and coverings of every compartments or hold containing explosives in or on any carriage or vessel shall be kept closed and secured except when explosives are being loaded or unloaded into, onto or from it.

(6) When explosives are being carried in or on a carriage or aircraft or vessel, they shall be kept away from anything whether in the carriage or vessel or elsewhere that would be liable to cause them to ignite or explode.

42. Delay in transit to be avoided — If the quantity of explosives transported in any carriage or vessel exceeds 2.5 kgs.,the person or persons incharge of such carriage of vessel shall not stop or delay at any place for a longer time than may be reasonably necessary, nor


stop unnecessarily at any place where such stopping would be attended with danger to public.

44. Small quantities of fireworks exempted —Nothing contained in Rules 35, 40 and 41 shall apply to the transport of manufactured fireworks in the custody of a person entitled to possess them without a licence under Rule 14 provided that not more than 2.5 kg. of manufactured fireworks, securely packed, shall be so transported in any motor vehicle licensed for conveyance of more than six passengers.

113. Licence for possession, sale and use —

(1) No person shall possess, sell or use any explosive except under and in accordance with a licence granted under these rules.

(2) The licensee shall be responsible for all operations in connection with the possession, sale or use of explosives which may be conducted in the premises covered by the licence.

114. No licence needed for possession and sale in certain cases -

(l) notwithstanding anything contained in Rule 113, no licence shall be necessary for the possession.

(a) of any explosive by a carrier or other person for the purpose of ( transport, when the same is being kept or transported in accordance with the provisions of Chapter IV regulating transport of such explosives: or

(b) by any person of manufactured fireworks in any quantity not exceeding 25 kgs. Provided that the fireworks -

(i) are obtained and intended by such person for immediate use and not for sale and are possessed by him for a period not exceeding 14 days; and

(ii) are kept in substantial receptacle which is exclusively appropriated to the keeping of explosives and is closed and secured so as to prevent unauthorised person from having access to the explosives; or

(c) by any person for his own private use and not for sale of gunpowder not exceeding 5 kgs. and 50 metres of safety fuse for blasting in any State, other than Bihar, Kerala, Tamil Nadu and West Bengal, and of small arm nitre-compound not exceeding 5 kgs. except in the State of Kerala and Tamil Nadu;

(d) by Railway Administration for flare lights or other explosives for its own use and not for sale to any other person by transfer or otherwise for maintaining railways, tracks, tunnels, provided that the provisions of the Act and these rules or otherwise complied with;

(e) of any explosive, which is not for sale and is required solely for the navigation of aircraft, when kept in an aircraft for use | therein, or for distribution to other aircraft or to aerodromes or at an aerodrome for use there or for distribution to aircraft or to other aerodromes, provided that the maximum quantity so possessed shall not exceed 25 kgs. when carried in an aircraft and 50 kgs., when kept at an aerodrome;

(f) and sale from a shop of amorces (an explosive of Class 7 and division 2) in quantity not exceeding 12.5 kgs, Provided that in respect of clauses (b) and (c) the Central Government may prohibit the possession of any explosive or prescribe any conditions under which the explosives can be possessed without a licence when considered necessary for the security of public peace.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in Rule 113, no licence shall be necessary for the sale of such explosives manufactured by the Armed Forces of the Union and Ordnance Factories or other establishment of such Forces as are sold or delivered to any person who is in possession of a valid licence issued under these rules for the class and quantity of the explosives so sold or delivered.


116. Protection from lightning —

(1) Every magazine shall have attached thereto one or more efficient lightning, conductors designed and erected in accordance with the specification laid down in Indian Standard Specification No. 2309 as amended from time to time.

(2) The connections to various parts of earth resistance of the lightning conductor terminal on the building to the earth shall be tested at least once in every year by a qualified electrical engineer or any other competent person holding a certificate of competency in this behalf from the State Electricity Department. A certificate showing the results of such test and the date of the last test shall be hung up in conspicuous place in the building-

117. Precautions during thunderstorm - Whenever a thunderstorm appears to be imminent in the vicinity of a magazine or store house every person engaged In or about such magazine or store house shall be withdrawn to a safe distance from such magazine and store house and the magazine and the store house shall be kept closed and locked until the thunderstorm has ceased or the threat of it has passed.

119. Maintenance of records — Every person holding a licence granted under these rules for possession, sale or use of explosives shall maintain records in the prescribed Forms and shall produce such records on demand to an inspecting officer.

120. Repairing of licensed magazine or store house — Before repairs are done to any magazine or store house or part thereof used for storage of explosives, that magazine or Store house shall be cleaned by removal of all explosives and by thorough washing.

122. Premises to be kept locked —

(1) Any licensed magazine or store house shall be kept securely closed or locked at all times except when goods, are being placed in or taken from it or when it must be kept open for some other purpose in connection with the management of such premises.

(2) The keys of the licensed magazine shall, at all times be kept secured in license's, own custody or of his authorised agent and shall be produced for opening the magazine or store house whenever so required by an inspecting officer. The name and address of the person with whom the keys will be kept shall be intimated to the licensing authority and the controller of Explosives having Jurisdiction.

123. Guards to be provided —

(1) The licensee shall at his own expenses provide for round the clock safe custody of the magazine or store house a guard which shall be of such strength as the District Authority may consider it to be sufficient.

(2) The licensee, shall provide a shelter for the watchman on duty near the magazine or store house,

124. Repacking or opening of packages —

(1) No packages containing explosives shall be opened in magazine or store house.

(2) Repacking of explosives shall be done, where the necessary in an approved open sided shed having smoothly finished cemented floor at a distance as approved by licensing authority.

125. Explosives not to be kept in damaged boxes — The licensee of every magazine or store house shall ensure that the explosives are always kept in their original outer package. In case the outer package gets damaged so that the explosives contained therein cannot be stored or transported, such explosives shall be repacked only after the same are examined by a Cont

126. Storage of explosives In excess of licensed quantity —

(1) The quantity of any kind of explosives kept in any licensed magazine or store house shall not exceed the quantity entered in the licence against such kind of explosives,


(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1), the Chief Controller may issue a permit, on payment of the prescribed fee to a holder of licence in Form 22 and such holders of licence in Form 21 who also have licence in Form 20 (for the class of explosives) for keeping of explosives in excess of the licensed quantity entered in the licence when he is satisfied that such excess storage is essential and unavoidable due to circumstances beyond the control of the licensee. The validity of such permit shall not exceed 30 days

(i) the licensing authority shall not issue any permit for excess storage of explosives if the magazine or store house cannot observe the requisite safety distances for the total quantity entered in the licence plus the additional quantity of the explosives so permitted.

(ii) no permit for storage of explosives in excess of the licensed capacity shall be granted if the specified distances on the licence around the magazine or store house or the floor space in the specified rooms for storage of each kind of explosives is not adequate for keeping of the total quantity of explosives, including the excess quantity applied for.

(iii) The licensing authority may refuse to grant a permit for excess storage of explosives if such excess storage is of a repeated nature.

(iv) No explosive in excess of the licensed quantity shall be stored in the magazine or store house unless a permit in this behalf is obtained from the licensing authority by a letter or telegram.

129. Storage in a magazine — An explosive if stored in a magazine shall be stored either in Mode 'A' or Mode 'B' magazine as specified in Schedule VII.

130. Restriction, on use of Mode 'B' magazine — Mode 'B' magazine shall be used for storage of explosive required (or use for a temporary period for a specific purpose and such magazine shall not be used for sale of explosives.

131. Mound of magazines — A substantial mound shall be provided near a magazine, if so required by the licensing authority. Such mound shall be of a type approved by the licensing authority and shall always be maintained in good condition to provide effective protection.

135. Construction of premises :

(1) All explosives on the premises shall be kept in a brick, stone or concrete building which is closed and secured so as to prevent unauthorized person from having access thereto.

(2) The premises shall have a floor area of minimum nine square metres.

(3) The premises shall have independent entry and exit.

(4) If the premises are situated in a building used for other purposes also, such premises shall not be situated under a staircase and shall be so located as not to obstruct any passage in from or to the building in case of fire or accident.

(5) The premises shall be situated at ground level.


ANNEXURE 1.2

Typical Compaction Characteristics for natural soils, rocks and artificial materials (Ref: BS: 6031-1981, Table 4)

Material Major

Divisions Subgroups Suitable type

of compaction plant

Maximum number of passes for satisfactor

y compactio

n

Maximum thickness

of compacte

d layer (mm)

Remarks

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Rock-like materials

Natural rocks

All rock fill (except chalk)

Heavy vibratory roller not less than 180 kg per 100mm of roll Grid roller not less 180 kg per 100mm of roll

4 to 12 500 to 1500

depending on plant

used

If well graded or easily broken down then this can be classified as a coarse-grained soil for the purpose of compaction. The maximum diameter of the rock fragment should not exceed two third of the later thickness.

Chalk See remarks 3 500 This material can be very sensitive to weight and opearation of compacting effort and spreading plant. Less compactive effort is needed than with other rocks

Artificial Waste

material Burnt and unburnt colliery shale

Vibratory roller Smooth wheeled roller Self-propelled tamping roller

4 to 12 depending on weight of plant

300


Pulverized fuel ash

Vibratory roller Self - propelled tamping roller Smooth wheeled roller Pneumatic tired roller

Includes lagoon and furnace bottom ash

Broken concrete, bricks, steel works, slag, etc.

Heavy vibratory roller Self- propelled tamping roller Smooth wheeled roller

Non-processed sulphide brick slag should be use with caution

Coarse-grained soils

Gravel sand, gravelly soils

Well graded gravel and gravel/ sand mixture: little or no fines Well graded gravel / sand mixtures with excellent clay binder Uniform gravel: little or no fines Poorly graded grave and gravel / sand mixtures: little or no fines. Gravel with excess fines, silty gravel, clayey gravel, poorly graded gravel / sand / clay mixtures

Grid roller over 540 kg per 100mm of roll. Pneumatic tired over 2000 kg per wheel Vibratory plate compactor over 1100 kg /Sq.m. of base plate Smooth wheel roller Vibratory roller Vibro rammer Self-propelled temping roller

3 to 12 depending on type of

plant

75 to 275 depending on type of plant


Sand and sandy soils

Well graded gravel and gravel/ sand mixture: little or no fines Well graded gravel / sand mixtures with excellent clay binder Uniform gravel: little or no fines Poorly graded grave and gravel / sand mixtures: little or no fines. Gravel with excess fines

Unifrom sands and gravels

Uniform gravels; little or no fines. Uniform sands; little or no fines. Poorly graded sands; little or no fines. Sands with fines, silty sands, clayey sands, poorly graded sand / clay mixtures

Smooth wheeled roller below 500 kg per 100mm of roll. Grid roller below 540 kgper 100mm of rolling. Pneumatic tired roller below 1500 kg per wheel. Vibratory roller. Vibrating plate compactor Vibro-tamper



Fines soils

Soils having low plasticity

Silts (inorganic) and very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands with slight

Sheepsfoot roller Smooth wheeled roller Pneumatic tired roller Vibratory roller over 70 kg per 100 mm of roll

4 to 8 depending on type of

plant


If water content is low, it may be preferable to use vibratory roller. Sheeps foot rollers are best suited to soils at water


plasticity Clayey silts (inorganic) Organic silts of low plasticity

Vibratory plate compactor over 1400 kgs./sqm. of base plate Vibro tamper Power rammer

contents below their plastic limit.

Soils having medium plasticity

Silty and sandy clays (inorganic) of medium plasticity Clays (inorganic) of medium plasticity

Organic clays of medium plasticity

Generally unsuitable for Earthworks

Soils having high plasticity

Micaceous or diatomaceous fine sandy and silty soils, plastic silts Clay (inorganic) of high plasticity, fat clays

Should only be used when circumstances are favourable

Organic clays of high plasticity

Should not be used for earthworks

Note: The information in this table should be taken only as a general guide. Field trials for compaction should be conducted for working out optimum layer thickness and number of roller passes for the type of compaction equipment being used. Compaction of mixed soils should be based on that subgrade requiring most compactive effort.


ANNEXURE 1.3

SALIENT FEATURES OF VIBRATORY ROLLERS MANUFACTURED IN INDIA

MAKE MODEL

No.

Operating

Weight (Kg.)

Drum Detail Normal

Amplitude

(Mm)

Vibrating

Frequency (Hz)

REMARKS DRUM WIDT

H (Mm)

AXLE LOAD (T)

Front Rear

ESCORTS

EC 5250 STD

9350 2130 5.050 4.300 1.72 30

9550 2130 5.250 4.300 1.72 30 It is used for better gradeability

10500 2130 6.650 4.300 1.53 30

It is used for better gradeability & breaking clods

9300 1680 4.650 4.300 1.27/0.

75 0-

30/42

GREAVES BOMAG

BW 212-D-2 (2A)

10424 2100 6.463 3.961 1.67 40/31 It is used for better gradeability

BW 212-PD-2

10879 2100 6.201 4.678 1.5 30


L&T 1104 STD

11150 2330 5.770 5.380 1.6/0.6 28/36

1104 D 11150 2330 5.900 5.535 1.6/0.6 28/36 It is used for better gradeability

1104 PD

11835 2330 6.300 5.535 1.6 28


INGERSOLLRAND

ISD-100 STD

10740 2135 6.210 4.535 1.7 0-30

ISD-100 D

10830 2135 6.295 4.535 1.7 0-30 It is used for better gradeability

ISD-100F

11740 2135 7.205 4.535 1.41 0-30

NOTE: The rollers indicated above can also be used in Static mode. The list includes rollers manufactured by reported firms only. LEGEND : STD- Standard Type, D- Drum Type & PD - Pads + Drum Type


SKETCHES SHOWING MANNER OF COMPUTATION OF QUANTITIES OF VARIOUS CLASSIFICATIONS OF SOIL

(FIG. NOS.1.1 TO1.4)

SOFT/LOOSE SOIL

FINAL EXPOSEDSLOPE OF CUTTING

HARD/DENSE SOIL

HARD ROCK

BOX TYPE CUTTING

FINAL EXPOSED

(Figure No.1.1)

SLOPE OF CUTTINGSOFT/LOOSE SOIL

SOFT/DISINTEGRATEDROCK

HARD ROCK


SOFT/LOOSE SOIL

SOFT/DISINTEGRATEDROCK

HAED ROCK

ONE SIDED CUTTING IN A TRANSVERSE SLOPING GROUND

SLOPE OFORIGINAL

CUTTING

CL

FINAL BASE OF CUTTING

(Figure No.1.2)

SOFT/LOOSE SOIL


HARD/DENSE

ORIGINAL SLOPE OF CUTTING

SOFT/LOOSESOIL

FINAL EXPOSEDSLOPE OFCUTTING

HARD ROCK

SOFT/DISINTEGRATED

ROCKHARD ROCK

WIDENING OF CUTTING WHERE THE EXISTING CUTTING SLOPE DISAPPEARS AND A FRESH SLOPE ARISES (Figure No.1.3)

(Figure No.1.4)

SOFT/LOOSE SOIL

HARD/DENSE SOILORIGINAL SLOPE

OF CUTTINGHARD ROCK

ORIGINAL EXPOSEDSURFACE

FRESH CUTTING SLOPE IS AVAILABLE AFTER THE WORK.

EXTENSION OF EXISTING CUTTING WHERE NO


(SECTIONAL ELEVATION & CROSS SECTION)DETAILS OF CLOSE AND OPEN TIMBERING

Figure No.1.5A

DETAILS OF CLOSE & OPEN TIMBERING

CLOSE TIMBERING (With vertical poling boards)

NOT TO SCALE

60cm

POLING BOARD1.5m X25 cm X 4 cm

REQUIREDWIDTH

23 TO30 cm

CLOSE TIMBERING (WITH LONGITUDINAL POLING BOARD)

SECTIONAL ELEVATION X -- SECTION

STRUT 12.7cm DIA

WALLING10cm X 10cm

POLING BOARD

3mX25cm X4cm

VERTICALWALLING10cmX10cm

REQUIREDWIDTH

STRUT 12.7cm DIA.

SECTIONAL ELE VATION

OPEN TIMBERING

X- SECTION

POLINGBOARD

1.5cm X25cmX 4cm

REQUIREDWIDTH

23 TO 30cm

STRUT 12.7cm DIA.

WALLING10cm x 10cm

SECTIONAL ELE VATION X -SECTION

1.8m c/c 60 cm60 cm

60cm

1.8 m60 cm

60 cm

1.5 m

1.5m

50cm

25cm50cm

1.8m C/C 60cm60cm

75cm75cm 75cm

25cm3 m


Figure No.1.5B

DETAILS OF CLOSE AND OPEN TIMBERING(ISOMETRIC VIEW)

CLOSE PLANKING & STRUTTING WITH VERTICAL POLING BOARD WIDE EXCAVATION

PLANKING & STRUTTING FOR SHALLOW

WITH LONGITUDINAL POLING BOARDCLOSE PLANKING & STRUTTING OPEN PLANKING AND STRUTTING

Waling100x100

250x30Poling Board

Max. 1800600

600

Struts

Max.1200

300Max.

600600

250x38Poling Board

Rake

Blocking

250 500250

250x30Poling Board

600Max1800

Poling Board250x30

Struts

Waling 100x100

2000

2000

2000

2000

Max.1800


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PERMANENT WAY WORKS


Technical Specifications for Permanent Way works

Index Clause No.

Description

(A) Permanent Way works 1.0 Materials 1.2 Rail fastenings 1.3 60Kg Mono block Pre-stressed concrete sleepers 1.4 PSC sleeper fittings 1.6 Ballast (B) Laying of Permanent Way works 1.0 Track structure 1.1 Components 2.0 Procurement of materials 2.4 Ballast 3.0 Linking 4. Sleeper spacing 5 Joint out of square 6.0 High joint 7.0 Low joint 11.0 Curves 12.0 Longitudinal level of track 13.0 Kilometer & Gradient posts 14.0 Ballasting 15.0 Concrete Sleepers 16.0 Rails 17.0 Welding of rail joints 18.0 Bridges 19.0 Level Crossings 20.0 Points & Crossings 20.1 Fan type turnouts 20.2 Fan shape layout Assembly 20.3 Disposition of Sleepers 20.4 Approach sleepers 21.0 Fouling Marks 22.0 Glued Joints 23.0 Follow up packing 24.0 Final Adjustment and packing 25.0 Specification for finished works 26.0 Maintenance/Defect liability period 27.0 Handing over of track by the contractor to RITES on behalf of NSPCL. 28.0 Specification of Thermit Welding


Clause No.

Description

29.0 Technical specification for welding of rail joint (Annexure-A) 30.0 Status of various A.T. welding techniques (Annexure-1) 31.0 List of equipment for alluminino-Thermic welding of rail joints by short

pre-heating process (Annexure-2) 32.0 Composition of Thermit welding Team (Annexure-3) 33.0 List of approved supplier of rail profile weld grinder and weld trimmer

(Annexure-4) 34.0 Proforma for Thermit weld Register (Annexure-5) 35.0 Procedure for painting of weld collar for thermit welded rail joints

(Annexure-6) 36.0 Procedure for painting of weld collar for thermit welded rail joints to

protect against severe corrosion (Annexure-7) 37.0 Procedure for Ultrasonic testing of alumino Thermic rail joints

(Annexure-8) 38.0 Extracts IRS: T-19-1994 clause 4.2 on Mechanical and metallurgical test

(Annexure-9) 39.0 Special conditions and specifications for supply of ballast


(A) Technical specifications for permanent way works 1.0 Materials

The track shall consist of following elements:-

1.1 Rail 60 Kg./52 Kg/T-12/90 UTS flat bottom (1st quality as specified in schedule of

quantity) as per I.R. Specification T-12/96 with up to date amendments.

1.2

Rail fastenings

1.2.1 52kg Fish Plates to RDSO Drg. No. T-090 (M) Cor. 6 of July 92, in length of 610mm to IRS specifications No. T 1-66.

1.2.2 Fish Bolts 25mm Dia with nuts to RDSO Drg. No, 11501 – IRS Specification T-23/67.

1.3 60kg Mono block Pre-stressed concrete sleepers as per IRS Specification T-39/1996.

1.3.1 For plain track on straight & curves of radius > 350m to Drg. No. T-2496 with modifications, if any.

1.3.2 For curves laid on sharper than 50 (Radius <350m) with check rails as per Drg. No. RDSO/T-5738 to T-5740 for track gauge of 1675, 1677 & 1679 with uses of normal liners.

1.3.3 For level crossing to RDSO Drg. L No. T-4148A with modifications, if any.

1.3.4 For ballasted deck bridges as per RDSO drawing no. T-4088-4097.

1.3.5 For 3 rail panel (SWP). Joint Sleepers will be as per RDSO Drg. No.T-4322 for 52 kg with ERC clips as per RDSO Drg. L No. T-4158.

1.3.6 For bridge approaches of Girder bridges for provision of Guard rails as per RDSO Drg. No. T-4088 to 4097.

1.4 PSC Sleeper Fittings: The sleepers shall be normally 60 kg as per RDSO drg. No. T-2496 and sleeper fittings shall be for 52 kg rail section on 60 kg sleepers as per specifications and drawings.

1.4.1 Grooved Rubber Sole Plate 6mm thick to RDSO Drg. No. T-3703/ALT-1.

1.4.2 Elastic Rail Clips to RDSO Drg. No. T-3701. IRS Specification T-31/1992.

1.4.3 Glass Filled Nylon (GFN) Liners (GFN-66 insulating liners for 52 kg Rails on 60 kg sleepers as per RDSO Drg. No. T-2496.) as per RDSO drawing no. T-3702. IR Specification T-44/95.

1.4.4 Metal Liners as per RDSO drawing no. T-3738


1.5 Steel channel sleepers for girder bridges and track fittings shall be to suit steel plate

girder as per RDSO Drg. No. RDSO/B-16008.

1.6 Ballast Track ballast machine crushed, conforming to RDSO specifications of Track ballast,

June 2004 with up to date modifications thereto, shall be procured and used on the work.

Note: The word IRPWM where ever used in these specifications shall mean `Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual’ 1986 reprinted in 2004 with up to date correction slip.

(B) Technical Specifications for laying of permanent way works 1.0 Track Structure

1.1 Components

The track shall consist of the following elements.

i) Rails 52 kg/T-12, 90 UTS flat bottom (1st quality)

ii) Rail fastenings – Fish plates 52 kg, with bolts and nuts. iii) Monoblock pre-stressed concrete sleepers for plain tracks, level crossings,

bridges, fish plated joints, girder bridge approaches, fan type turnouts. iv) Guard rails on bridges, check rail on level crossings. v) Fittings for sleepers – grooved rubber sole plates, elastic rail clips Mark – III

(RDSO drawing no. T-3701) for normal track and Elastic rail – J-clips for fish plated rail joints to RDSO Drg No. T-4158, GFN liners, metal liners.

vi) Track Ballast as per RDSO Specifications of June 2004 vii) Gradient posts, KM posts, curve monuments, curve boards, whistle boards,

W/L broadly creep posts and other boards and indicators etc., as per IRPWM. viii) Points and crossings. ix) Steel Channel sleepers for girder bridges and tract fittings. x) Glued Joints.

1.2 The track will be laid on monoblock PSC Sleeper as specified in Schedule of Quantities. The ballast cushion will consist of Track ballast as per RDSO specifications to a depth of 250mm below the bottom of sleepers as measured under the rail seat.

1.3 The mono block PSC sleepers shall be laid @ 1540 nos/km as specified in chapter XIV of IRPWM for main line and @ 1340 nos./km for loops and sidings in yards.

1.4 Guard rail to be provided at all major bridges as per para 275 of IRPWM.


1.5 Check Rail at level crossings.

2.0 Procurement of Materials:

2.1 All the materials and equipment required for track construction shall be procured from

the suppliers/manufactures approved by Rly./RDSO duly inspected by RITES/RDSO.

2.2 Other track materials for which approved manufacturers/suppliers are not available, shall be procured from sources after getting them approved/inspected from RITES.

2.3 All the materials shall be got inspected and passed from the Railway’s authorized inspecting agencies such as RDSO/Rly/RITES etc. and certificates obtained to this effect which will be submitted to site Engineer-in-charge.

2.4 Ballast a) The Contractor shall procure, at his own cost, track ballast conforming to RDSO’s

specifications for Track Ballast, June 2004 with up to date correction slips, of approved quality for use on all lines with 250mm cushion. The test reports for the ballast for quality as required should be submitted to RITES on behalf of NSPCL for approval before ballast is brought to site. Ballast should be supplied in stacks on leveled ground along the proposed alignment either on owner’s land or land temporarily arranged by the contractor for which no extra payment will be made.

3.0 Linking 3.1 The formation shall be constructed and mechanical compaction shall be done as per

RDSO `Guidelines for Earthwork in Railway Projects’ Guideline no.GE:G-1, July 2003.

3.1.1 Dismantling & Re-linking Dismantling of existing track structure with 90R/52 kg/60 Kg single rail/ 3 rail panel

(SWP) & stacking the same duly segregated as per direction of site engineer with a lead of 30m of track and relaying the same raising of existing bridges including formation duly recouping the missing/damaged fittings i.e. sleepers, fish plate with bolts & nuts, liners, ERC, GR Pad etc. Contractors to please note that existing track structure is in good working condition & it is assumed that all fittings are also in good condition so contractor’s are advised to dismantle the track carefully and keep the same in safe custody. Before re-linking all the materials/fittings to be checked by the authorized Engineer, supervisor of the contractor along with Engineer In charge of RITES on behalf of NSPCL. Damaged fittings/materials shall be replaced by new one. This aspect may be kept in view while quoting the rates. a. Lift the track to the required level as directed by Engineer in-charge or his

authorized representative at site.

b. Rails shall be connected by means of pair of fish plate in the first in stance only with two bolts and nuts, one in each rail. The fishing planes of the fish plates and rail are to be greased. Proper size of expansion liners are to be provided at the joints to ensure correct expansion gaps. Cutting of rails where necessary, will be done to suit squaring of joints.

c. All the drilled bolt holes are to be chamfered by chamfering tools.


d. Paint mark shall be made on the rails showing the spacing of sleepers as directed by Engineer-in-Charge at site.

4.0 Sleeper spacing:

Sleeper spacing for fish-plated joints having 13m/12m single rails:

Sleeper spacing M+7 density M+4 density

13m 12m 13m 12m 11m

i) Rail ends to centre of sleeper 15cm 15cm 15cm 15cm 15cm

ii) Centre of joint sleeper to centre of 1st shoulder sleeper

61cm 60cm 61cm 60cm 60cm

iii) Centre of 1st shoulder sleeper to centre of 2nd shoulder sleeper


iv) Centre of 2nd shoulder sleeper to centre of intermediate shoulder sleeper


a. Sleeper spacing for SWP of 3X13m/3X12m/3X 11m rails:

Sleeper spacing M+7 density M+4 density

39m 36m 39m 36m 33m

i) Rail ends to centre of sleeper 15cm 15cm 15cm 15cm 15cm

ii) Centre of joint sleeper to centre of 1st shoulder sleeper



61cm 62cm 75cm 67.5cm 68cm


66cm 64cm 78cm 77cm 77.5cm

b. Sleeper spacing for curve with Mid-staggered Joint: Sleepers =18 nos. per single rail length.

Sleeper spacing 18 sleeper per rail

13m 12m

i) Rail ends to centre of sleeper 15cm 15cm

ii) Centre of joint sleeper to centre of 1st shoulder sleeper 65cm 65cm


75cm 70cm


85cm 75cm


4.1 Full quantities of small fittings are to be fitted completely after slewing the track to correct alignment as directed by Engineer-in-Charge at Site.

4.2 The track so linked shall be aligned correctly to the alignment pegs given or as

directed by Engineer till it takes correct position and the remaining two bolts to be fixed in fish plated joints.

4.3 During the above process, alignment, adjustment and squaring of sleepers,

gauging, Cross level and longitudinal levels should be checked and rectified by doing packing as directed.

4.4 The operation of spreading of stone ballast, lifting and packing should

continue till such time the track attains final level and shape.

4.5 Greasing of fish plates, fish bolts and nuts with lubricating oil and graphite grease to be done by cleaning fishing planes of rail ends with wire brush.

4.6 Screening of Track should be done as per Indian Railways Permanent Way

Manual Para-238 and as per direction of Engineer- in- Charge. For screening work, required wooden blocks & wedges are to be arranged by the contractors. No extra payment will be made for arranging wooden blocks.

4.7 The works should be executed in a workman like manner to the

satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge at site. The contractor will be primarily responsible for Safety of traffic that moves on opened up track, not withstanding the presence of RITES representative at site on behalf of NSPCL.

4.8 Lifting and spreading of stone ballast includes all lead, lift, ascent,

descent, crossing road/ railway, handling as required for packing tracks from the stacks measured and passed already including all labour, tools and plants for the operation and the same will be arranged by the contractor at his own cost. The payment for spreading will be made based on measurement of ballast supplied in stacks.

4.9 Pulling out of ballast on to the formation by ballast rakes and boxing is to be

done as per specified profiles. Proper templates and loglines should be used. The width at the shoulder should be as directed by Engineer-in-Charge which will normally be not less than 3.35 metre (11'-0") and not more than 3.66 metre (12'-0").

4.10 No ballast should be wasted on the slopes of banks or in cuttings or any

places.

4.11 After the ballast is measured, the Contractor shall spread it on top of the blanketing surface/formation/in the track with standard profile. After spreading, the ballast profile should be consolidated.

4.12 The thickness of the finished ballast spread should be as specified

by the Field Engineer, and the layer should be dressed and boxed to proper profile and dimensions.

4.13 Through packing of railway track on any type and any density of

sleepers which will consist of –


(i) Opening of the road, (ii) Examination of rails, sleepers and fastenings, (iii) Squaring of sleepers, (iv) Slewing of track to correct alignment, (v) Gauging, (vi) Packing of sleepers including lifting & leveling, (vii) Repacking of joint sleepers, (viii) Boxing of ballast section & tiding.

4.14 The length of track to be opened out on any day must not be more than that

can be efficiently tackled by the end of the day. Broken or missing fittings are to be replaced and loose ones tightened. Cross drains are to be provided at mid section each rail except sharper curve track. On sharper curve track the cross drains are to be provided as per direction of Engineer in-charge.

4.15 Through packing of points and crossings 1 in 8.1/2 or diamond x-over will

comprise opening out of ballast, squaring of sleepers, replacing or readjusting fittings to keep correct gauge clearances of check rail, wing rails, etc. including lifting or lowering as necessary and packing all the sleepers in the points and crossings efficiently and finishing all works with boxing and dressing of the shoulder ash ballast neatly. All bolts and nuts including crossing bolts, check rail bolts, slide chairs, tongue rails, heel block bolts etc. are to be properly oiled and greased also.

4.16 Picking up slacks will include lifting and packing of sleepers where necessary,

attention to all fittings and fastenings, adjusting gauge, cross level and longitudinal level, cleaning of drain etc. as directed by the RITES' representative at site on behalf of NSPCL at specified scattered locations. The work should be neatly finished with proper boxing.

4.17 Any sleeper which have shifted from correct spacing or gone out of square

shall be moved back and square after loosening the fastenings. The fastenings shall be tightened again after squaring.

4.17.1 The track shall be slewed to correct alignment by sighting along the rail head

of the base rail. It should be ensured that track does not get lifted in the process of slewing.

4.18 The track shall then be given a final packing. For this, sighting shall be done

along the base rail and any dip or low joint are found, the same are to be attended for its correction by packing of sleepers. After the base rail is thus packed for two or three rails length, the cross level should be checked and the opposite rail lifted wherever necessary and sleepers under the rail seat packed.

4.19 The joint and shoulder sleepers shall be re-packed and cross level

adjusted at the time of each through packing of sleepers.

4.20 Oiling and greasing hand operated points will include adjusting the point Roding and fixing hand lever frame, where found necessary by means of spikes with the sleepers for smooth operation of the point and adjusting the opening between tongue rail and stock rail. For any bent tongue rail, if required, Jim-crowing may have to be done and the gap adjusted as required. Blacksmith and other staff for this work, as required, will be deputed by the


Contractor at his cost. Oil & Grease to be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost.

5.0 Joint out of square :

i) On straight = (+) or (-) 10mm; ii) On curves = 1/2 pitch of fish bolt holes.

6.0 High Joint: Permissible upto 2mm.

7. Low Joint: Not permissible.

8. All the elastic rail clips should be thoroughly cleaned. Grease to IS:400-1981

(Specifications for Grease No. 'O' Graphite) should then be applied on Central leg of the E.R.C. and eye of Inserts and then the clip should be driven at the time of assembly. The rate accepted includes the cost of the grease as per specifications and labour.

9. During execution of the work, contractor should arrange for protection of track and displaying the signals as per extent rule of Indian Railways.

10. All the P. Way tools such as (a) Rail tongs, (b) Crow bars, (c) Fishing

spanners, (d) Hammers, (e) Keying hammers, (f) Cotter splitters, (g) Shovels,(h) Mortar Pans, (i) Beaters, (j) Track Lifting Jacks, (k) Gauges,(l) Level Board, (m) Spirit levels, (n) Cant Board, (o) Expansion Liners,(p) Wooden Squares, (q) Steel Tape (r) Wire brushes, (s) Cotton waster,(t) Rake Ballast, (u) Chamfering tools, (v) Soap as required for the work as assessed by the Engineer- in-Charge depending on the labour strength will be arranged by the contractor at his own cost.

11.0 Curves

i) The alignment of track on certain locations is on curved alignment as per index plan. While laying track on such locations, the layout of the curve shall be done accurately with deflection angle, degree of curvature, transition length and curve length and laid to required super elevation for each curve as directed by engineer in-charge.

ii) The design of curves specifying all parameters (transition length, total length of

curve, super elevation etc.) shall be done by engineer in-charge and advised to the contractor who shall then lay the curves accordingly as indicated in the above para so that it conforms to the designed parameters.

iii) The station numbers shall be marked, starting from zero at TP (i.e from the

start of curve) at 10 meter interval on the inside web of outer rail of the curve and shall be continued over the entire length of the curve with figures in white paint over black back ground and the station No, versine & super elevation at each station shall be indicated on inside web of outer rail with black back ground and figures with white paint.

iv) Curve posts as per Railway’s design shall be fixed at both ends of curves, at

TP (Transition Point) and TTP (Transition Tangent Point), and the details of the curve shall be written on TP post of both ends mentioning curve no: degree of

STN No - V - SE -


curvature, transition length, curve length and super elevation with appropriate painting scheme as followed by Railways.

12.0 Longitudinal level of Track

The longitudinal level of the track shall be in accordance with the gradients as indicated in L-Section supplied by engineer in-charge Gradient posts at each change of gradient shall be provided as per approved design and shall be engraved with the values and arrow indicating rise, fall or level as the case may be, on both faces with figures in black on white back ground.

The gradient post shall be provided as per L-Section. Sketch of gradient post and km post is placed as Annexure PW-VI.

13.0 Kilometer & Gradient Posts

RCC kilometer and gradient posts as per drawing, (Annexure PW-VI) shall be casted and fixed at each kilometer / Point of change of gradient on cess and number engraved on both faces and surface painted with white and engraved figure written with black.

14.0 Ballasting

i) Once the centre line and level pegs have been provided, the ballast should, on

clearance by the engineer in-charge/his authorized representative, be lead out from the stacks and spread on the track formation as directed by Engineer in-charge. The ballast cushion which is to be finally achieved shall be 250mm.

ii) On all flat top, arch and pre-stressed concrete girder bridges with deck slab,

where guard rails are not provided, the whole width of the bridge between the parapet walls shall be filled with ballast up to the top of the sleeper level.

iii) The payment for supply of ballast will be made on the basis of stack

measurement of ballast without deduction for any shrinkage, as laid down in RDSO specifications, June 2004. The measurement and passing of ballast in stacks shall be done by engineer in-charge.

iv) Ballast under dismantled (existing) track – Total ballast under dismantled

(existing) track shall be removed, screened & stacked as per direction of site Engineer, after raising the bank the same screened ballast shall be spread on raised bank. The screened ballast of existing track are to stacked separately and payment for spreading of the same will be made as per measurement.

15.0 Concrete Sleepers

a) Concrete sleepers are heavy and as such manual handling of concrete

sleepers is not only difficult, but may generally cause damage to the sleepers. In exceptional cases, however, manual handling including manual laying of concrete sleepers is resorted to after taking adequate precautions.


b) Ballast already spread over the formation, PSC sleepers shall be laid at specified spacing. All care be taken in handling the sleepers so as to avoid breakage/damage. The sleepers shall be laid to a density of 1540 nos/km. For fish plated joints. The sleeper spacing at welded joints shall be the same as intermediate sleeper spacing as per para 244 (h) of IRPWM.

16.0 Rails

a) Rails to the extent required shall be supplied by the employer at NSPCL/RITES, Rourkela store/ go down at Rourkela of NSPCL. The contractor at its own cost shall lead the same to site for use on the work.

b) The rails and other fittings from depot area/complex be lead to site of actual laying in track by any means convenient to the contractor depending upon the site conditions and be placed at places where these are to be laid. The rails shall be adjusted in pairs along the alignment on the cess. The contractor will remove kinks from each rail, if any, with the help of jim Crow, etc. Handling of rails shall be done as per instructions issued by RDSO.

c) Single rails so brought to site shall be converted into 3 rail welded panels by Short Pre Heat process of Thermit Welding by the contractor at his own cost on the cess or at site.

d) The cutting of rails, where required shall be done using Abrasive rail cutting machines and the holes drilled with rail drilling machines approved by RITES. All the holes drilled in rails shall be chamfered using approved chamfering kit in terms of para 251 (5) of IRPWM (CS No. 51 dated 21.4.00)

17.0 Welding of Rail Joins:

a) The rail joints shall be welded with Alumino Thermit welding of rail joints by short pre-heating (SKV) process to IR Specification no. T-19-1994 as detailed in RDSO `Manual for Fusion welding of Rails by the Alumino, Thermic Process `September 1998’

b) The welding shall be got done only from approved portion manufacturing firms with

portions, consumables, equipment and RDSO certified welders/welding supervisors.

c) The portion shall conform to IRS specification no. T-19-1994. (para 4.2.1 of AT

welding Manual).

d) For field welding of rail ends provisions of para 4.4 to 4.10 of the “Alumino Thermic welding “ 1998 referred above shall be followed. Post welding operations shall be carried out as per para 5 and tests as per para 6 of the aforesaid manual. Sample tests of welds done shall be carried out as per para 7 of AT welding manual.

e) The finishing tolerances of the weld must conform to provision of para 5.4.2

indicated below:-


Vertical alignment : Variation not more than +1.00mm, -0mm measured at the end of 1.0metre straight edge.

Lateral alignment : Variation not more than + 0.5mm measured at the centre of 1.0metre straight edge.

Head Finishing: top table surface : +0.4mm, -0mm, measured at the end of 10cm straight edge.

f) While welding, adequate precautions as laid down in para 9 of the Manual shall be followed.

g) Welds found defective shall be replaced by the contractor as per para 6.4 of the Manual.

h) While welding, adequate precautions as laid down in para 9 of the Manual shall be followed.

i) Welds found defective shall be replaced by the contractor as per para 6.4 of the Manual.

j) All Thermit welds shall be painted as per para 5.7 of Manual for fusion welding of rails by Alumino Thermic Process, September 1998 issued by RDSO.

k) Guarantee against failures : All the rail joints welded by Thermit welding technique

shall be guaranteed against failure for a period of twelve months from the date of commissioning of project (para 7.3 of thermic Welding Manual 1998 is modified for this project). Any such welded joint which fails within the guarantee period be re-welded free of cost by the contractor as per stipulations of para 6.4.

l) The acceptance tests required for accepting the Thermit welds shall be as per para

6 and 7 of Thermit welding manual.

m) Sample test Joints i) One out of every 100 joints welded, shall be selected at random by the

purchaser or by the inspecting officer with in one month of welding and subjected to hardness, transverse load/deflection tests and porosity as per clause 4.3 of IRS:T-19-1994.

ii) If the sample test joint fails to satisfy any of the requirements of specification

IRS:T-19-1994. Engineer in-charge will be at liberty to suspend further welding. However, two more randomly selected joints from the same lot of 100 joints shall be subjected to re-tests as per clause 4.2 of IRS: T-19-1994. Both the joints should clear all the tests. If this report is also not satisfactory, further welding of joints shall be suspended until the firm’s welding technique has been examined and the same satisfies the requirement of clause 4 of IRS: T-19-1994. The clearance for re-commencement of welding shall be given by the Engineer-in-charge.


17.1 Short Welded Rails (SWR)

i) The laying and maintenance of short welded rails shall conform to provisions of para 505 to 510 of Part `B’ of chapter V of IRPWM. Special care shall be taken to provide expansion gaps at fish plated joints as per IRPWM para 508 table 1 for initial laying and para 510(3), table II for maintenance

ii) The fishing planes of fish plates and rails shall be lubricated with a paste of workable consistency (Plumbago and kerosene oil) in the following proportions and fish bolts be oiled. The material for lubrication of joints shall be arranged by the contractor. No extra payment will be made for the same.

Plumbago (Dry Graphie) - 5 kg

Kerosene oil (2nd quality) - 3.5 ltrs for 100 joints Black or reclaimed oil - 2.75 ltrs

18.0

Bridges

a) The rail joints on girder bridges with opening less than 6.1m shall be avoided. For other spans, the preferred position of rail joints is at 1/3rd of span from either end as per para 272(3) of IRPWM.

b) Guard rails shall be provided on bridges as per para 275 of IRPWM. c) The design of guard rails on the bridge and its approaches shall be as per para

275(2) of IRPWM. d) PSC sleepers to RDSO drg. No. T-4089 to Drg. No. T-4097 with complete fittings

as shown in the drawings, shall be used on ballasted deck bridges with guard rails and their approaches. The fixing of guard rails shall be done as per RDSO drg. No. T-4088 to Drg. No, T-4097 as per para 275(3) of IRPWM, CS no. 63 dated 27.1.2003 M.S. flat/tie bars for tying PSC sleepers together at ends is not required. (CS 63 dated 27.1.2003 to IRPWM).

e) Gang path as per para 276 of IRPWM, shall be provided on the sleepers on the

bridge only in case of unballasted girder bridges.

19.0 Level Crossings i) Asphalting of road surface between gate posts to full width of road on level

crossings shall be provided by the contractor at his cost. The road shall be provided complying with instructions contained in items 12 to 15, of Annexure 9/1 para 904, Chapter IX of IRPWM.

ii) Gate posts made out of US rails shall be provided at the level crossing to hold the chain as per sketch, Annexure – PW-VIII chain shall also be provided by the contractor.

iii) Whistle boards (W/L), Stop boards shall be provided for the approaching

trains at a distance of 600m and 30m from the level crossing respectively (as per Annexure-PW-IX). Similarly, Level Crossing indicator boards and Speed breaker indicator boards (as per Annexure – PW-IX) shall be fixed on the road approaches as per IRPWM para 916.


20.0 Points and Crossings (i) Points and crossings shall conform to RDSO Drawings and specifications and

shall be procured form manufactures / vendors approved by RDSO duly inspected by RDSO/RITES as per direction of engineer-in-charge.

(ii) 52 kg 1 in 8 ½ turnout shall conform to RDSO Drg. No. T-4865, Switch sub assembly drg. No. T-4866 and crossing sub assembly drg. No. T-4867. Switches shall be 6400 mm overriding curved switches for 1 in 8 ½ BG for 52 kg on 60kg PSC sleepers with all parts and fittings as per drg. No. T-4866 with latest alteration. CMS Crossings for PSC layout to RDSO drg. no. RT-4867 with latest alterations complete with all fittings shall be used.

(iii) Rails for Lead rails will be issued free at NSPCL/RITES Store at Rourkela. 20.1

Fan type turnouts

Turnout sleepers shall conform to Indian Railway Standard Specification for pre tensioned concrete sleepers serial no. T-45-96 (latest revision) as per RDSO Drawings. The same shall be procured from RDSO approved manufacturers / vendors duly inspected by RDSO/RITES/Zonal Railways as the case may be

Salient aspects of fan shape layout are :

(i) The sleepers under switch portion are having dowels in which slide chairs are

fixed with the help of screws. These sleepers are laid perpendicular to the main line and therefore, can be used for left hand and right hand turnouts.

(ii) The sleepers between the switch and the crossing (lead portion) are designed and laid at an angle of Q/2 with respect to main line where Q is the angle between the main line and the lead rail at that particular location. The same sleeper of left hand turnout rail at that particular hand turnout by laterally shifting the sleepers by an angle of Q.

(iii) The sleepers under crossing are laid perpendicular to the center line of the crossing and as such the same sleeper can be used for left hand and right hand by lateral shifting.

(iv) For laying sleepers in the lead portion correctly, spacing of sleepers on left rail seat and right rail seat on main straight track are given which define the center line of the sleepers.

PRC fan shape layouts have curved switches. Before laying the turnouts, the correctness of the switch as well as its curvature should be checked in advance by pre-assembling and then once again after laying it in track.

It may be noted that the sleepers are the same for 52 kg as well as 60 kg rails.

A mark ‘RE’ is provided on fan shape PRC turnout sleepers at one end. The sleepers should be laid in a manner that the end having the mark ‘RE’ is always laid on the right hand side.

The dowel fixed in the PRC sleepers should be cleared with the help of a suitable diameter soft brush so that all dirt/muck is removed. All the screws required to be fixed in the dowels should be greased before being put in.


20.2 Fan Shape Layout Assembly

(A) 1 in 8 ½ Turnout

Main drg. of Turnout

Switch sub-Assembly Crossing sub - Assembly

60 Kg RDSO/T-4865 RDSO/T-4966 RDSO/T-4967

(B) 1 in 12 Turnout

60 Kg RDSO/T-4218 RDSO/T-4219 RDSO/T-4220

20.3

Disposition of Sleepers

Type of layout

Sleeper under switch which are to be perpendicular to main line

Sleeper Nos. which are to be laid at angle Q/2 where Q is inclination of outer lead rail with respect to main line at that location

Sleeper Nos. to laid perpendicular to centre line of crossing

1 in 12

1 to 20 21 to 64 65 to 83

1 in 8 ½

1 to 13 14 to 41 42 to 54

20.4 Approach sleepers

Type of layout

Entry Exit

1 in 8 ½

5 Nos. : 60-S, 60-4A, 60-3A, 60 2AS & 60-1AS

8 Nos. : (4 sleepers on main line and 4 on turnout side.)

1 in 12

5 Nos. : 60-S. 60-4A, 60-3A, 60-2AS & 60-1AS

8 Nos. : (4 sleepers on main line and 4 on turnout side.)

Long sleepers shall be provided for point machines to meet the requirement of S&T.

It shall be ensured that the turnout is perfectly in line and duly packed both for the main lines as well as the siding served/connected by the turnout. Any adjustments as required shall be carried out by the contractor so that the layout and the connections meet the standard requirements. Nothing extra shall be payable for the same.


PSC SLEEPERS PER SET OF 1 IN 12 FAN-SHAPED TURN-OUT AS PER RDSO DRG. NO.T – 4732/4218. QUANTITY OF SLEEPER IS 1(ONE) EACH EXCEPT

OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Sleeper No.

RDSO Drg. No.

Length of

sleeper

Quan- tity

Sleeper No.

RDSO Drg. No.

Length of

sleeper

Quan- tity

1 T-4512 2750 1 no. 43 T-4554 3330 1 no.

2 T-4512 2750 1 no. 44 T-4555 3360 1 no.

3 T-4514 3750 1 no. 45 T-4556 3390 1 no.

4 T-4515 3750 1 no. 46 T-4557 3420 1 no.

5 T-4516 2750 1 no. 47 T-4558 3460 1 no.

6 T-4517 2750 1 no. 48 T-4559 3490 1 no.

7 T-4518 2750 1 no. 49 T-4560 3520 1 no.

8 T-4519 2750 1 no. 50 T-4561 3560 1 no.

9 T-4520 2750 1 no. 51 T-4562 3600 1 no.

10 T-4521 2750 1 no. 52 T-4563 3630 1 no.

11 T-4522 2750 1 no. 53 T-4564 3670 1 no.

12 T-4523 2750 1 no. 54 T-4565 3770 1 no.

13 T-4524 2750 1 no. 55 T-4566 3780 1 no.

14 T-4525 2750 1 no. 56 T-4567 3790 1 no.

15 T-4526 2750 1 no. 57 T-4568 3830 1 no.

16 T-4527 2750 1 no. 58 T-4569 3870 1 no.

17 T-4528 2760 1 no. 59 T-4570 3910 1 no.

18 T-4529 2770 1 no. 60 T-4571 3950 1 no.

19 T-4530 2790 1 no. 61 T-4572 3990 1 no.

20 T-4531 2800 1 no. 62 T-4573 4040 1 no.

21 T-4532 2820 1 no. 63 T-4574 4080 1 no.

22 T-4533 2830 1 no. 64 T-4575 4120 1 no.

23 T-4534 2850 1 no. 65 T-4576 4170 1 no.

24 T-4535 2870 1 no. 66 T-4577 4220 1 no.

25 T-4536 2890 1 no. 67 T-4578 4260 1 no.

26 T-4537 2900 1 no. 68 T-4579 4310 1 no.

27 T-4538 2920 1 no. 69 T-4580 4350 1 no.

28 T-4539 2940 1 no. 70 T-4581 4400 1 no.

29 T-4540 2960 1 no. 71 T-4582 4440 1 no.

30 T-4541 2990 1 no. 72 T-4583 4490 1 no.

31 T-4542 3010 1 no. 73 T-4584 4540 1 no.

32 T-4543 3030 1 no. 74 T-4585 4580 1 no.


33 T-4544 3050 1 no. 75 T-4586 4630 1 no. 34 T-4545 3080 1 no. 76 T-4587 4680 1 no.

35 T-4546 3100 1 no. 77 T-4588 4720 1 no.

36 T-4547 3130 1 no. 78 T-4589 4770 1 no.

37 T-4548 3160 1 no. 79 T-4590 4810 1 no.

38 T-4549 3180 1 no. 80 T-4591 4850 1 no.

39 T-4550 3210 1 no. 81 T-4592 4800 1 no.

40 T-4551 3240 1 no. 82 T-4593 4900 1 no.

41 T-4552 3270 1 no. 83 T-4594 4900 1 no.

42 T-4553 3300 1 no.

APPROACH SLEEPERS EXIT SLEEPERS Sleeper

No. RDSO

Drg. No. Length

of sleeper

Quantity Sleeper No.

RDSO Drg. No.

Length of

sleeper

Quan- tity

60S T-4786 2750 1 no. 1E T-5471 2550 2 nos.

60-IAS T-4787 2750 1 no. 2E T-5472 2550 2 nos.

60-2AS T-4788 2750 1 no. 3E T-5473 2550 2 nos.

60-3A T-4789 2750 1 no. 4E T-5474 2550 2 nos.

60-4A T-4790 2750 1 no.

PSC SLEEPERS PER SET OF 1 IN 8.1/2 FAN-SHAPED TURN-OUT AS

PER RDSO DRG. NO.T – 4865 OR 1 IN 8.1/2 SYM. SPLIT AS PER RDSO DRG. NO.T-5353 QUANTITY OF SLEEPER IS 1(ONE) EACH EXCEPT

OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

Sleeper No.

RDSO Drg. No.

Length of

sleeper

Sleeper No.

RDSO Drg. No.

Length of sleeper

1 T-4791 2750 28 T-4818 3350

2 T-4791 2750 29 T-4819 3400

3 T-4793 3750 30 T-4820 3450

4 T-4794 3750 31 T-4821 3500

5 T-4795 2750 32 T-4822 3550

6 T-4796 2750 33 T-4823 3610

7 T-4797 2750 34 T-4824 3660

8 T-4798 2750 35 T-4825 3720

9 T-4799 2750 36 T-4826 3780

10 T-4800 2750 37 T-4827 3840


11 T-4801 2770 38 T-4828 3900

12 T-4802 2790 39 T-4829 3970

13 T-4803 2820 40 T-4830 4030

14 T-4804 2840 41 T-4831 4100

15 T-4805 2870 42 T-4832 4170

16 T-4806 2900 43 T-4833 4230

17 T-4807 2930 44 T-4834 4290

18 T-4808 2960 45 T-4835 4350

19 T-4809 2990 46 T-4836 4430

20 T-4810 3020 47 T-4837 4490

21 T-4811 3060 48 T-4838 4550

22 T-4812 3100 49 T-4839 4620

23 T-4813 3130 50 T-4840 4690

24 T-4814 3180 51 T-4841 4750

25 T-4815 3220 52 T-4842 4830

26 T-4816 3260 53 T-4843 4880

27 T-4817 3310 54 T-4844 4900

APPROACH SLEEPERS EXIT SLEEPERS

Sleeper No.

RDSO Drg. No.

Length of

sleeper

Quantity Sleeper No.

RDSO Drg. No.

Length of

sleeper

Quan- tity

60S T-4786 2750 1 no. 1E T-5471 2550 2 nos.

60-IAS T-4787 2750 1 no. 2E T-5472 2550 2 nos.

60-2AS T-4788 2750 1 no. 3E T-5473 2550 2 nos.

60-3A T-4789 2750 1 no. 4E T-5474 2550 2 nos.

60-4A T-4790 2750 1 no.

21.0 Fouling Marks made out of Cement concrete shall be provided as per approved drawing at locations as required as per directions of the engineer-in-charge.

22.0 Glued Joints

Supply and fixing of 52 kg Glued Insulated Rail joint G3(L) as per RDSO Drg. No. T-1276 along with welding is to be provided in running/non-running lines as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The welds are to be ultrasonically tested as per RDSO manual of Sept. 1998. Rails for fabrication will be issued free at NSPCL/RITES store at Rourkela.


These joints consist of web fitting fish plates glued to the rails with a high polymer adhesive and bolted with high tensile steel bolts. The insulation is provided by special type of insulating side channels, bushes and end posts made of fiber glass cloth roving. The instructions for fabrication and installation of glued insulated rail joints should be strictly followed as given in the manual for glued insulated rail joints 1998 issued by RDSO. In this type of joint 1m long fish plates with 6 HTS bolts are used. The pull out strength should be more than 160 tonnes.

The insulation resistance tests should satisfy the following criteria.

(i) In Dry Condition : After glued insulated joint is prepared, maggering voltage of 100 VDC shall be applied across the joint. The value of the insulation resistance shall not be less than 25 Mega ohms.

23.0 Follow up Packing

i) The track shall be lifted to the correct profile as directed by the engineer in-charge at site/his representative.

ii) The sleepers shall be well packed with the ballast under them taking care that

the ballast shall be worked under throughout the length of the sleepers without damaging the bottom edges of the sleepers and sleepers repacked till no more ballast can be packed in and or as directed by engineer in-charge at site/his representative.

iii) Stone ballast from the stacks along the alignment shall be lead and dumped

over the track to correct profile as indicated in para 263 of Indian railway permanent way manual 1986 reprint to 1999 and as directed by the engineer in-charge at site or his representative.

iv) Correct track parameters i.e. Gauge, alignment of rails, square ness of the

sleepers, longitudinal and cross levels, expansion gaps at rail joints etc. shall be achieved as directed by the engineer in-charge at site/his representative.

24.0 Final Adjustment and Packing

i) Any sleeper which has been shifted from correct spacing or gone out of square shall be moved back and squared after loosening the fastenings, care being taken not to cause damage to PRC Sleepers while slewing the sleeper. The fastenings shall be tightened again after squaring.

ii) The track shall be slewed to correct alignment by sighting along the rail head

of the base rail. It should be ensured that track does not get lifted in the process of slewing. Any defects developed in gauge shall be rectified by adjusting the liners.

iii) The track shall then be given a final packing. For this, sighting shall be done

along the base rail and any dip or low joint lifted correctly and packed, attending the adjacent sleepers also. After the base rail is thus packed for 2 or 3 rail lengths, the cross levels should be checked and the opposite rail lifted wherever necessary and sleepers under the rail seat packed.


iv) The joint and shoulder sleepers shall be repacked and cross levels adjusted. The ballast section shall be dressed neatly as directed by engineer in-charge at site/his representative to uniform height and width with correct side slopes.

v) Testing – The track completed as above will be rolled with a light, diesel

engine for rolling complete with fuel and crew to be supplied by M/s RITES on behalf of NSPCL free of cost. After 4 such movements of the engine, the contractor will attend to the defects developed, by packing, aligning, levelling and gauging the track. No extra payment will be made for this.

25.0 Specifications for finished works

a) Ballast Profile

i) The ballast profile should be in conformity with para 263 of IRPWM and

brought to specified section, as directed by the engineer in-charge at site/his representative.

ii) The ballast cushion shall be checked at three places in each km at random

locations (these locations shall be recorded) and the average value shall be considered for acceptance.

iii) The expression “Ballast Cushion” wherever used in these specifications, shall

mean depth of clean layer of ballast below the bottom of sleepers and above the finished top of formation, measured under the rail seat of the sleeper.

b) New Track Tolerances The new track shall conform to the following track standards. The track measurements should be taken in floating conditions.

S.N. Track Parameter Items for measurement Value 1 Gauge Gauge

Sleeper to sleeper variation 1673mm + 3mm

2mm 2 Expansion Gap Maximum deviation from the

prescribed gap (Average gap worked out by recording 20 successive gaps)

+ 2mm

3 Joints Low joints not permitted. --- High joints not more than 2mm Maximum out of

Squareness of joints on straight

+ 10mm

Maximum out of squareness of joints on curves

½ pitch of fish bolts holes

4 Spacing of Sleeper With respect to theoretical spacing

+ 20mm


5 Cross level To be recorded on every 4th

sleeper + 3mm

6 Alignment On straight on 10m chord On curves of radius more

than 600m on 20m chord – variation over theoretical versions.

On curves of radius less

than 600m on 20m chord – variation over theoretical versions.

+ 5mm* + 5mm**

*Values up to 10mm can be accepted at

few isolated locations

+ 2mm

5mm

10mm 7 Longitudinal level Variation in longitudinal

level with reference to approved longitudinal sections

50mm

26.0 Maintenance /Defect liability period

i) The maintenance of all assets / works of the project handed over to the

contractor by client/constructed by the contractor will be the responsibility of the contractor, during the period of construction.

Defect liability period shall be 12 months from the date of issue of completion certificate/commissioning of the works, whichever is earlier.

ii) The contractor shall be responsible for rectification of defects arising out of

defective work man-ship/defective materials for this period of twelve months from the date of commissioning of the work and shall be responsible for replacement of all defective materials and for rectification of all defects at his own cost. The assets shall be handed over to NSPCL/RITES at the end of the defect liability period as per stipulations given below .

27.0 Handing over of track by the contractor to NSPCL/RITES, Rourkela.

27.1 On completion & commissioning of work, the contractor shall handover the track to NSPCL/RITES, Rourkela for operation and maintenance after rectification of defects noticed during the joint inspection by the Engineers.

27.2 Performance security shall be released to the contractor on expiry of defect liability period and rectification of defects, if any.


27.3 The following registers will be maintained by the NSPCL/RITES, Rourkela

representative at the cost of contractor who should sign the registers so maintained by RITES in token of his acceptance of the entries made therein.

i. Register of joint inventory. ii. Register of material issued. iii. Register of site order. iv. Register of materials laid in track. v. Register of materials received back from contractor. Vi. Register of ballast stacks. vii. Register of through packing. viii. Register of miscellaneous items.

27.4 All the items should be as per RDSO drawing Numbers and shall comprise of all parts

and accessories listed in the drawing except otherwise stated. P-Way Material under BOQ should be procured from Railway Boards/Railway / RDSO approved manufacturers and Inspection is to be carried out by the RITES Inspection Wing, Kolkata / New Delhi / Chennai / Mumbai, or Zonal Railways with which the factory is tied up, as the case may be, before effecting dispatch of the materials. Inspection certificates and the original money receipt of the Inspection Wing has to be submitted along with the bills as a documentary evidence.

28.0 Specification of Thermit Welding:

The work consists of welding in situ 60/52 Kg. rail (72 UTS/90 UTS) joints by Short preheat welding (SKV welding) process.

The 'portion' used for welding shall conform to the technical requirements as

mentioned in IRS: T-19-1994. The suitability of the 'portion' for the welding process in respect of the type and section of rails to be welded shall be ensured before commencing welding. Only RDSO certified/passed portions should be used for welding.

The contractor shall execute the work at the rates and terms and conditions specified

in the contract and within the time schedule as indicated in the Work Orders.

The work done shall conform to IRS Specification No. T-19-1994 for fusion welding of rails by alumino Thermit process. A copy of this specification is attached as Annexure "A" stipulation laid down therein shall apply to this except as modified or clause herein under.

No payment will be made for the spoilt joint exceeds 2% of the total of good joints.

The NSPCL, Rourkela will make available rail pieces at their store for making welds

specified in clause 3.5.1 of the Annexure-"A" free of charge.

A guarantee as specified in clause 3.6.1/3.5.2 of Annexure shall be furnished by the contractor for the completed weld joints against Work Order.


The marking of welded joints as specified in clause 3.6.3 of the Annexure "A" shall be done by the contractor at his cost.

The contractor shall procure all the necessary welding materials as well as all the

equipments for the welding works so as to use a finished weld including the necessary plaIning equipments at his own cost and he will be paid only for the finished work at rates quoted in the Schedule of items.

The contractor shall provide all labour required for the work and the contractor shall

arrange to train the labour in the welding technic and shall also be responsible for providing constant technical supervision during the process of welding work. The welder should be RDSO trained and certified by RDSO. The welders certificate obtained from RDSO shall have to be furnished prior to start of work for welding.

The contractor shall be responsible for the correct alignment and welding of the rails

and for the proper plain by hand filing of the welds and their finish. The files are to be supplied by the contractor at his cost.

The contractor shall provide pieces of wooden sleeper wedges and such other tools

which are required for lifting or making or placing rail in position for welding purpose and also hammer and hot and cold sets required for the works.

The contractor shall provide fuel like petrol required for welding at the rate of 2.00 liters of petrol per joint. The quantities may vary within 10%.

All other equipments & machinaries used by the contractor in grinding or plaining etc. should be worked out by him at his own cost including labour for this work.

The contractor shall arrange his own facilities for carrying out of all plants & equipment and materials from nearest store to site of work.

The Contractor shall arrange storage accommodation for his plants & equipments as

close to the site of work.

The contractor shall not carry out any works between sunset and sunrise. He should make his own arrangement to protect the work against wind and weather in the course of execution of work.

At the time of payment of final bills 10% of the total security deposit shall be retained

by the RITES on behalf of NSPCL free of interest for the guarantee period.

Payment shall be made for acceptable joints in terms of the agreement and for the spoilt joints upto 2% of the total of good joints. Further joints which will be put for tests, the contractor will be paid provided they stand the test. Test joints which will be failed will not be paid for.

The rate for welding work shall bear all inclusive tax.


The contractor shall be responsible for the welded joints remaining satisfactory for the guarantee periods as specified in Annexure-"A" and every joint failing during this period 3 times the cost of one weld will be recovered from the amount due to him. If it is decided by the RITES that the cracked welded joint will not be rewelded free of by the contractor in terms of clause 3.5.2 of Annex-"A".

The account of sealed approved portions and statement of issue of approved portion

shall be maintained by the RITES on behalf of NSPCL, Rourkela representative of the welding but the account and statement in question will have to be countersigned by the authorised representative of the contractor. The account shall correlate the welding panel on the pieces number with the approved portion and the date of welding.

In the event of failure of weld joints which are not possible to weld on that very day,

the joints must invariably be fastened with joggled fish plates duly clamped. The joggle fish plates and clamps are to be arranged by the contractor at his own cost.

The plants, equipments, consumables materials, Technical Supervisors, Artisen

staff, Welders and other labours required for the work shall have to be arranged by the contractor at his own cost.

Any electric supply required at site for what-so-ever purpose shall be arranged by

the contractor at his own cost and rates quoted shall include the cost of providing electric supply arrangements required for the work.


ANNEXURE - 'A'

29.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING OF RAIL JOINT

1.0 Portion for welding.

1.1 The ‘portion’ used for welding shall conform to the technical requirements as mentioned in IRS:T-19-1994. The suitability of the 'portion' for the welding process in respect of the type and section of rails to be welded shall be ensured before commencing welding. Only RDSO certified/passed portions should be used for welding.

1.2 Equipment and staff for welding : The list for one set of A.T. welding equipment by

short preheating process is given in Annexure 2. The composition of thermit welding team is given in Annexure 3.

1.3 Preparation of rail ends to be welded : The rail end face and adjacent sides at foot (top and bottom), web and head up to 50 mm shall be thoroughly cleaned using kerosene oil and brushing with wire brush to remove all dirt, grease and rust before welding. Any burrs at the rail ends shall be removed by chiseling or grinding.

Normally, no alumino -thermic welded joint shall be located closer than 4 m from any other welded or fish plated joint.

1.4 Gap between rail ends : The two rail ends to be welded shall be held in position with

a uniform and vertical gap as per gap specified in Annexure 1. The uniformity and verticality of the gap shall be measured by a gauge prior to welding. In case of wide gap 50 + 1 / 75 + 1 mm welding, for repairing fractured /defective welds, it shall be ensured that the end faces are vertical. In LWR/CWR territory, hydraulic/mechanical rail tensor of suitable and approved design should be used for maintaining correct rail gap during welding.

1.5 Preliminary work prior to welding. 1.5.1 In case of in-situ welding the rail fastenings for at least five sleepers on either side

of the proposed weld shall be loosened. The sleepers adjacent to the joint to be welded shall be shifted to obtain a clear working space of 250 mm on either side to accommodate the moulds, clamps, preheating equipment, etc. The rails shall then be properly aligned, both horizontally and vertically.

1.5.2 When the welding work is carried out on cess, full rail length shall be levelled by supporting on at least ten wooden blocks on either side. The rails shall be properly aligned in horizontal and vertical direction and held in position.

1.6 Alignment of rail ends before welding 1.6.1 The rail ends to be welded shall be aligned in horizontal and vertical planes to the

dimensional limits indicated below. 1.6.1.1 Lateral alignment : The two rail ends, after alignment shall be within + 0.5 mm. when

checked with a 1.0 m straight edge at rail ends [ Fig. 4.7.1.1(a) & (b)]. Any difference in the widths of rail heads shall always be fully kept on the non- gauge side, correctly aligning the rail ends on the gauge face.


1.6.1.2 Vertical alignment: The joint shall be kept higher by 3 to 4 mm for 72 UTS rails and 2 to 2.4 mm for higher UTS rails when measured at the end of 1 m straight edge ( as compensation against sagging caused by differential shrinkage on cooling) (Fig. 4.7.1.2). This shall be achieved by wedges applied on the rail supporting blocks on both sides of the joint.

1.7 Fixing of mould

1.7.1 Only prefabricated moulds supplied by the portion manufacturer shall be used for welding. These are to be made by mixing high silica sand to IS:1987 with sodium silicate to the required consistency, followed by passage of carbon dioxide gas. These prefabricated moulds shall have adequate permeability for escape of mould gases and adequate reinforcement to avoid mould crushing during transportation and welding.

1.7.2 Before mounting on the rail ends to be welded, each pair of moulds shall be

examined for defects, dampness, cracks, blocked vents, etc. and defective moulds discarded. The prefabricated moulds shall be handled with care as they are fragile and liable to breakage.

1.7.3 During fixing the moulds, it shall be ensured that the Centre line of the rail gap coincides with Centre line of the mould to avoid cross joint. The mould jackets/shoes holding the pre-fabricated mould in a snug fit condition, after fixing, shall be tightened by the application of adequate pressure. Excessive pressure may cause breakage of mould and dropping of sand inside the mould cavity. Care shall be taken during application of adequate pressure, it is essential for the moulds to fit flush to each other across the bottom of the rail flange which can be checked by feeling with fingers across the junction of the two halves of the moulds and by looking down the riser aperture. The moulds should touch the bottom of rail foot to ensure proper size of collar at the bottom.

1.7.4 After fixing the moulds, the gap between mould and the rail shall be packed firmly with luting sand to prevent leakage of liquid weld metal. To protect the rail top table from metal splashes during reaction, the adjacent rail surface on either side of the moulds shall be covered with metal cover or smeared with luting sand upto 15 cm. on either side.

1.8 Preheating

1.8.1 After fixing and luting of the moulds, the rail ends shall be uniformly pre-heated throughout the rail section with specially designed air petrol/compressed air petrol/ oxygen-LPG burner as the case may be. The flame shall be properly adjusted to achieve the desired rail temperature. The pre-heating shall be done from the top of the mould box for stipulated period for welding technique adopted, so as to achieve a temperature of around 600 + 200C.

1.8.2 In welding process using air petrol burner, the compressor tank pressure during

operation of the burner shall be maintained at 7 + 0.70 kg/cm2 (100 + 10 lb per sq. in). In case of pre-heating by oxygen and LPG cylinders shall be adjusted in the range of 7.0-8.0 kg/cm2 and 2.0-2.5 kg/cm2 respectively. While preheating with oxy-LPG burner LPG supply should be opened first and the gas ignited, thereafter oxygen supply should be opened. While closing, oxygen supply should be stopped first followed by LPG supply. The burner shall be properly adjusted during preheating to ensure that the head, web and foot of both the rail ends are heated uniformly.


1.8.3 Preheating time : Preheating time would be about 10 to 12 minutes and 2 to 2.5 minutes for air-petrol and oxy-LPG preheating techniques respectively. The actual preheating time would depend upon the rail section and welding technique adopted as given in Annexure 1.

1.8.4 Special emphasis shall be given to the tank pressure, efficiency of burner and

flame condition for achieving required rail temperature within the stipulated time. From time to time or in case of any doubt with a view to maintain proper quality control, temperature measuring devices like optical pyrometer, contact type pyrometer or temperature indicating crayons may be used for measuring rail end temperature just after completion of preheating i.e. after removal of burner.

1.9 Welding 1.9.1 The crucible lined with refractory material (magnesite/crushed alumina slag) and fitted

with bottom stone and thimble shall be preheated before making the first weld of the day to ensure freedom from moisture.

1.9.2 Slag shall be cleaned from the crucible after each reaction, if necessary. During

cleaning, care shall be taken not to damage the refractory crucible lining. The lining shall be examined regularly and patch repairing, or relining as necessary shall be carried out.

1.9.3 The crucible shall be positioned relative to the pouring gate with respect to its height

from the mould after it has been placed on the stand mounted on the rail head. The tap hole in the crucible shall be sealed with closing pin, asbestos powder and stag power. The 'portion', for the required technique, shall be thoroughly hand mixed and poured into the crucible striking the crucible wal so that the bottom plugging remains undisturbed. The portion shall be coned to the Centre of the crucible and a sparkler be placed at the top. The crucible shall then be brought to the proper position over the mould in line with the pouring gate of the mould with a vertical distance of about 50 mm. between the tap hole and sand core/top of the pouring gate.

1.9.4 After preheating the rail joint, the sparkler shall be ignited and inserted in the portion at

the Centre top to start the reaction. The reaction shall not be vigorous or boiling. By the time the reaction is completed the burner shall be removed quickly and the gap closed with a dried sand core in case of central pouring to prevent loss of heat and turbulence during flow of metal. The time period between removal of burner and tapping of metal should be as minimum as possible. After the reaction subsides, about three seconds shall be allowed for the separation of slag from the metal, which may be judged by looking into the crucible through coloured glass to IS:5983. Thereafter, the molten steel shall be tapped into the mould by striking the closing pin with a tapping rod. It shall be ensured that since the commencement of the reaction, thermit steel is tapped within the time limit as specified in Annexure 1. Care shall be taken to ensure that the crucible does not move from its position during tapping. When pouring is over, the crucible and swivel stand shall be removed and kept aside without disturbing the joint. If the reaction is found to be boiling, the metal shall be out-tapped. Vivorous reaction and loose closing of crucible may cause self tapping. In this case also, the metal shall be out tapped. If, in any case, self tapped metal enters the mould, the joint shall be rejected, cut and rewelded. In cases of out tapping, the joint should be cooled to ambient temperature and the process of welding restarted a fresh.


However, if temperature can be measured, the rail end may be heated to an extent so as to achieve temperature of about 600 + 200 and welding of joint may be completed.

1.9.5 After pouring, molten metal shall be allowed to cool and solidify with mould intact

for the stipulated time (mould waiting time) depending upon the rail section and ambient temperature. In case of alloy steel rails, full rail section up to 300 mm on either side of the joint shall be heated by using burner during this period. The mould shoes shall be removed just prior to completion of mould waiting time. The mould waiting time is generally four to six minutes for 25 mm gap joints. After the mould waiting time has elapsed, the trimming should be done by using weld trimmer of suitable and approved design without knocking out the mould. List of approved manufacturers of rail profile weld grinder and weld trimmer is given at Annexure 4. In the ventuality of sudden failure of weld trimmer, manual chipping may be resorted to. In case of welding of old rails, if it is not possible to use weld trimmer due to flow of metal at rail head, manual chipping should be done.

1.9.6 During the trimming operation, it shall be ensured that the wedges used in aligning

are in their proper places without loosening, and they are not removed for at least 20 minutes after stripping. The runner and riser must not be removed until cold, and that too only by knocking towards the rail.

1.9.7 No welding shall be carried out if it is raining. In case, the rains start while the joint is

under execution, immediate arrangement to adequately cover the site shall be made. 2.0 Operations subsequent to welding. 2.1 Post weld cooling

In case of welding of head hardened rails, the average hardness of the HAZ of the rail becomes considerably less than the parent rail hardness. This lower hardness is due to transformation of rail steel occurring at cooling rate much lower than that achieved during the original head hardening operation. Such a hardness difference can lead to differential plastic deformation during wheel rail contact which may cause localized cupping. head hardened rails, therefore, must be subjected to controlled quenching for a specific time by the arrangement approved for the technique.

2.2 Post weld packing of sleeper : Before the passage of traffic, the wedges used for

aligning should be removed and joint sleepers which were shifted to obtain the clear gap of 250 mm on either side as per para 1.5.2 shall be re-shifted to the original location and repacked. Packing of these re-shifted sleepers should be carried out gently and carefully.

2.3 Passing of traffic : The first train should be allowed to pass on the newly welded

joint only after 30 minutes have elapsed since pouring of weld metal. Necessary speed restriction shall be observed until the grinding operation is over.

2.4. Grinding. 2.4.1 After the excess metal is trimmed off, the grinding of the remaining metal on the

rail table and the sides of the rail head shall be carried out only with rail profile guided grinding trolley of approved design. Use of hand files should not be resorted to except in unavoidable circumstances. In the case of in-situ joints, the grinding shall


commence only after the sleeper fastenings are reflexed, after the removal of wedges. The rail table shall first be ground down to original profile and checked by a one metre straight edge. This should be followed by grinding of the sides of rail head. The accuracy of grinding shall be checked by using 10 cm straight edge. While grinding, only light pressure should be applied and grinding wheel should be moved to and fro to avoid local over heating.

2.4.2 Tolerances on finished welds: All the finished joints shall be checked to ensure that

the joint geometry is within the following tolerances:

(i) Vertical alignment : Variation not more than + 1.0 mm,-0 mm measured at the end of one metre straight edge.

(ii) Lateral alignment : Variation not more than + 0.4 mm. -0 mm measured at the

end of 10 cm straight edge. (iii) Finishing of top surface : + 0.4 mm, -0 mm measured at the end of 10 cm

straight edge. (iv) Head finishing on sides : + 0.3 mm over gauge side of the rail head measured

at the Centre of 10 cm straight edge.

Note : In specific cases, for joint geometry, in case of old rails, dispensations may be permitted by Chief Engineer.

The method of checking the geometry of welded joints is illustrated in Fig. 5.4.2.

2.5 Record of joint geometry: The details of geometry of each joint shall be jointly signed

by the firm's and RITES' representative and kept as record. Any joint found not conforming to the above stipulations shall be cut and rewelded, free of cost, by the firm.

2.6 Marking.

Marking should be done as per Zonal Railway practice.

2.7 Painting of thermit welds Painting of weld collar should be done on all welds to protect them against normal and

severe corrosion immediately after the welding. The procedure of painting and specification of paint is outlined in Annexures 6 and 7.

3.0 Accepted tests 3.1 Visual Inspection : All the welded joints shall be examined carefully to detect any

visible defect like cracks, blow holes, etc. Any joint, which shows any visible defect should be rejected.

3.2 Dimensional check : All finished joints shall be checked for dimensional tolerances

which should be within the tolerances as specified in para 2.4.2. 3.3 Ultrasonic flaw detection test : All the fusion welded joints shall be ultrasonically

tested and accepted by the purchaser or his representative as per the 'Procedure for ultrasonic testing of thermit welded rail joints' given at Annexure 8. This testing shall


be completed as early as possible but in any case before the contractor/welding team leaves the welding site.

3.4 Rewelding of defective joints. 3.4.1 All the joints found to be defective as per acceptance tests as given in paras 3.1,

3.2 & 3.3 and/or joints failed in guarantee period as specified in para 4.3 will be cut and rewelded by the firm free of cost using their portions, equipment, labour and consumables.

3.4.2 Where one bad joint is required to be replaced by two new joints, the entire cost of

both the joints shall be borne by the firm. 3.4.3 All the rewelded joints should meet the acceptance tests as indicated in paras 3.1 to

3.3. 3.5 Sample test joint. 3.5.1 One out of every 100 joints welded shall be selected at random by the purchaser or by

the inspecting officer within one month of welding and subjected to hardness, transverse load/ deflection tests and porosity as per clause 4.2 of IRS:T-19-1994 ( reproduced partly as Annexure 9 for ready reference) and the joint shall comply with the provisions laid downs therein.

3.5.2 If the sample test joint fails to satisfy any of the requirements of specification

IRS-T-19-1994, the RITES on behalf of NSPCL will be at liberty to suspend further welding. However, two more randomly selected joints from the same lot of 100 joints shall be subjected to re-tests as per clause 1.1 of IRS-T-19-1994. Both the joints should clear all the tests. If this report is also not satisfactory, further welding of joints shall be suspended until the firm's welding technique has been examined and the same satisfies the requirements of IRS:T-19-1994.

3.6 Guarantee 3.6.1 Rail joints welded by a firm shall be guaranteed against failure for a period of one

year from the date of welding the joints in track or from the date such welded joints made 'in cess' are inserted in the Any such welded joint which fails within the guarantee period shall be rewelded free of cost by firm as per stipulations of para 3.4

3.6.2 In case of failure of sample test joint ( refer para 3.5), the period of guarantee for 100

joints represented by the sample joint shall be extended for a further period of one year. In case of failure of joints or joints exhibiting signs of failure by cracking within extended period of guarantee, the joints shall be rewelded free of cost by the supplier as per stipulations of para 3.4.

3.6.3 The welded joints with the extended period of guarantee shall be marked 'X' with

yellow paint one the outer side of the web of the rail near the joint in addition to the marking prescribed in para 2.6. Such marked joints shall be kept under careful observation by the purchaser.

3.7 Other requirements 3.7.1 Welding shall be supervised by trained welding supervisor and carried out by

trained welder having valid competency certificate from RDSO/TPP, NR, Lucknow in their possession.


3.7.2 A welding supervisor shall supervise not more than two welding teams deployed within 50 m distance at a time.

3.8 Precautions. While carrying out welding at site, the following precautions shall be observed:

i) It should be ensured that the portion being used matches with type and

chemistry of rail. ii) Rail ends should be square.

iii) Alignment of rail ends should be perfect as checked by straight edge.

iv) Rail ends should be properly cleaned with kerosene oil and wire brushes.

v) Stop watch should be provided to the welding supervisor at each welding site.

vi) Pressure in the tanks/cylinder should be properly maintained during pre-heating.

vi) Correct gap between rail ends at head, web and foot shall be ensured.

viii) Correct gap between rail ends at head, web and foot shall be ensured. ix) Tightness of clips fitted with hose connections to compressor tank and

burner shall be checked before commencing preheating.

x) Nozzles of burners shall be cleaned periodically to avoid back-fire.

xi) The compressor tank shall be kept at least 2 to 3 m away from the burner to prevent fire hazard.

xii) The tapping shall be done within the time specified for that particular technique. Welding parameters for techniques presently being used are available at Annexure 1 For special type of welding i.e. 75 mm gap, combination joint, etc. the time of reaction and tapping shall be as stipulated by RDSO for that particular welding technique.

xiii) Arrangements for giving first aid shall be available at site.

xiv) Welders should be provided with gloves and coloured glasses.

xv) Boiling portion shall be out tapped.

xvi) No moist portion/torned portion bag shall be used for welding.

xvii) Dampness in moulds can lead to porosity and early fatigue failure of welds.

xviii) Only those contractual agencies as have clearance from the RDSO /Railway Board can execute welding work. Supply of portions must be from sources approved by RDSO/Railway Board.

xix) Many weld failures show evidence of badly cut rail ends. The evenness and

verticality of a rail cut depends solely upon the skill of the welder. With portable disc cutters, very little skill is required to produce good cut.


ANNEXURE -1

30.0 STATUS OF VARIOUS A.T. WELDING TECHNIQUES (AS ON 31.12.97) I. India Thermit corporation Ltd., Kanpur. 1. Techniques with air-petrol pre-heating.

Sl No

Welding Techniqu

e

Gap (mm

Pre- heating

Time(mm)

Reaction Time (sec)

Wt.of portion

(Kg)+ 2%

Remarks

1. 2. 3. 4.

60Kg (90 UTS) 60Kg (72 UTS) 52kg.(90 UTS) 52kg.(72 UTS)

25+125+125+125+1

12 12 10 10

20+ 20+ 20+ 20+

13.4 13.4 11.8 11.8

Approved Approved Approved Approved

II. HARSHAD THERMIT INDUSTRIES, RAIPUR 1. Techniques with air-petrol pre-heating

Sl No

Welding Technique

Gap (mm

Pre- heating Time(mm)

Tapping Time (sec)

Wt.of portion (Kg)+ 2%

Remarks

1. 2. 3.

60Kg (90 UTS) 52kg.(90 UTS) 52kg.(72 UTS)

25+125+125+1

12 10-11 10

20+ 20+ 3 20+ 3

13 12.5 12

Approved Approved Approved

III. Sagar Electrical & General Industires Hyderabad 1. Techniques with air-petrol pre-heating

Sl No

Welding Technique

Gap (mm


Tapping Time (sec)


Remarks

1. 2. 3. 4.

60Kg (90 UTS) 60Kg (72 UTS) 52kg.(90 UTS) 52kg.(72 UTS)

25+125+125+125+1

12 10-12 10 10-11

20+ 3 20+ 3 20+ 3 20+ 3

13.8 12.5 11.0 11.0

Approved Approved Approved Approved

IV. Raybon Metals Private Limited, Bilaspur 1. Technique with air-petrol pre-heating

Sl No

Welding Technique

Gap (mm


Tapping Time (sec)


Remarks

1. 2.

52kg.(90 UTS) 52kg.(72 UTS)

25+125+1

10 10

20+ 3 20+ 3

12.4 12.2

Approved Approved


ANNEXURE-2

31.0 LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR ALLUMINO-THERMIC WELDING OF RAIL JOINTS BY SHORT PRE-HEATING PROCESS PER WELDING TEAM.

Sl. No.

Description Quantity

Mass welding

Repair welding.

A. A-1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A-2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. A-3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

PRE-HEATING EQUIPMENT Air-petrol pre-heating Pressure tanks with pressure gauges complete Vaporisers (burner) complete Nozzle crickers Nozzle keys Vaporiser stand Goose neck attachment to vaporiser Compressed air-petrol pre-heating Suitable compressor system with pressure gauges Torch (burner) complete Torch (burner) keys Torch (burner) stand Goose neck attachment to vaporiser Oxy-LPG pre-heating Oxy-LPG torch (burner) Oxygen cylinder with pressure gauge LPG cylinder with pressure gauge Torch (burner) stand Connecting hose pipe. OTHER EQUIPMENT Crucible complete Crucible caps Crucible forks Crucible stands Crucible rings Mould pressure (clamp) Cleaning rod round Tapping rod Straight edge 1m long Straight edge 10 cm long Aluminium steel rod for thermal plugging Leather washers for pump

2 Nos. 2 Nos. 4 Nos 1 No. 2 Nos. 4 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 1 No. 2 Nos. 4 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 4 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 1 No. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 4 Nos.

1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 2 Nos.


Annexure-2 Sl. No.

Description Quantity

Mass welding

Repair welding.

13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii) xii)

23. 24. 25. 26.

Gap gauges and height gauge Filler gauge Tools for punching the marking Mould shoes Stop watches Pyrometer/thermal chalk for measurement of rail temperature Wooden wedges for rail alignment First aid box filled with medicines, bandages, cotton etc. Mirror 150 X 100 mm with handle Tool box containing : Hot sets (chisels) (For emergency use only) Funnel tin (for pouring petrol) Adjustable spanner Hammer 1 Kg. Sledge hammer double panel 5 Kg. Steel wire brush Blue goggles Paint brush 50 mm Slag container (bowl) Asbestos gloves Hose clips Pliers Rail file 350 X 40 X 6 mm (For emergency use only) Weld trimmer Insulation hood for control cooling (for 110 UTS rail welding) Rail profile guided grinding trolley To ensure quality,protective clothing,shoes gear & leather gloves

2 Nos. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 6 Pairs 1 No. 1 No. 24 Nos. 1 No. 2 Nos. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 2 Pairs 1 No. 2 Nos. 4 Nos. 4 Nos. 1 No. 4 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.

1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 12 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No 1 Pair 1 No. 1 No. 2 Pairs 4 Nos. 1 No. 2 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.


ANNEXURE-3

32.0 COMPOSITION OF THERMIT WELDING TEAM (COMPRESSOR TANK-WISE)

Description

Numbers

Welder Grade-I/Grade-II Welder Grade-III / Skilled Artisan Helper Khalasi / Khalasi Gangman

1 2 5

As per work load.

Note : The composition of welding team has been framed taking into account that trimming

and grinding operation would be done by weld trimmer and rail profile grinder.


ANNEXURE 4 33.0 LIST OF APPROVED SUPPLIERS OF RAIL PROFILE

WELD GRINDER AND WELD TRIMMER (as on 01.09.97) Sl.No. Name of Machine Approved supplier 1. 2.

Rail profile Weld Grinder Weld Trimmer

i) M/s. Indiana Machine, D-151, Phase-VII, S.A.S. Nagar-160 055 Near Chandigarh) ii) M/s. Phooltas Tamper Pvt.Ltd. Layak Bhavan,Canal Road, Patna-800 001 iii) M/s. Rajasthan Mining & Engg.Pvt.Ltd., 65, Gopal Bari, Jaipur-302 001. iv) M/s. ITC Ltd. 84/22, Fazalganj, Kanpur - 208 012. i) M/s.CTR Manufacturing Trimmer Industries Ltd. Nagar Road, Pune - 411 014. ii) M/s.ITC Ltd., 84/22, Fazalganj, Kanpur-208 012.


ANNEXURE-5

34.0 PROFORMA FOR THERMIT WELD REGISTER Sl. No.

Date of welding

Location details Rail Bolt hole dist.(mm) Cess/situ Location Line

No. L/R Sect. UTS

1 2 3 4

Portion details Welding details

Agency code

Batch No.

Portion No.

Date of manufacture

Agency code

Process

Supervisor Welder Code.

5 6 Weld No.

Block time Date of finish grinding

Dimensional toler on finished joint

USFD testing after welding

From

To On 1m On 10 Cm Date Result (Pass/F) Lat Ver. Top Side

7 8 9 10 11 Not

applicable

In service failure details

Test joint date removed

Repl. Weld Ref. Signature of Engineer-in-charge Weld Weld 2

Failure 12 13 14 15

Date of sending test Jt. With refer

Test joint results

Date of results with ref.

Hardness (BHN)

Transverse load

Porosity (%)

Date of marking ‘X’ for extended guarantee

Remarks

Rail Weld HAZ Load(t) Def (mm)

16 17


ANNEXURE-6 35.0 PROCEDURE FOR PAINTING OF WELD COLLAR FOR THERMIT WELDED

RAIL JOINTS TO PROTECT AGAINST NORMAL CORROSION A. NEW WELDED JOINT. 1. Surface Preparation. 1.1 Remove dust, loose rust and mill scale by wire brushing. 1.2 Scrub welded area with water to make it free from slag and other water soluble

compounds. Make it dry. 2. Painting procedure 2.1 Apply one coat of ready mixed paint, brushing, bituminous black, lead free, acid,

alicali, water and chlorine resisting, conforming to IS:9862-1981 on the welded area and 10 cm on either side.

2.2 After eight hours drying, apply a second coat of the same paint. 2.3 Painting should be carried out by brush only. B. MAINTENANCE PAINTING (FOR OLD PAINTED JOINTS) 1. Surface preparation 1.1 Remove dust, dirt, and flaked paint from the welded joint by wire brushing. 1.2 Degrease the surface by petroleum hydrocarbon or any other suitable solvent, if

oil or grease is present. Allow it to dry. 2. Painting Procedure 2.1 Apply one coat of ready mixed paint, brushing, bituminous black, lead free, acid,

alkali and chlorine resistant to IS.9862-1981 or bituminous emulsion to IRS: P-30-1996 on welded area and 10 cm on either side.

2.2 If required, a second coat of the same paint may be applied after a minimum of

eight hours drying. 2.3 Painting should be carried out by brush. 3. The list of approved manufacturers for the above quality of paints is issued every

year by the Director General(M&C),RDSO, Lucknow to Zonal Railways.


ANNEXURE-7 36.0 PROCEDURE FOR PAINTING OF WELD COLLAR FOR THERMIT WELDED

RAIL JOINTS TO PROTECT AGAINST SEVERE CORROSION

A. NEW WELDED JOINT 1. SURFACE PREPARATION 1.1 Remove dust, loose rust and mill scale by wire brushing. 1.2 Scrub welded area with water to make it free from slag and other water soluble

compounds. Make it dry. 2. Painting procedure 2.1 Apply one coat of high build epoxy paint (two pack) conforming to RDSO specification

No. M&C/PCN-111/88 on the welded area up to 10 cm on either side. NOTE: 1. The epoxy based paint recommended is a two pad system with a pot life of around five

hours. Hence, prepare only that much quantity of paint which can be consumed in less than five hours.

2. The paint should be procured along with the thinner recommended by the

manufacturer of the paint. No other thinner i.e. Kerosene oil, etc. should be used. 3. The painting shall be carried out by brush only. Brush shall be cleaned by the thinner

after use. 4. The list of probable suppliers is given below as per RDSO's letter No. M&C/PCN/

II/TR/3 dt. 13/14-5-1991. i) M/s. Asian Paints (India) Ltd., iii) M/s. Goodlass Nerolac Paints 'Nirmal',

5th Floor, (P) Ltd., Nerolac House, Ganpat Nariman Point, P.B. No.1546, Rao Kadaw Marg, Mumbai-400421. Lower Parel, Mumbai-400013. ii) M/s. Addison Paints & (iv) M/s. Shalimar Paints Limited, Chemicals Ltd ‘Huzur Gardens’ 13, Camac St., Kolkata - 700071 Sembium, Chennai-600011. (v) M/s. Berger Paints India Ltd., 32, Chowringhee Road, Kol-71.


ANNEXURE 8 37.0 PROCEDURE FOR ULTRASONIC TESTING OF ALUMINO THERMIC RAIL JOINTS 1. This procedure covers the requirement of ultrasonic testing of alumino thermic (AT)

welded rail joints immediately after execution of the weld.

2. General conditions of test 2.1 Surface preparation

After execution of the AT weld, the welded zone shall be dressed properly to facilitate placement of probes and to avoid incidence of spurious signals on the CRT. The rail table shall be dressed to obtain reasonably flat and smooth surface. The flange and the web, up to a distance of 200 mm on either side of the weld collar shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush to ensure freedom from dust, dirt, surface unevenness, etc.

2.2 Couplant:

Water/soft grease shall be used as couplant. 2.3 Sensitivity :

The equipment sensitivity shall be set for normal, 700 and 800 probes in accordance with the procedure laid down in para 4. The sensitivity so adjusted shall be considered as normal gain setting and shall be utilised during AT weld testing. The sensitivity level shall not be altered during the course of testing.

3. Apparatus required 3.1 Equipment :

Any model of RDSO approved rail tester shall be considered suitable for testing of AT welded rail joints.

3.2 Probes :

During ultrasonic examination of AT welded joints, the following probes shall be utilised :

(a) Normal (00), 4MHz Double crystal fitted in trolley (b) 700,2 MHz, Double crystal fitted in trolley (c) 800, 1.25 MHz Single crystal for hand probing. 3.3 Cable:

Cable: One co-axial cable of suitable length for connecting 800 probe to flaw detector shall be used. The length should not exceed more than 5m.


4. Sensitivity setting procedure 4.1 Calibration :

The equipment shall be set for a depth range of 250 mm by manipulating the depth control knob suitably. Each main scale division, therefore, shall correspond to 25 mm.

4.2 Test rail

The sensitivity of the ultrasonic equipment shall be set with the help of a standard AT welded rail piece of 1.5 m length having a simulated flaw at standard locations as shown in Fig.1.

4.3 Alignment of probes:

Alignment of normal and 70 o probes fitted with the trolley may be checked by placing the rail tester on the test rail using water/oil as a couplant and ensuring that the probes travel along the vertical axis of the rail.

4.4 Sensitivity setting for 700 probes 4.4.1 Place the trolley on the test rails shown in Fig.1. Keep the switches of all the probes in

off positions and turn the potentiometer knobs of all the probes to 50% of their highest working range.

4.4.2 Switch on only 700 towards probe and move the equipment towards the drilled hole of

3 mm dia in rail head. When the probe is just in the reflecting range, a pulse corresponding to the hole shall appear on the screen which during onward traveling shall show higher amplitude. The pulse shall appear moving from right to left. The equipment should be progressively moved forward till maximum height of the pulse is obtained. At this location the height of the pulse shall be adjusted to 50% of full screen height by suitably manipulation of the gain knob.

4.4.3 The forward probe shall be switched off and the 70% backward probe shall now be

switched on. In this case a flaw signal shall appear moving from left to right. The signal height in this position shall also be adjusted to 60% of full screen height. This can be accomplished through suitable manipulation of relevant potentiometer.

4.4.4 The sensitivity setting for the normal problem has to be done while keeping all other

probes in off position Switch on only the normal probe and bring if above 3 mm dia hole drilled in the head of the test rail. Manipulate the potentiometer control knob to obtain echo eight of 60% of full screen height at 1.0 division horizontal scale.

4.4.5 800 probe shall be connected to the socket available in the ultrasonic equipment. The

selectors switch may be set to single crystal mode. Move the probe towards the 3 mm dia hole drilled at the middle of the flange through in the AT weld and manipulate knobs to obtain a 60% full screen height on the CRT.


5. Criteria for defect classification 5.1 Any flaw signal obtained by normal probe of 40% height or more from head location

shall be treated as a defective AT welded joint and any flaw signal obtained from the normal probe either from the web or the foot location shall also be a cause for rejection of the AT weld.

5.2 In the case of lack of fusion, inclusions, blow holes, etc. in the rail head, moving signal

shall be obtained while testing with 700 probe. The position of onset of the signal and its corresponding range on the horizontal screen as well as their maximum amplitude shall be recorded.

A welded joint showing the moving signal of 40% or more of the full screen height shall be considered as a defective welded joint.

5.3 800 probe shall be placed on the flange at a distance of 180 mm corresponding

to position 'L' in Fig.2 such that ultrasonic waves are directed towards the weld. The probe shall thereafter be moved slowly in zigzag patter towards the weld. A welded joint showing a flaw echo of 40% vertical height or more with the stipulated gain setting shall be treated as a defective welded joint. Similar testing shall be carried out of 'C' and 'U' regions as shown in Fig.2. In these cases also the criteria for rejection shall remain the same.

5.4. The defective joints based on the criteria mentioned at para 5 shall not be allowed to

remain in service and shall be cropped, re-welded and tested again. This execution shall be done by the contractor free of cost. The re-welded joints shall be scanned ultrasonically again with the same set of acceptance criteria to ensure freedom any harmful defects.


ANNEXURE - 9 38.0 EXTRACTS FROM IRS: T-19-1994 CLAUSE 4.2 ON MECHANICAL

AND METALLURGICAL TESTS ON TEST WELDS AND RETESTS 1 Mechanical and metallurgical tests on test welds 1.1 Two new rail pieces of same section and grade, each approximately 750 mm

long, shall be used to make test weld joint. The welded joint shall be made as per the technique offered by the manufacturer.

1.2 Hardness test : Brinell hardness test shall be carried out at the welded zone, heat

affected zones and parent metal of the rails in accordance with IS:1500 "Method for Brinell hardness test for steel". The test shall be done on the top surface of the head of the test weld with a ball of 10 mm dia and a test load of 3000 kg maintained for 10 sec. The average hardness number ( of two readings) determined for the weld metal at locations shown as 'A' in Fig. 1 given below shall be within +20 HB of the hardness values of rail as shown in table 1. The average hardness number (of two readings) on each heat affected zone at locations shown as 'B' and 'C' in Fig. 1 shall be within �+� 20 HB actual hardness of the parent rail, except in case of head hardened rail. The average hardness of medium Manganese IRS-T-18 for welding is 230 HB.

Note :

1. For 25 mm gap Skv welding

X = 55 mm and Y = 45 mm

2. For wide gap (50 mm & 75 mm) welding X = Gap in mm + 42 mm and Y = Gap in mm + 32 mm 2 2 FIG.1.

TABLE 1 Type of rail 72 UTS rail 90 UTS rail UIC Cr-Mn or

Cr-V. Alloy steel rail

Head hardened rail

Average hardness (BHN)

230

265

310

365

1.3 Transverse breaking load test 1.3.1 The test weld shall be supported on cylindrical or semi-cylindrical supports having a

distance of one meter between them from Centre to Centre. The weld shall be at the Centre of the span and loaded in such a manner that the foot of the rail is in tension. The diameter of mandrel and the supports shall be between 30 to 50 mm. The load shall be gradually increased ( rate of loading shall not exceed 2.5 t/sec) till rupture occurs.


The test weld shall withstand a minimum load and show corresponding minimum defection as stipulated in Table 2 for different sections and types of rails. TABLE 2 Rail type

( 1 )

Rail Section

( 2 )

Min. transverse breaking load (t)

( 3 )

Min. deflection at the centre at the load in col.3 (mm) ( 4 )

1. 72 UTS to

IRS:T-12-1996

-do- 2. 90 UTS

to IRS:T-12-1996/860-0 or eqv.

52 Kg.

60 Kg.

52 Kg. 60 Kg.

85

95

90 115

18

18

15 15

13.2 If the fracture does not occur through weld slice shall be cut transversely at the

weld and etched boiling 1 : 1 hydrochloric acid for about 20 minutes determine casting defects if any.

1.3.3 The fractured surface of the weld, or in case while macro-etching is done on transverse

section through joint, shall not show defects such as blow holes, porosite inclusions, etc. exceeding total permissible area of defects shown in Table 3. However, the size of any individual defect shall not exceed 2 mm diameter. The defects should not exceed 2 mm diameter. The defects should not be interconnected and none of these shall extend upon the outer surface of the welded There shall not be any lack of fusion. The fractured surface shall also not shown the presence of accretions or mirror like structure and should be crystalline in acceptance.

TABLE 3

Area of permissible defects Rail Section Permissible total area of defect (mm)

52 Kg.

60 Kg.

33.0

38.4 1.4 Re-tests 1.4.1 If the results of any of the tests referred to in para 4.1 and 4.2 are found to be

unsatisfactory, the batch will stand rejected. However, re-tests can be carried out at the manufacturer's request. These re-tests shall be carried out as pera 1.1 and 1.2 on twice the original sample size.

1.4.2 If the results of all the re-tests samples are satisfactory, the batch represented by the

sample portions shall be accepted. If any sample fails to meet the requirements of any of the tests, the batch shall be rejected.


SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPLY OF BALLAST


39.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPLY OF BALLAST.

1.0 Ballast Supply : 1.1 The rates, as per the Schedule, are inclusive of Royalty, all taxes viz. commercial

sales tax, octroi etc. and other charges levied by the State / Central government. The rate also includes all lead, lift, ascent, descent, loading, unloading, royalty etc. and all other incidental charges.

1.2 The contractor shall stack the ballast, normally over the entire length of the section at

specified locations duly certified by the Engineer-in-Charge except at those certain locations which are found to be inaccessible for certain reasons. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge at site will be final and binding on the contract for the location, inaccessible for supply of ballast.

1.3 The ballast shall be supplied as per the requirement given by the Engineer-in-Charge

at site. 1.4 VOID 1.5 The ballast shall be in conformity with “Specifications for Track Ballast” issued by

RDSO in June 20004 with latest correction slips. However, the Railway administration may alter these conditions of technical nature, which do not have bearing on rates.

1.6 Each tenderer at the time of tendering shall submit the test report of Impact

Value. Abrasion Value, water Absorption Value from any of the following approved laboratories –

i) I.I.T. / Kharagpur

ii) E.Co Railway / S.E. Railway Laboratory or any Railway approved Laboratory /

Institution

iii) Jadavpur University, Kolkata

iv) National Test House, Alipore, Kolkata

v) RITES Laboratory at Liluah, Howrah

vi) University College of Engineering, Burla vii) NIT/Rourkela The test report should not be more than 90 (ninety) days old from the

date of opening of the tender

1.7 The tenderer / contractor undertakes that the ballast supply at all times shall conform to Specifications for track ballast as specified by Railway.

1.8 The contractor shall make his own arrangement at his own cost for the construction of

service roads within the NSPCL/ Railway/Govt. land as well as outside NSPCL / Railway/Govt. land, for transportation of ballast, if required. No separate payment


shall be admissible to the contractor for the construction of such roads and its repairs & maintenance

1.9 The contractor shall have to make necessary arrangement for leveling the nominated

grounds for stacking of ballast at cess, as per the direction and to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge, without any additional claim of payment.

1.10 The contractor shall submit the name of the quarry / quarries from where the

contractor will supply the ballast along with the tender. The ballast sample/s, test report/s of the/these quarry/quarries must be submitted along with the tender.

1.11 The cost of routine testing of ballast, as per RDSO guidelines shall be payable by the

contractor. However the RITES on behalf of NSPCL is at liberty to collect the ballast sample as and when required and send the same for testing at the cost of Contractor.

1.12 The quantities of ballast mentioned in the schedule are approximate. RITES on

behalf of NSPCL reserves the right to alter the quantity as per the actual requirement and nothing extra will be payable over and above the accepted rates. However, for increase in agreemental value beyond 25%, clause 2.11 of Instructions to tenderers will be applicable.

1.13 The supply shall be completed in all respects, within a period of 9 (nine) months

(including monsoon) from the date of issue of acceptance letter. 1.14 The contractor shall make necessary guarding arrangement for the security of the

ballast supplied during the progress of the work till final bill is paid. No separate payment shall be admissible to the contractor for guarding the ballast.

1.15 The ballast shall be supplied as per the requirement given by the Site Engineer.

Quantity supplied extra over the required quantity may not be paid. 1.16 Safety of ballast against any theft or loss remains solely with the contractor during the

entire period of the contract agreement and the same has to be made good by contractor. This responsibility of the contractor remains even if the ballast stacks are measured and paid for, unless RITES/Client (NSPCL) takes over measured ballast stacks from the contractor with a clear taking over certificate.

SPECIFICATION FOR TRACK BALLAST - JUNE’ 2004

2. DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS:

2.1 GENERAL.

Basic Quality: Ballast should be hard durable and as far as possible angular along edges/corners, free from weathered portions of parent rock, organic impurities and inorganic residues.

Particle shape: Ballast should be cubical in shape as far as possible. Individual pieces should not be flaky and should have generally flat faces with not more than two rounded/sub rounded faces.


2.2 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

2.2.1 Ballast sample should satisfy the following physical properties in accordance with IS:2386. Pt. IV-1963 -

BG,MG & NG(planned/sanctioned for conversion) NG & MG (other than those

planned for conversion) Aggregate Abrasion value

30% Max* 35% Max

Aggregate Impact value

20% Max* 30% Max

* In exceptional cases, on technical and/or economic grounds relaxable upto

35% and 25% respectively by engineer-in-charge.

2.2.2 The ‘Water Absorption’ tested as per IS 2386 Pt.III-1963 should not be more than 1%. This test however, to be prescribed at the discretion of Engineer-incharge.

SIZE AND GRADTION

2.3.1 Ballast should satisfy the following size and gradation:

a) Retained on 65 mm Sq mesh sieve 5% Maximum

b) Retained on 40 mm Sq mesh sieve* 40%-60%

c) Retained on 20 mm Sq mesh sieve Not less than 98% for machine crushed

* For machine crushed ballast only.

2.3.2 Oversize ballast.

i) Retained on 65 mm Sq mesh sieve.

A maximum of 5% ballast retained on 65mm sieve shall be allowed without deduction in payment.

In case ballast retained on 65mm sieve exceed 5% but does not exceed 10%, payment at 5% reduction in contracted rate shall be made for the full stack. Stacks having more than 10% retention of ballast on 65mm sieve shall be rejected.

ii) In case ballast retained on 40mm square mesh sieve (machine crushed case only) exceed 60% limit prescribed in 2.3.1 (b) above, payment at the following reduced rates shall be made for the full stack in addition to the reduction worked out at i) above.

5% reduction in contracted rates if retention on 40mm square mesh sieve is between 60% (excluding) and 70% (including).


10% reduction in contracted rates if retention on 40m square mesh sieve is between 65% (excluding) and 70% (including).

iii) In case retention on 40mm square mesh sieve exceeds 70%, the stack shall be rejected.

iv) In case of hand broken ballast supply, 40mm sieve analysis may not be carried out. The executive may however ensure that the ballast is well graded between 65 mm and 20 mm size.

2.3.3 Under Size Ballast: The Ballast shall be treated as undersize and shall be rejected if -

i) Retention on 40mm Sq. Mesh sieve is less than 40%.

ii) Retention on 20mm Sq. Mesh sieve is less than 98% (for machine crushed) or 95 % (for hand broken).

2.3.4 Method of Sieve Analysis:

i) Sieve size mentioned in this specification are nominal sizes. The following tolerances in the size of holes for 65, 40 and 20mm nominal sieves sizes shall be permitted.

65m Square Mesh Sieve Plus Minus 1.5mm



Mesh sizes of the sieve should be checked before actual measurement. The screen for sieving the ballast shall be of square mesh and shall not be less than 100cm in length, 70cm in breadth and 10cm in height on sides.

ii) While carrying out sieves analysis, the screen shall not be kept inclined, but held horizontally and shaken vigorously. The pieces of ballast retained on the screen can be turned with hand to see if they pass through but should not be pushed through the sieve.

iii) The percentage passing through or retained on the sieve shall be determined by weight.

3. METHOD OF MEASURMENT

3.1 Stack Measurement.

Staking shall be done on a neat, plain and firm ground with good drainage. The height of stack shall not be less than 1m except in hilly areas where it may be 0.5m. The height shall not be more than 2.0m. Top width of stack shall not be less than 1.0m. Top of stack shall be kept parallel to the ground plane. The side slopes of stack should not be flatter than 1:5:1 (Horizontal: Vertical). Cubical content of each stack shall normally be not less than 30cum in plain areas and 15 cum in hilly areas.


3.2 Wagon Measurement.

3.2.1 In case of ballast supply taken by direct loading into wagons, a continuous white line should be painted inside the wagon to indicate the level to which the ballast should be loaded. The cubical content in cubic meter corresponding to white line should also be painted on both sides outside the wagons

3.2.2 In addition to painted line, mentioned in para 4.2.1, short pieces of flats (cut pieces of tie bars or otherwise) with cubical contents punched shall be welded at the centre of all the four sides as permanent reference. In case the supply is taken in general service wagon, actual measurements will be taken.

3.2.3 Shrinkage Allowance.

Payment shall be made for the gross measurements either in stacks or in wagons without any deduction for shrinkage/voids. However, when ballast supply is made in wagons, shrinkage up to 8% shall be permitted at destination while verifying the booked quantities by the consignee.

4. Sampling and testing

4.1 A minimum of 3 samples of ballast for sieve analysis shall be taken for measurement done on any particular date even if the numbers of stacks to be measured are less than three.

4.2 The test viz. Determination of Abrasion Value, Impact Value and water Absorption should be got done through approved laboratories or Railway’s laboratories.

4.3 In order to ensure supply of uniform quality of ballast, the following norms shall be followed in respect of sampling, testing and acceptance.

4.3.1 On supply of the first 100 cum, the tests for size gradation, Abrasion value,

Impact value and water absorption (if prescribed) shall be carried out by NSPCL/RITES. Further supply shall be accepted only after this ballast satisfies the specifications for these tests. NSPCL/RITES reserves the right to terminate the contract as per GCC at this stage itself in case the ballast supply fails to conform with any of these specifications. All Costs towards the laboratory test should be borne by the contractor.

4.3.2 Subsequent tests shall be carried out as follows.

Supply in stacks Supply in wagons For stack of

volume less than 100 cum

For stack of volume more than 100 cum

a) Size and gradation tests.

- No. of Tests - Size of one sample

One for each stack ** 0.027 cum

One for each stack ** 0.027 cum for every 100 cum or part thereof.

One for each wagon. ** 0.027 cum


a) Abrasion Value, Impact Value and water Absorption test @

Testing Frequency

One test for every 2000 cum

** This sample should be collected using a wooden box of internal dimensions 0.3mx 0.3

x0.3m from different part of the stack/wagon. @ These tests shall be done for the purpose of monitoring quality during supply. In case

of the test results not being as per the prescribed specification at any stage, further supplies shall be suspended till suitable corrective action is taken and supplies ensured as per specifications.

The above tests may be carried out more frequently if warranted at the discretion of Railway.

4.3.3 All tests for Abrasion value, Impact value and water absorption conducted subsequently to award of contract shall be done with contractor’s cost.

The above tests may be carried out more frequently if warranted at the discretion of Engineer-in-charge of RITES Ltd.

4.4 If the quality of ballast is noted to have changed during supply as revealed by visual

comparison with the approved sample, the test shall be redone to conform that it satisfies the properties as per specification.

4.5 The ballast should be PURE, i.e. it should not contain inorganic or organic residues,

and must be free from inferior or harmful substances. 4.6 Contamination of ballast with the ground soil etc. of stacking area should be

minimised by providing neat stacking areas with good drainage. 4.7 In the event of the ballast being rejected the Contractor/Agency will have to remove

the rejected ballast from the work-site expeditiously at his own cost.

4.8 The Engineer shall mark all rejected ballast in any manner he considers fit to prevent them from being removed and mixed with good/accepted ballast and the Contractor shall within a fortnight from the date of the order of removal, remove the rejected ballast to such place as may be directed by the Engineer and, in the event of contractor’s failure to do so the Engineer may cause it to be removed and all costs of such removal shall be payable on demand by the Contractor to RITES on behalf of NSPCL and without prejudice to any other mode of recovery, may be deducted from any money, that may be due or may become due to the contractor or from the Contractor’s bill for any other works executed for RITES on behalf of Client, NSPCL.

4.9 Should RITES on behalf of NSPCL under any special circumstances, agree to take

over all or part of the rejected ballast, the same will be paid for at rates to be fixed by the authority accepting the tender and agreed to by the contractor in writing.

5.0 The screen for sieve analysis as specified in specification as also the standard box for

measuring volume should be kept available at site by the contractor at his own cost, for use by the Engineer or his representative after proper check, in carrying out sieve


analysis. Labours required for doing sieve analysis will be supplied by the contractor free of cost. The contractor must also accept the results of such analysis in writing.

6.0 Each stack of ballast shall be serially numbered and may be as long and broad as

possible. After the stacks are measured, they should be sprinkled with lime in the form of cross on all the sides of the stack at the contractors own cost to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of RITES on behalf of NSPCL. Suitable space should be left in between stacks in adjacent zones so that there is no possibility of materials of fresh stacks in one zone mixing with stacks already measured in the adjacent zone.

7.0 Entries in the ballast measurement register should not be over written. If any correction

is required the same should be done by striking off the old entry by drawing a line and showing proper entry by its side.

8.0 Ballast is to be stacked proper trapezoidal section on the cess or berms, or on the line

or in depots as may be ordered by the Engineer concerned, in stacks as large as possible and ordinarily not less than 1.0 metre in height. Top width of the stack shall not bee less than 1.0 metre. Top of stack shall be kept parallel to the ground plane. The side slopes of stack should not be flatter than 1.5: 1 (Horizontal: Vertical). Cubical content of each stack shall normally be not less than 30 (thirty) Cum in plain areas. The Engineer should, as far as possible, set out the sites for ballast stacks. Stacking ground must be fairly dressed to a proper plane by the contractor at his own cost before stacking is started. Completed stacks must be properly finished before being offered for acceptance and measurement. It must be distinctly understood that the accepted rate is for ballast which conforms in all particulars of quality, stack measurements, gauge, completion within time limit and delivery at site fixed upon, with the specification and conditions of contract. If, therefore, the officer deputed to measure up a Contractor’s ballast is not satisfied that the above conditions and specifications have been complied with, he is at liberty to take either of the following courses.

i) To refuse to measure up such ballast at all giving his reasons in writing for so

doing to the Contractor. ii) To call upon the contractor in writing to screen his ballast of dirt and admixtures

beyond the specified limit or to break it to gauge, or to re-stack it to proper dimensions, or all three as may be required, prior to further inspection and measurement by a fixed date, within the time limit imposed in the agreement.

9.0 The contractor shall provide at his own cost adequate labour and tools for opening out

stacks for inspection and for carrying out screening test. 10.0 The contractor shall supply all necessary tools for the work and also bamboos, pegs,

strings etc. necessary for measurement of ballast.

11.0 The quantity shall be calculated as per the following formula for the ballast supplied. LB + LT WB + WT

Q = ----------- X ------------- X H 2 2

When, LB = Average length of the stack at the bottom.

LT = Average length of the stack at the top WB = Average width of the stack at the bottom


WT = Average width of the stack at the top H = Average height of the stack.

The plan of the stack should be either square or rectangular. Payment shall be made for the gross measurement in stacks without any deduction for shrinkage/ voids. 90% of the payment will be paid in R.A. bills prepared against supply of ballast duly certified by Engineer-in-Charge of RITES on behalf of NSPCL supported with measurement details, test certificates, royalties and all other necessary statutory taxes clearance certificates. Balance 10% shall be released after spreading the same in to the track.

12.0 The rates in this schedule are entirely inclusive so as to cover any purchase and/or

royalties and / or compensation for surface charges incurred by him whatsoever. The accepted rate includes all quarry charges Sales Tax monopoly fee and other charges if any and tools and plants for clearing site for stacking, test and testing screens, carriage of materials to the site of stacking and removal of any material rejected by the Engineer to any site when the rejected materials are to be thrown.

13.0 The rates quoted are inclusive of all charges including all taxes levied by Union of

India or State Government or local bodies and include Sales Tax, Royalty, Octroi duties etc. but excludes service taxes & education cess

14.0 Contractor shall submit Royalty clearance certificate of Ballast with every Ballast

related R/A Bill. If the agency fails to do so, the required will be deducted as per extant Govt. rule, from his bill and to be deposited at Statutory dept. of State Govt.

15.0 NOTE : Any clauses which are not relevant/related to this contract shall be

treated as cancelled. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding in this regard.


TENDER DRAWING